Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Products: Systems
Products: Systems
2 Transformers
3 Industrial Products
4 Medium-Voltage Products
5 High-Voltage Products
8 Power Quality
10 Appendix
Products
Services ABB
Systems
1 Solutions and Knowledge-Based Services
Solutions Services Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions
2 Transformers
Oil Instrument Transformers Dry Instrument Transformers Optical Sensors and Systems
Distribution Transformers Distribution Transformer Components Small Power Transformers
Medium and Large Power Transformers Components & Insulation Material
3 Industrial Products
Motors and Generators Converters/Rectifiers Drives Industrial Controls
Circuit Protective Devices Low-Voltage Network Quality
Low-Voltage Distribution Equipment and Control Systems
Low-Voltage Switchgear Systems
4 Medium-Voltage Products
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Switchgear Aftermarket Products and Services
Switchgear OEM Components Drives Vacuum Circuit Breakers
Distribution Reclosers Distribution Cutouts Distribution Switches Services
5 High-Voltage Products
Power Circuit Breakers
Surge Arresters Services
8 Power Quality
Power Quality Solutions
Capacitors Specialty Capacitors
Capacitor Fuses
10 Appendix
US Contact Information US Conditions of Sale US Export Sales
Canadian Contact Information Canadian Conditions of Sale
International Sales Office Index
Solutions and
Knowledge-Based Services
Solutions
Services
ABB
Solutions and Knowledge-Based Services
Solutions
Customer-focused Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . 5
IndustrialIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Services
Asset Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Consulting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Power Distribution Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Primary and Secondary Unit Substations. . . . 14
MNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Products
Services
Systems
Customer-focused Solutions
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
WHAT IS A SOLUTION?
Solutions can be a product, system, service, or a
combination of all.
Solutions are aimed at solving customer problems.
Solutions provide benefits to the customer through more
productivity, efficiency and cost effectiveness.
Solutions give our customers competitive advantage
through technology application and knowledge.
Solutions are co-created with a customer and cover all
aspects of the relationship (i.e., commercial, operational,
technical, financial, and social).
Solutions are mass customized in one or more aspects.
Solutions involve taking managed risks and therefore
include performance and/or risk based contracts.
5
ABB
Solutions/Services
IndustrialIT
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
IndustrialIT—key to effective
business solutions
Physical installation of system devices, whether
in a substation, power plant, or manufacturing
facility, has long been the easy part. The difficult
part is collecting the information to install,
operate, and maintain each component—then
keeping it up to date. Industrial IT from ABB
changes all of this.
With its windows-based open architecture and
compatible building blocks, ABB’s IndustrialIT
bridges the gap between your assets and infor-
mation technology that results in faster system
design, deployment, asset management, optimiza-
tion, and collaboration.
6
Asset Management
7
ABB
Services
Asset Management
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
8
Consulting
With office locations around the globe, ABB is well positioned to partner with various energy
business sectors to help analyze a company’s system and needs. ABB helps Utilities, Independent
System Operators (ISOs), Regional Transmission Organizations (RTOs), Independent Power
Producers (IPPs), Transmission Developers, and large industrial and commercial customers
through its consulting expertise in Energy Markets, Transmission, Distribution, Business, Audits,
and Evaluation areas. Our consultants benchmark, refine, and develop strategic business processes
and plans that optimize the technical and financial impacts of new installations, conversions, mod-
ifications, and upgrades of energy systems. ABB consultants are acknowledged experts in a variety
of areas, including energy markets, transmission systems, distribution systems, asset evaluations,
reliability/risk assessment, industrial systems, power generation, software, and training.
Energy Markets
and Transmission Distribution System
System Consulting Consulting
Load forecasting Tie-in between real-time data and CMMS
Distribution system planning and ERP systems
Probabilistic techniques to support development Consulting on increasing “workflow” between
of optimized plans for new substations, substation Operations and Maintenance Departments
expansions, and new distribution lines of Utilities
System reliability consulting Business process consulting for IT solutions
Project/budget prioritization Data management and data integration
IT consulting
Distribution engineering and assessment
9
ABB
Services
Consulting
SOFTWARE
Consulting utilizes many different software programs for system design and analysis. Some of
the programs listed below are available for license or lease from ABB. Other internally developed
(see following list) or commercially available programs (i.e., PSS/E or PSLF) are utilized on projects
as required by our team of experts. Software development consulting services are always available
for specialized applications in the analysis or operation of electrical systems.
ABB software includes:
GridView Asset Sentry NEPLAN SIMPOW
Calpos-MAin Relinet FORESITE™
CAPABILITIES
Consulting conducts studies to solve diverse Feasibility/System Impact/
business process, energy market, electric Facility Upgrading
system design, planning, and operations
Load flow, contingency, short circuit, and
related problems, and provides system
stability analysis for the interconnection
engineering and equipment application
of merchant projects
expertise.We help customers optimize the
value of their energy assets and transactions, Interconnection configuration and
and to better design, plan, and operate those conceptual designs
energy systems.These capabilities include, System reinforcement options and
but are not limited to, the activity areas that cost assessment
are listed below along with samples of each.
Solutions and Knowledge-Based Services
10
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
CAPABILITIES (continued)
Transient Analysis and HVDC
Insulation Coordination AC/DC interactions and planning
Arrester rating, energy requirements, and location Conversion of AC lines to DC
Switching transients, equipment BIL, and BSL Dynamic performance and control requirements
Phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase clearances AC/DC filter design
Contamination performance Reactive power requirements
Circuit breaker recovery voltage Equipment specification
11
ABB
Services
Packaging
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
12
Packaging
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
Power Distribution Centers
13
ABB
Services
Packaging
14
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Arrangements
Single-ended (or radial) unit substations are arranged Secondary section choices include: MaxSG
with a single primary device, a single step-down UL - listed low-voltage power switchgear for
transformer, and one outgoing section. Double-ended secondary unit substations; and SafeGear, or
unit substations provide added reliability for critical ADVANCE metal-clad switchgear, or 5 kV motor
loads by using two transformers connected in a sym- control centers for primary unit substations.
metrical arrangement in two areas: to independent Substation monitoring and automation is available
power sources on the primary sides and to a com- with the optional PowerRichSystem, which
mon switchgear line-up with a main-tie-main breaker concentrates information management and system
arrangement on the secondary sides of the trans- control functions for all unit substation equipment
formers. All loads can be independently powered into a single location. PowerRichSystem allows
from both transformers in open-tie operation or information from all low- and medium-voltage
from one transformer in a closed-tie mode while the switchgear devices, including protective relays,
other transformer and primary circuit are isolated meters, circuit breaker trip units, and other
for maintenance. intelligent electronic devices, to be displayed on
Primary section choices include SafeGear arc- a graphic user interface (GUI) in the switchgear
resistant, metal-clad switchgear, standard Advance control room or at various remote locations.
switchgear, or UL-listed primary entrance units Activities such as trend analysis, histograms,
with fused or unfused load interrupter switches. alarms, settings, load analysis, and programming
Duplex switches are often used to select from can be conveniently handled at the GUI. Options
alternate power sources. include fully redundant processor units and com-
Transformer choices consist of a full selection of munications capabilities that coordinate with
technology-leading products from ABB. Products common industrial communication protocols.
include VPI and VPE dry types, cast coil, liquid-
filled, and new Resibloc transformers with a full
range of primary and secondary ratings. Each of
these products are described in section two (2)
of this catalog.
15
ABB
Services/Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions
Packaging
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
MNS
As a highly flexible power distribution system
for industrial facilities, MNS integrates a variety
of protection and control apparatus into a common
switchgear assembly:
Low-voltage air circuit breakers
Fused and unfused disconnect switches
Molded case circuit breakers
Motor controls with soft start features
Automatically controlled capacitor banks
and reactors
Withdrawable, removable, or fixed-mounted devices
MNS is assembled from a vast array of standard com-
ponents at ABB assembly facilities in over 30 countries
to assure fast response and outstanding worldwide
service. CenterPro™ software combines product and
feature selection with CAD capabilities to simplify
all stages of MNS acquisition, from inquiry through
ordering and documentation, further reducing total
response time.
ISO 9001 Certified
Solutions and Knowledge-Based Services
16
Services Overview
CAPABILITIES
Testing and Diagnostics
Engineering Services
Transformer Testing
Power System Studies
• Load Flow Analysis Circuit Breaker Testing
• Coordination Studies Current and Instrument Transformer Testing
• Stability Analysis Protective Relaying Testing and Calibration
• Short Circuit Studies
Electric Meter Testing and Calibration
• Harmonic Analysis
• Dynamic and Continuous Overload Cable Testing
• Transient Analysis Battery Testing
• Power Factor Studies Protection and Control Testing and Checkout
Equipment Analysis Insulating Fluid and Materials Testing
• Retrofit Solutions • General Chemistry
• Uprate Studies • DGA
• Failure Analysis • Dielectric Withstand
• Life Assessment • Furanic Analysis
Substation Design and Consultation • SEM Analysis
Transmission and Distribution Line Design • Degree of Polymerization Testing
• PCB Analysis
• Metals-in-Oil
• SF6 Gas Analysis
17
ABB
Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions
Services Overview Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
18
Switchgear Aftermarket Products and Services
ABB
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled.
Contact your ABB Sales Representative or visit
our website at www.abb.com/mediumvoltage.
19
Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions Substation Systems and
Protective Relay Services Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
Coral Springs, FL
FEATURES
Installation and Commissioning
Solutions and Knowledge-Based Services
20
Transformers
ABB TRES
St. Louis, MO
Transformer Repair and Engineering Services (TRES)
ABB TRES is a nationwide service operation with a total
focus for the installation and service of power transformers.
ABB TRES is the largest transformer service operation in
North America.
ABB has the most extensive OEM database in the trans-
former industry with design documents on file for Asea,
BBC, ABB, General Electric, Moloney, Stromberg, National,
and Westinghouse. We may very well have the drawings
for your transformer already on file. Even if the transformer
is from a manufacturer not represented in the database,
we are still your best source. With a worldwide network
of expert engineers and experienced transformer designers,
ABB is uniquely qualified to test, analyze, and improve
upon any transformer, regardless of original manufacturer.
ABB maintains millions of original engineering and design
drawings needed to maintain transformers to factory For any requirement, from a single
specifications. An extensive inventory of current OEM OEM part, to a maintenance program,
parts is available, or when necessary, we can source or to a long-term Asset Management
fabricate any part or component needed. program, ABB is the best choice to keep
your power transformers online and
Factory trained design engineers, field service engineers,
operating efficiently.
and project managers provide 24-hour support, 365 days
a year. Either at our plant or at your customer’s substation,
ABB’s experts have the knowledge and tools to keep
transformers operating. In addition, we offer many
upgrades that exceed original operation specifications.
FEATURES
ABB TRES capabilities include the following Transformer Transportation and Relocation
and more: • Entrust your assets to the experts
Mature Transformer Management Program Factory Remanufacturing and Repair for
• Asset management for entire transformer fleets Shell or Core Form Transformer Designs
Transformer Installation and Commissioning • Three repair facilities in North America to
• Largest transformer service organization meet our customers’ needs
in North America ISO Certified Operation
Transformer Field Repair and Retrofit • 9001 and 14,000 Certifications
• Providing “engineered solutions” Project Management
Transformer Testing and Advanced Diagnostics • Ensures safe, timely, and cost-effective projects
• The most complete validation
Technical Assistance
• Global transformer expertise
21
ABB
Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions
Switchgear Field Services
22
ABB Inc.
Florence, SC
FEATURES
ABB CBTS provides a full complement of New product orientation and maintenance
field services: training to get the best support from customer
maintenance staff
Commissioning and startup service
• Convenient field-based training for operation,
• Expert on-site support assures systems
inspection, and basic maintenance
available for operation on-time
Extended warranties provide long-term
Routine switchgear inspection, maintenance,
assurance and minimize risk
and repairs
• Field inspection, evaluation, repairs
• Timely, professional support from factory
(if applicable), and warranty extension
trained and certified technicians
Switchgear and circuit breaker life extension
Emergency response to switchgear and
• Cleaning and refurbishment of switchgear,
breaker problems
bus, controls, relays, and circuit breakers
• Fast response from a national network
• Restoration of breakers with testing and full
of service centers
factory warranty, as well as upgrade to the
• Supported by an extensive warehouse
most advanced technologies for circuit
of spare parts
breakers and trip units
• Backed by a responsive factory capable
• Support for switchgear and circuit breakers
of meeting urgent and demanding needs
from virtually any supplier
Lineup extension and performance upgrades
Circuit breaker management programs
to avoid costly switchgear replacement
• Complete management of installed breaker
• Extend lineups to add new incoming or
inventory, spares, and replacement parts
feeder sections
• Inspection, monitoring, maintenance, repairs
• Rating upgrades by installing modern circuit
• Recommendations on timing and advantages
breakers and new primary bus
of equipment upgrades
• Relay panel upgrades and SCADA additions
• For a single site or an entire regional or
national network of installations
ISO Certifications
• ISO 9001:2000 and ISO 14001:1996
23
ABB
Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions
High-Voltage Product Support Capabilities Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Mt. Pleasant, PA
From replacement parts to life extensions, uprates, or Carson, CA
upgrades, and from technical assistance to field service, ABB
offers the most comprehensive and cost-effective
alternatives to the purchase of new power equipment.
ABB High-Voltage Product Support maintains an extensive line-
ABB Circuit Breaker Lineage
age of power circuit breakers dating as early as 1908 in the 38
ABB
kV through 800 kV voltage range. These breakers are support-
ed through our Mt. Pleasant, PA and Carson, CA Product
Centers of Excellence. ABB Westinghouse
FEATURES
ABB has unmatched capabilities to provide Re-manufacturing—Re-manufacturing
the best solutions to customer needs through a in our shops in Mt. Pleasant and Carson
comprehensive range of products and services. returns the equipment to a “like new”
These include: condition, while incorporating the latest
Parts—These replacement components are safety features. The rebuilt breakers carry
a new 12-month warranty.
Solutions and Knowledge-Based Services
24
High-Voltage Power Transmission Lines
25
ABB
Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions
Power Systems Customer Support
ABB Inc.
The Dalles, OR
26
Transformers
Distribution Transformers
ABB
Transformers
Oil Instrument Transformers Distribution Transformer Components
HV Bushing Wells and LV Bushings. . . . . . . 104
Current
Protective Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
IMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LBOR-II™ Load-Break Switch . . . . . . . . . . 106
Capacitor Voltage
DO-III™ Drawout Load-Break
CPA and CPB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Expulsion Fuse Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Dry Instrument Transformers Drywell Current-Limiting Fuse Cannister . . . 108
De-energized Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Low-Voltage Current Transformers DO-III Expulsion Fuse Links™ . . . . . . . . . . . 110
CMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CMV and CMV-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Small Power Transformers
CLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
PPW and PPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Dry and Cast Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . 111
VPI—Vacuum Pressure Impregnated . . . . . . 114
Medium-Voltage Current Transformers VPE—Vacuum Pressure Encapsulated . . . . 116
KIR-60/75 (5, 8.7 kV Indoor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 RESIBLOC® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
KOR-11 (15 kV Outdoor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Duracast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
VIY-60 (5 kV Indoor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
VOZ-75/11 (8.7, 15 kV Outdoor) . . . . . . . . . . 46 Liquid-Filled Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
VOZ-15 (25 kV Outdoor). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Unit Substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Optical Sensors and Systems Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Magneto-Optic Current Transducer (MOCT). . 50 Padmounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Optical Metering Unit (OMU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Medium and Large Power Transformers
Distribution Transformers Power Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Phase-Shifting Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Single-Phase, Padmounted . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Industrial Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Composite Hood/Sill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Micro-Pak®, Mini-Pak®, Maxi-Pak® . . . . . . . . 59 Components & Insulation Material
RTP—Residential Transformer Padmounted . 62
Underground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Bushings—Condenser
Type AB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Three-Phase, Padmounted . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Type CORIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
MTP™—Mini Three-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Type O Plus C™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
MTR® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Type T™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
UCT®—Underground Commercial
Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Bushings—Bulk
Platform-Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Type A™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Type LCRJ™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Poletype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Single-Phase, Overhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Tap Changers—Load
JUMBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Type UZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
POW-R-Pole® Transformer and Substation . . 86 Tap Changers—De-energized
Three-Phase, T-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Type DTU and Type DTW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Three-Phase, Triplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Special Feature
Micro-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Refurbished/Replacement Bushings . . . . . . 150
Special Feature
CSP Coordinated Protection Package . . . . . . 91 Services
Center-Bolt Cover Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Transformer Repair and Engineering
Services (TRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Solid Distribution Transformer
Type SIDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Submersible Vault Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Products
Polemount and Padmount Kits . . . . . . . . . . 102
Services
Systems
Oil Instrument Transformers
SELECTION GUIDE
Transformer System BIL Maximum
Product Accuracy
Type Voltage (kV) (kV) Thermal
Current IMB 34.5 — 765 200 — 2100 Class 0.2, 0.5, 1.0 I Th =Pk /Un x √3 kA
29
ABB
Current
Oil Instrument Transformers
IMB
FEATURES
Standard
Primary winding—The primary winding consists Impregnation—The windings are dried through
of one or more parallel conductors of aluminum heating in a vacuum. After assembly, all free
or copper-designed as a U-shaped bushing with space in the transformer (approx. 60%) is filled
voltage controlling condenser layers. with clean quartz grain. The assembled trans-
The winding is insulated with a special paper former is vacuum pumped and filled under
with high mechanical strength, high dielectric vacuum with well-degassed mineral oil, which
strength, low dielectric losses, and good resist- results in the oil immediately penetrating the
ance to aging. insulation and mixing with the grains. The trans-
former is always supplied hermetically sealed.
Cores and secondary windings—The current
transformers can normally accommodate any Tank and insulators—The lower section of the
core configuration required (up to 4 cores). transformer consists of an aluminum tank in
By increasing the tank volume more, and/or which the secondary windings and cores are
larger, cores can be quoted. Cores for measure- mounted. The insulator, mounted above the
ment purposes are made of nickel alloy, which transformer tank, consists as standard of high-
gives low losses (= high accuracy) and low satu- grade, brown-glazed porcelain. Designs using
ration levels. polymer insulators can be quoted on request.
The sealing system consists of O-rings, where
The protection cores are wound of high-grade
all seals with the exception of the oil filling unit
oriented steel strip. Protection cores with air
are under the oil level. This prevents drying and
gaps can be supplied for special applications.
leakage. The oil filling unit is fitted instead with
The secondary winding consists of double- double O-rings, where the outer O-ring acts as
enameled copper wire, evenly distributed protection for the inner O-ring.
around the whole periphery of the core.
Expansion system—IMB has an expansion vessel
The leakage reactance in the winding and also
Transformers
FEATURES (continued)
Advantages
Climate—These transformers are designed Flexibility—Covers a large primary current
for, and have been installed in, widely shifting range up to approximately 4000 A. IMB can be
conditions from polar to desert environments easily adapted for larger and/or many cores by
throughout the world. increasing the volume of the tank.
Service life—The low and equal loads in the Resistance to corrosion—The selected alumi-
primary winding’s insulator gives a reliable num alloys give a high degree of resistance to
product with a long service life. IMB and its corrosion, even in rugged environments, with-
predecessor, since the 1940s, have been out the need of an extra protection finish.
supplied in more than 140,000 examples. In extremely trying environments, the IMB is
Expansion system—The expansion system, delivered painted.
with nitrogen cushion, increases operating Seismic strength—IMB has a mechanically
reliability and minimizes the need of mainte- robust construction designed to withstand high
nance and inspection. demands of mechanical seismic acceleration,
Quartz filling—Minimizes the quantity of oil, without the need of a dashpot (0.5 g).
which results in a simple expansion system as
described above. It also provides a mechanical
support to the cores and primary conductor.
SPECIFICATIONS
System Voltage: 36 — 765 kV
Installation: Outdoors
Hairpin/Tank type
Oil - paper - quartz insulation
31
ABB
Current
Oil Instrument Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
North Brunswick, NJ
IMB
SPECIFICATIONS
Design Data
Nominal Flashover and Creepage Distances
IMB 145 44.09 (1120) 142.71 (3625) 55.11 (1400) 44.09 (1120) 176.96 (4495) 73.22 (1860)
IMB 245 75.39 (1915) 265.35 (6740) 112.20 (2850) 75.39 (1915) 334.25 (8490) 145.07 (3685)
IMB 362 106.88 (2715) 391.93 (9955) 182.87 (4645) 138.58 (3520) 491.33 (12,480) 221.65 (5630)
Design Data
Test Voltage: IEEE C57.13: Table 2
AC Voltage Test,
Short RIV Maximum
System 1 Minute Chopped
Impulse Test RIV
Type Voltage Dry/Wet Impulse
1.2/50 µs Voltage Level
(kV) 1 min/10 s (kV)
(kV) (kV) µV
(kV)
32
Capacitor Voltage
FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS
Advantage System Voltages from 69 — 765 kV
Transient Properties—The high intermediate CPA 0.6 R 200 VA
voltage and capacitance result in transient 1.2 R 400 VA
properties far better than required by current CPB 0.3 200 VA
international standards, making the CPA/B suitable 0.6 400 VA
for use with solid-state relays. This transient
response curve is given below.
Meets ANSI/IEEE standard C93.1
For all climatic and
atmospheric conditions
For metering and protection
For synchronizing
For power line carrier transmission
33
ABB
Capacitor Voltage
Oil Instrument Transformers
SPECIFICATIONS
Design Data
AC Test
Nominal Max. RIV Max. Striking
Nominal Leakage
System Rated Dry Wet BIL Test RIV Distance
Type Capacitance Distance
Voltage Voltage 1 min. 10 sec. (kV) Voltage Micro- (Minimum)
(+10; -5%) pF Inches (mm)
(kV L-L) (kV L-G) (kV) (kV) (kV) (V) Inches (mm)
CPA/B115 115 70 14,700 265 230 550 70 250 39 (980) 124 (3160)
CPA/B138 138 84 12,700 320 275 650 84 250 47 (1190) 153 (3880)
CPA/B161 161 98 10,600 370 325 750 98 250 55 (1400) 181 (4600)
CPA/B230 230 140 7600 525 460 1050 140 250 77 (1960) 256 (6510)
CPA/B420 345 209 4800 785 680 1550 209 250 127 (3220) 419 (10,630)
CPA/B500 500 318 3500 900 780 1800 318 500 165 (4200) 550 (13,980)
Test voltages above are valid for altitudes ≤3300 feet above sea level.
The CPA is offered for 0.6 or 1.2R relay accuracy class and the CPB for 0.3 or 0.6 (400 VA) accuracy class.
It can be supplied with two-tapped windings X and Y or three-tapped windings X,Y, and Z.
OR Auxiliary Winding (Opt.)
Burden X1-X2 Burden X1-X2
Metering Relaying Burden
Type X2-X3 X2-X3 Thermal
Ratio Ratio Z1-Z2
Y1-Y2 Y1-Y2 Burden
Class Y2-Y3 Class Y2-Y3 Class Z2-Z3
CPA069 650 (295) 155 (70) 910 (410) 75 x 28 x 36* (191 x 71 x 91)
CPA115 730 (330) 170 (78) 1010 (455) 86 x 28 x 36* (218 x 71 x 91)
CPA138 770 (350) 175 (80) 1070 (480) 94 x 28 x 36* (239 x 71 x 91)
CPA161 815 (370) 175 (80) 1120 (505) 96 x 28 x 36* (244 x 71 x 91)
CPA230 970 (440) 185 (85) 1330 (600) 123 x 28 x 36 (312 x 71 x 91)
CPA345 1835 (630) 240 (110) 1210 (545) 109 x 28 x 361 (277 x 71 x 91)
765 (345) 89 x 26 x 322 (226 x 66 x 81)
CPA500 1628 (740) 265 (120) 1430 (645) 128 x 28 x 361 (325 x 71 x 91)
940 (425) 108 x 26 x 322 (274 x 66 x 81)
CPB069 875 (395) 222 (100) 1160 (525) 77 x 32 x 40* (196 x 81 x 102)
CPB115 950 (430) 240 (108) 1250 (565) 88 x 32 x 40* (224 x 81 x 102)
CPB138 996 (450) 245 (110) 1320 (595) 96 x 32 x 40* (244 x 81 x 102)
CPB161 1040 (470) 245 (110) 1370 (620) 105 x 32 x 40* (267 x 81 x 102)
CPB230 1195 (540) 255 (115) 1600 (720) 128 x 32 x 40 (325 x 81 x 102)
CPB345 1620 (730) 310 (140) 1475 (665) 113 x 32 x 401 (287 x 81 x 102)
765 (345) 89 x 26 x 322 (226 x 66 x 81)
CPB500 1860 (840) 330 (150) 1680 (760) 132 x 32 x 401 (335 x 81 x 102)
940 (425) 108 x 26 x 322 (274 x 66 x 81)
*Weights and shipping dimensions shown are for single-pack horizontal shipping
Option: Vertical transport, 3 units per crate
1
Part 1: EMU and bottom capacitor
2
Part 2: Top capacitor
Terminal
Height A Distance B Distance D Height E
Type Box C
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Inches (mm)
35
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Dry Instrument Transformers
The selection guide below provides a listing of the product bulletins for many of the instrument transformers
ABB has to offer. The following pages show detailed information on a few of the most popular designs.
SELECTION GUIDE
Type Primary Current Product Bulletin Type Primary Current Product Bulletin
600 V Current Transformers 600 V Voltage Transformers
IMC 50 — 1000 42-810 PPW 240 — 600 42-871
CBT 200 — 800 42-811 PPM 240 — 600 42-873
CSF 200 — 600 42-813 PPD 60 — 600 42-872
CSH 200 — 800 42-814 5 kV—34.5 kV Voltage Transformers
CMS 200 and 300 42-815 VIY-60 5 kV Indoor 42-951
CMF 100 — 1200 42-818 VIZ-75/11 8.7/15 kV Indoor 42-955
CMV 200 — 4000 42-820 VOY-60 5 kV Outdoor 42-961
CLC 600 — 4000 42-824 VOZ-75/11 8.7/15 kV Outdoor 42-963
CLE 1000 — 6000 42-826 VOY-11 15 kV Outdoor 42-964
Auxiliary Multi-Ratio 42-850 VOG-11 15 kV Outdoor 42-965
Ext. BCT 600 — 3000 42-858 VOG-12 15 kV Outdoor 42-967
5 kV—34.5 kV Current Transformers VOZ-15 25 kV Outdoor 42-971
KIR-60/75 5/8.7 kV Indoor 42-914 VOY-15/15G 25 kV Outdoor 42-970
KIR-11 15 kV Indoor 42-914 VOZ-20 34.5 kV Outdoor 42-975
KOR-60/75 5/8.7 kV Outdoor 42-920 VOY-20/20G 34.5 kV Outdoor 42-974
KOR-11 15 kV Outdoor 42-922 VOHD-200/20G 34.5 kV Outdoor 42-977
KON-11 15 kV Outdoor 42-924 VOZZ-20/20G 34.5 kV Outdoor 42-979
KOR-15C 25 kV Outdoor 42-927
KOR-20 34.5 kV Outdoor 42-928A
KOT 5 — 25 kV Outdoor 42-930
KOTD 25 — 34.5 kV Outdoor 42-940
37
ABB
Low-Voltage Current Transformers
Dry Instrument Transformers
CMF
SELECTOR GUIDE
Primary Style ANSI Metering Accuracy Relay Rating
A Number B0.1 B0.2 B0.5 Accuracy Factor
39
ABB
Low-Voltage Current Transformers
Dry Instrument Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Pinetops, NC
CMV and CMV-H
The CMV and CMV-H 600 V
current transformers are designed
for indoor/outdoor use. These
units are rated 10 kV BIL and
25 through 60 Hz. The window
opening is 3.5 inches (88.9 mm)
x 4.5 inches (114.3 mm).
SELECTOR GUIDE
Primary Style ANSI Metering Accuracy Relay Rating
A Number B0.1 B0.2 B0.5 B0.9 B1.8 Accuracy Factor
Type CMV and Bus Adapters—Tapered Bottom
200 7524A75G01 0.3 — — — — C20 4.0
300 7524A75G02 0.3 0.3 — — — C20 4.0
400 7524A75G03 0.3 0.3 — — — C20 4.0
500 7524A75G12 0.3 0.3 — — — C20 3.0
600 7524A75G04 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — C20 3.0
800 7524A75G05 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — C20 3.0
1000 7524A75G06 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — C30 2.0
1200 7524A75G07 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — C20 1.5
1500 7524A75G08 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — C50 2.0
2000 7524A75G09 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C50 1.5
3000 7524A75G10 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C30 1.33
4000 7524A75G11 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C20 1.0
Type CMV-H with Bus Adapters
200 9628A53G01 0.3 0.3 — — — C10 4.0
300 9628A53G02 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — C20 3.0
400 9628A53G03 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — C20 4.0
Type CMV*—Wide Bottom
200 7524A73G01 0.3 — — — — C20 4.0
300 7524A73G02 0.3 0.3 — — — C20 4.0
400 7524A73G03 0.3 0.3 — — — C20 4.0
500 7524A73G12 0.3 0.3 — — — C20 3.0
600 7524A73G04 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — C20 3.0
800 7524A73G05 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — C20 3.0
1000 7524A73G06 0.3 0.3 0.3 — — C30 2.0
1200 7524A73G07 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 — C20 1.5
Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Pinetops, NC
CLC
The CLC 600 V current transformer is designed for indoor/outdoor use. This unit
is rated 10 kV BIL and 60 Hz. The window opening is 5.5 inches (139.7 mm).
ABB
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled.
Contact your ABB Sales Representative or visit our website at www.abb.com/mediumvoltage.
41
Low-Voltage Current Transformers
Dry Instrument Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Pinetops, NC
PPW and PPM
The PPW and PPM 600 V voltage transformers are designed for
indoor/outdoor use. These units are rated 10 kV BIL and 60 Hz.
The thermal rating values are:
PPW
150 VA at 30°C ambient
100 VA at 55°C ambient
PPM
500 VA at 30°C ambient
350 VA at 55°C ambient
SELECTOR GUIDE
Primary Style ANSI Metering
Ratio
Voltage Number Accuracy
Type PPW
240/416Y 2:1 7526A04G01
0.3 Class
288/500Y 2.4:1 7526A04G02 for W
300/520Y 2.5:1 7526A04G03 0.6 Class
480/480Y 4:1 7526A04G04 for X
Burdens
600/600Y 5:1 7526A04G05
Type PPM
240/416Y 2:1 7526A10G01
42
Medium-Voltage Current Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Pinetops, NC
KIR-60/75 (5, 8.7 kV Indoor)
The KIR - 60/75 current transformer is designed for indoor use.
This unit is rated 60 and 75 kV BIL and 60 Hz. The mechanical
and thermal rating values are:
Mechanical Rating
5 through 600 A, 150 x normal
800 A, 110 x normal
Thermal Rating
5 through 600 A, 100 x normal for 1 second
800 A, 75 x normal for 1 second
SELECTOR GUIDE
Primary A Style Number ANSI Metering Accuracy ANSI Relay Accuracy Rating Factor
Type KIR-60—NSV 4.8 kV 60 kV BIL
5 7524A01G01 T100 1.5
10 7524A01G02 T100 1.5
15 7524A01G03 T100 1.5
20 7524A01G04 T100 1.5
25 7524A01G05 T100 1.5
30 7524A01G06 T100 1.5
40 7524A01G07 0.3 B0.1 T100 1.5
50 7524A01G08 through T100 1.5
75 7524A01G09 B1.8 T100 1.5
100 7524A01G10 All Ratings T100 1.5
150 7524A01G11 T100 1.5
200 7524A01G12 T100 1.5
300 7524A01G13 T100 1.5
400 7524A01G14 T100 1.5
600 7524A01G15 T100 1.5
800 7524A01G16 T100 1.33
Type KIR-75—NSV 8.32 kV 75 kV BIL
5 7524A02G01 T100 1.5
10 7524A02G02 T100 1.5
15 7524A02G03 T100 1.5
20 7524A02G04 T100 1.5
25 7524A02G05 T100 1.5
30 7524A02G06 T100 1.5
40 7524A02G07 0.3 B0.1 T100 1.5
50 7524A02G08 through T100 1.5
75 7524A02G09 B1.8 T100 1.5
100 7524A02G10 All Ratings T100 1.5
150 7524A02G11 T100 1.5
200 7524A02G12 T100 1.5
300 7524A02G13 T100 1.5
400 7524A02G14 T100 1.5
600 7524A02G15 T100 1.5
800 7524A02G16 T100 1.33
43
ABB
Medium-Voltage Current Transformers
Dry Instrument Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Pinetops, NC
KOR-11 (15 kV Outdoor)
SELECTOR GUIDE
Primary Style ANSI Metering ANSI Relay Rating
A Number Accuracy Accuracy Factor
NSV 13.8 kV 100 kV BIL Single Ratio
5 7524A12G01 T200 1.5
10 7524A12G02 T200 1.5
15 7524A12G03 T200 1.5
20 7524A12G04 T200 1.5
25 7524A12G05 T200 1.5
30 7524A12G06 T200 1.5
40 7524A12G07 0.3 B0.1 T200 1.5
50 7524A12G08 through T200 1.5
75 7524A12G09 B1.8 T200 1.5
100 7524A12G10 All Ratings T200 1.5
150 7524A12G11 T200 1.5
200 7524A12G12 T200 1.5
300 7524A12G13 T200 1.5
400 7524A12G14 T200 1.5
600 7524A12G15 T200 1.5
800 7524A12G16 T200 1.5
NSV 13.8 kV 100 kV BIL Double Ratio
5/10 7524A13G01 T90/T200 2.0/1.5
10/20 7524A13G02 T90/T200 2.0/1.5
20/40 7524A13G03 T90/T200 2.0/1.5
Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Pinetops, NC
VIY-60 (5 kV Indoor)
SELECTOR GUIDE
Primary Style ANSI Metering
Ratio
Voltage Number Accuracy1
Unfused
2400/4160Y 20:1 7525A50G01 0.3W, X, M, Y
2 Fuses
2400/4160Y 20:1 7525A51G01 0.3W, X, M, Y
1 Fuse
2400/4160GY 20:1 7525A52G01 0.3W, X, M, Y
45
ABB
Medium-Voltage Current Transformers
Dry Instrument Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Pinetops, NC
VOZ-75/11 (8.7, 15 kV Outdoor)
SELECTOR GUIDE
Primary Style ANSI Metering
Ratio
Voltage Number Accuracy
VOZ-75 75 kV BIL
2400/4160Y 20:1 7525A89G01 0.3W, X, M, Y, Z
46
Medium-Voltage Current Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Pinetops, NC
VOZ-15 (25 kV Outdoor)
SELECTOR GUIDE
Primary Style ANSI Metering
Ratio
Voltage Number Accuracy
47
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Optical Sensors and Systems
SELECTION GUIDE
Maximum System
Product Voltage Features
(kV)
49
ABB
Optical Sensors and Systems
STANDARD FEATURES
Three phases of MOCT sensors mounted on
polymer insulator columns with preterminated
fiber optic cable
Electronic MOCT module with signal process-
ing electronics for installation in the substation
control house
Fiber optic cable for transmission of the light
signal between the optical sensor and MOCT
electronic module
Transformers
50
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Mt. Pleasant, PA
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm)
51
ABB
Optical Sensors and Systems
FEATURES
Construction
The EOVT optical voltage sensing element oper-
ates in an SF6 atmosphere contained in a hollow
tube composite bushing consisting of a fiberglass
tube support and silicone rubber sheds. No capaci-
tive dividers are used and full line-to-ground volt-
age is applied across the EOVT sensor. This design
permits true optical voltage measurement for the
highest possible accuracy and stability. The elimi-
nation of oil/paper insulation provides enhanced
safety and reduced maintenance costs.
The MOCT optical current sensing element is
mounted at the top of the bushing, outside of the
SF6 environment, in a protective housing assembly.
Connections between the MOCT and EOVT sensors
in the OMU and the electronic modules in the
control house are via optical fiber breakout cable.
The OMU system consists of four major
components:
Three phases of OMU units installed in the
substation, which contain the optical current
(MOCT) and voltage (EOVT) sensors
2100-I MOCT electronic module, which provides
the signal processing for the optical current
sensor (MOCT).This module provides a 1.0 A
Transformers
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm)
53
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Single-Phase, Padmounted Transformers
SELECTION GUIDE
4160GY/2400 —
34,500GY/19,920, Accommodates air switching, metering accessories, live
RTP® 25 — 333
2400 ∆ — 22,940 ∆ front connections for multi-dwelling installations
4160GY/2400 —
Underground 25 — 167 Designed for residential underground systems
24,940GY/14,400
55
ABB
Single-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
Composite Hood/Sill
STANDARD FEATURES
The elimination of the traditional metal sill improves access to the cable
area and simplifies installation.
Due to its light weight (25 lbs. vs 50 lbs. for a steel hood), a single operator
may open and close the composite enclosure with little effort.
Strategically located stiffening ribs improve strength, stiffness, and flexibility
to meet the required design and function criteria.
A recessed lock pocket and handle are conveniently located at the front-top
center of the enclosure, and a stainless steel latch plate with attached lock
bolt is fastened to the lock pocket.
A tongue and groove arrangement ensures tamper-resistance when closed
and locked.
A non-conductive enclosure provides excellent insulation protection from
exposed energized cables and bushings.
The composite enclosure is less prone to damage on impact.
Tanks are constructed of heavy gauge steel with welded seams. They are
pressure-tested and inspected for leaks prior to shipment. All transformers
are supplied with:
• 58⁄ " — 11 stainless steel lifting bosses
• Oil level/fill plug
• Oil drain plug
• Self-actuating, pressure-relief device
Transformers
• Two (2) ground bosses, 12⁄ " — 13 NC tapped hole, 71⁄ 6" deep
Externally clamped, removable, high-voltage bushing wells and a
parking stand between the bushing wells are provided for attachment of
bushing accessories.
Externally clamped, low-voltage bushings with contact nuts
NEMA safety labels
Nameplate
Durable, corrosion-resistant paint finish
2
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings @ 65°C rise
60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
kVA HV BIL LV
57
ABB
Single-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Jefferson City, MO
Composite Hood/Sill
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Actual dimensions will vary according to voltage, loss evaluation, and accessories.
A B C D
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
A B C D Weight
kVA
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Side View
Recommended Pad
Dimensions Latching Arm
Transformers
58
Single-Phase, Padmounted
STANDARD FEATURES
Equipped with two universal high-voltage bushing wells for
loop feed (only one bushing well is provided for radial feed)
A flip-top hood and heavy duty 38⁄ ", removable stainless steel
hinge pins provide safe and durable service.
A recessed locking assembly with padlock provisions and
penta-head locking bolt is standard for tamper-resistant
operation. A hex-head locking bolt is available.
Tanks are constructed of heavy gauge steel with welded
seams.They are pressure-tested and inspected for leaks prior
to shipment. All single-phase transformers are supplied with:
• 58⁄ " — 11 stainless-steel lifting bosses
• Oil level/fill plug
• Oil drain plug
• Self-actuating, pressure relief device
• Two ground bosses, 12⁄ " — 13 NC tapped hole, 71⁄ 6" deep
The front sill latches with the flip-top hood, is attached on the
side of the tank, and is removable.
Externally clamped, removable, high-voltage bushing wells
and a parking stand between the bushing wells are provided
for attachment of bushing accessories.
Externally clamped, low-voltage bushings with contact nuts
Tamper-resistant design that exceeds ANSI C57.12.28
NEMA safety labels
Nameplate
Durable, corrosion-resistant paint finish
59
ABB
Single-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings @ 65°C rise
60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
kVA HV BIL LV
Micro-Pak
Mini-Pak
Transformers
Maxi-Pak
10, 15, 25, 37.5, 50, 75, 4160GY/2400 — 240/120, 120/240, 480/240,
60, 75, 95, 125, 150 kV
100, 167, 250 34,500GY/19,920 V 240/480, 277 V
*Available only with cable lead secondary
60
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Jefferson City, MO
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Actual dimensions will vary according to voltage, loss evaluation, and accessories.
A B C D
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Micro-Pak
Min 24 (611) 24 (611) 30.5 (776) 14.25 (363)
Mini-Pak
Min 24 (611) 32 (814) 30.5 (776) 14.25 (363)
Maxi-Pak
Min 32 (814) 32 (814) 30.5 (776) 14.25 (363) Recommended Pad
Dimensions
Max 42 (1068) 44 (1119) 46.5 (1183) 19.25 (490)
61
ABB
Single-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
STANDARD FEATURES
Weather cover over cabinet provided with hold-down
hardware to secure it firmly to cabinet
Four (4) lifting lugs
Bolted-on terminal compartment (18" deep) with removable
front sill
Hinged, lift-off cabinet doors with stop in open position
Interlocked penta-head bolt/padlock handle operates a cam
assembly that is part of the 3-point door latching mechanism
(hex-head bolt available).
For live front construction, externally clamped, high-voltage
porcelain bushings with a single eyebolt, clamp-type
connector (accommodates #6 AWG solid to 250 MCM
stranded conductors)
For dead front construction, externally clamped, high-voltage
epoxy bushing wells and parking stands
Lightning arrester mounting pads (live front only)
Tank ground pads (1 in HV; 1 in LV)
Steel high/low-voltage compartment barrier
Two 12⁄ " penta-head bolts must be removed from the flange
formed on the steel high/low barrier before the HV door can
be opened (12⁄ " hex-head bolts available as an option).
Externally clamped, low-voltage epoxy bushings with
threaded copper studs with contact nuts
Nameplate
Fill plug and self-actuating, pressure-relief device
Transformers
Drain plug
Removable neutral ground strap
Handhole bolted onto tank top and protected by
weather cover
Panel coolers, 167 kVA through 250 kVA
NEMA safety labels
Durable, corrosion-resistant paint finish
2
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings @ 65°C rise
60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
kVA HV BIL LV
4160GY/2400 —
25, 37.5, 50, 75, 100, 34,500GY/19,920 V, 240/120, 120/240, 480/240,
60, 75, 95, 125, 150 kV
167, 250, 333* 240/480, 277 V
2400 ∆ — 22,940 ∆
63
ABB
Single-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
® Jefferson City, MO
RTP —Residential Transformer Padmounted
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
The information shown is for standard RTP designs. Due to the multiplicity of sizes and weights associated
with loss levels and component selection, contact the division for specific product weights and dimensions.
A B C D E Weight Oil
kVA
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg) Gallons (L)
25 46.5 (1183) 46 (1170) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 46 (1170) 3200 (1453) 120 (454)
50 46.5 (1183) 46 (1170) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 46 (1170) 3250 (1476) 125 (473)
75 46.5 (1183) 46 (1170) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 46 (1170) 3325 (1510) 128 (484)
100 46.5 (1183) 46 (1170) 53.1 (1351) 44.8 (1140) 46 (1170) 3350 (1521) 130 (492)
167 50.5 (1285) 46 (1170) 53.1 (1351) 44.8 (1140) 46 (1170) 3400 (1544) 133 (503)
250 50.5 (1285) 46 (1170) 53.1 (1351) 44.8 (1140) 46 (1170) 3750 (1703) 161 (609)
333 50.5 (1285) 46 (1170) 53.1 (1351) 44.8 (1140) 46 (1170) 3980 (1807) 175 (662)
NOTE:
Physical data is approximate and is based on single-
voltage units with or without taps, with standard
18" (457.2 mm) cable compartment depth, and with
no secondary breaker. Dimensions may change to
meet specific customer requirements.
Transformers
2
Underground
STANDARD FEATURES
A 400 CB stainless steel tank with all seams welded.
Each unit is pressure-tested and inspected for leaks prior
to shipment.
Equipped with two (2) universal, high-voltage bushing
wells for loop feed
Parking stand between the two (2) primary bushings for
attachment of bushing accessories
OPTIONS AND
Welded-in stud, low-voltage bushings with threaded
studs for use with copper or aluminum connectors
ACCESSORIES
Stainless steel ground pads near each bushing An oil-immersed, bayonet-type fuse
link removes the transformer from
All single-phase transformers are supplied with:
the system in case of an internal fault,
• Two (2) lifting lugs secondary short, or overload.
• Oil level/fill plug Secondary connections:
• Oil drain plug • Copper studs with contact
• Oil level sight gauge nuts (standard)
• Self-actuating, pressure-relief device • Copper studs with rotatable spades
Sealed tank construction Copper windings
Welded-on cover Miscellaneous:
Nameplate • External tap changer
Durable, corrosion-resistant paint finish • 304 stainless steel tank
kVA HV BIL LV
65
ABB
Single-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Jefferson City, MO
Underground +573-634-2111
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings @ 55°C rise
Although the insulation is 65°C temperature rise, an actual full-load temperature
rise of 55°C maximum allows additional capacity for temperature differentials
between vault-type and above-ground installations per ANSI standards.
60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
kVA HV BIL LV
4160GY/2400 —
25, 37.5, 50, 75, 100, 167 60, 75, 95, 125 kV 240/120, 480/240, 277 V
24,940GY/14,400 V
A B C* D
kVA
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Side View
66
Three-Phase, Padmounted Transformers
SELECTION GUIDE
Product kVA Voltage Range Features
67
ABB
Three-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
MTP™—Mini Three-Phase
68
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Jefferson City, MO
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings @ 65°C rise
60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
kVA HV BIL LV
A B C D Weight Oil
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg) Gallons (L)
Max 42 (1068) 44 (1119) 57.5 (1461) 19 (490) 2500 (1135) 150 (568)
A B C D
kVA
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Recommended Pad
Dimensions
NOTE:
Physical data is approximate and is based on
single-voltage units with or without taps, with
standard 19.25" (489 mm) cable compartment
depth. Dimensions may change to meet specific
customer requirements.
69
ABB
Three-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
MTR®
STANDARD FEATURES
Four (4) lifting lugs – Can be lifted and automatically secured into
Bolted-on terminal compartment (18" deep place with a single supporting arm.
for 45 — 1500 kVA and 24" deep for 2000 and – Requires no additional hold-down hardware.
2500 kVA) with removable front sill – Sloped design easily sheds water.
Hinged, lift-off cabinet doors Externally clamped, low-voltage bushings
with threaded copper stud for full load current
Interlocked penta-head bolt/padlock handle
below 2100 A. Externally clamped, integral
operates a cam assembly which is part of the
low-voltage bushings for current above 2100 A.
3-point door latching mechanism.A hex-head
NEMA spades provided per ANSI hole require-
bolt is available.
ments. For 2000 and 2500 kVA, externally
For live front construction, externally clamped, clamped, low-voltage bushings with NEMA
high-voltage porcelain bushings with a single 10-hole spades.
eyebolt, clamp-type connector (accommodates
Nameplate
#6 AWG solid to 250 MCM stranded conductors)
Fill plug and self-actuating, pressure-
For dead front construction, externally clamped
relief device
high-voltage bushing wells for load-break or
nonload-break inserts Drain plug
Lightning arrester mounting pads Removable neutral ground strap
(live front only) Five-legged core/coil assembly
Tank ground pads (1 in HV, 1 in LV) Handhole cover bolted onto tank top
Steel high/low-voltage compartment barrier (protected by weathercover)
One (1) 1 ⁄ 2" penta-head bolt must be removed Panel-type coolers
from the flange formed on the steel high/low NEMA safety labels
barrier before the HV door can be opened. Durable, corrosion-resistant paint finish
Transformers
FMS Weathercover:
The low-profile FMS design provides a hinged
weather cover over the cabinet that can be
raised for removal of bayonet-type fuses.
– The weather cover can be completely
removed for better access (i.e., pulling
of cables).
2
SPECIFICATIONS
45 through 1500 kVA 2000 through 3000 kVA
65°C average winding rise 65°C average winding rise
60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional 60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
High voltages: 4160 Grd Y/2400 through High voltages: 7200 Grd Y/4160 through
34,500 Grd Y/19,920 for grounded wye systems; 34,500 Grd Y/19,920 for grounded wye systems;
2400 through 34,500 for delta systems; various 4160 through 34,500 for delta systems; various
dual high voltages dual high voltages
Taps: All voltages are available with or without taps. Taps: All voltages are available with or
Insulation classes: 35 kV, 150 kV BIL and below without taps.
Low voltages: 208Y/120, 216Y/125, 460Y/265, Insulation classes: 35 kV, 150 kV BIL and below
480Y/277, 480 ∆, 240 ∆, and 240 ∆ with 120 V Low voltages:
mid-tap in one phase (4160Y/2400, 4160 ∆, 2400 ∆, 460Y/265 480 ∆ 2400 ∆
and 2400/4160Y/2400 for 500 kVA and larger) 480Y/277 4160Y/2400 2400/4160Y/2400
71
ABB
Three-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
MTR®
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions and weights are approximate. Dimensions may change to meet the customer’s specifications.
A B C D E Weight Oil
kVA
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg) Gallons (L)
Live Front, Radial Feed, ANSI Fig. 1, 2, and 3 (C57.12.22)
75 54.5 (1386) 56 (1425) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 56 (1425) 2280 (1035) 115 (435)
112 54.5 (1386) 56 (1425) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 56 (1425) 2400 (1090) 115 (435)
150 54.5 (1386) 56 (1425) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 56 (1425) 2700 (1226) 125 (473)
225 54.5 (1386) 56 (1425) 49.8 (1267) 46.8 (1191) 56 (1425) 3350 (1521) 150 (568)
300 54.5 (1386) 60 (1526) 50.8 (1292) 46.8 (1191) 56 (1425) 3650 (1657) 165 (625)
500 58.5 (1488) 66 (1679) 58.8 (1496) 48.8 (1241) 56 (1425) 5200 (2361) 200 (757)
750 66.5 (1692) 81 (2061) 60.8 (1547) 50.8 (1292) 66 (1679) 7100 (3223) 270 (1022)
1000 66.5 (1692) 84 (2137) 62.8 (1598) 52.8 (1343) 66 (1679) 7900 (3587) 320 (1211)
1500 66.5 (1692) 86 (2188) 66.8 (1699) 54.8 (1394) 66 (1679) 9700 (4404) 390 (1476)
2000 70.5 (1794) 92 (2340) 68.8 (1750) 58.8 (1496) 70 (1781) 12,800 (5811) 430 (1628)
2500 70.5 (1794) 98 (2493) 70.8 (1801) 58.8 (1496) 70 (1781) 14,100 (6401) 500 (1893)
Dead Front, Radial Feed, ANSI Fig. 1, 3, and 4 (C57.12.26)
75 46.5 (1183) 62 (1577) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 62 (1577) 2350 (1067) 115 (435)
112 46.5 (1183) 62 (1577) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 62 (1577) 2450 (1112) 115 (435)
150 46.5 (1183) 62 (1577) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 62 (1577) 2700 (1226) 125 (473)
225 46.5 (1183) 62 (1577) 49.8 (1267) 46.8 (1191) 62 (1577) 3400 (1544) 150 (568)
300 46.5 (1183) 62 (1577) 50.8 (1292) 46.8 (1191) 62 (1577) 3700 (1680) 165 (625)
500 54.5 (1386) 66 (1679) 58.8 (1496) 48.8 (1241) 62 (1577) 5400 (2452) 200 (757)
750 58.5 (1488) 81 (2061) 60.8 (1547) 50.8 (1292) 66 (1679) 7100 (3223) 270 (1022)
1000 66.5 (1692) 84 (2137) 62.8 (1598) 52.8 (1343) 66 (1679) 7900 (3587) 320 (1211)
1500 66.5 (1692) 86 (2188) 66.8 (1699) 54.8 (1394) 66 (1679) 9700 (4404) 390 (1476)
2000 70.5 (1794) 92 (2340) 68.8 (1750) 58.8 (1496) 70 (1781) 12,800 (5811) 430 (1628)
2500 70.5 (1794) 98 (2493) 70.8 (1801) 58.8 (1496) 70 (1781) 14,100 (6401) 500 (1893)
Dead Front, Loop Feed, ANSI Fig. 2, 3, and 4 (C57.12.26)
75 54.5 (1386) 66 (1679) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 66 (1679) 2400 (1090) 120 (454)
112 54.5 (1386) 66 (1679) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 66 (1679) 2500 (1135) 120 (454)
150 54.5 (1386) 66 (1679) 44.8 (1140) 44.8 (1140) 66 (1679) 2800 (1271) 130 (492)
Transformers
225 54.5 (1386) 66 (1679) 49.8 (1267) 46.8 (1191) 66 (1679) 3500 (1589) 160 (606)
300 54.5 (1386) 66 (1679) 50.8 (1292) 46.8 (1191) 66 (1679) 3800 (1725) 170 (643)
500 54.5 (1386) 68 (1730) 58.8 (1496) 48.8 (1241) 66 (1679) 5600 (2542) 200 (757)
750 66.5 (1692) 82 (2086) 60.8 (1547) 50.8 (1292) 70 (1781) 7400 (3360) 270 (1022)
1000 66.5 (1692) 86 (2188) 62.8 (1598) 52.8 (1343) 70 (1781) 8200 (3723) 320 (1211)
1500 66.5 (1692) 88 (2239) 66.8 (1699) 54.8 (1394) 70 (1781) 10,300 (4676) 390 (1476)
2000 70.5 (1794) 92 (2340) 68.8 (1750) 58.8 (1496) 70 (1781) 12,800 (5811) 430 (1628)
2500 70.5 (1794) 98 (2493) 70.8 (1801) 58.8 (1496) 70 (1781) 14,100 (6401) 500 (1893)
2
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
73
ABB
Three-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
74
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Jefferson City, MO
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions and weights are approximate. Dimensions may change to meet the customer’s specifications.
A B C D W X Weight
kVA
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
1500 68 (1727) 79 (2007) 39 (991) 67 (1702) 70 (1778) 102 (2591) 12,000 (5443)
75
ABB
Three-Phase, Padmounted
Distribution Transformers
Platform-Mounted
76
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Jefferson City, MO
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimension and Weights
Dimensions and weights are approximate and subject to change based on the final design
at the time order is processed. All cooling fin banks shown may not be required.
A B C Weight
kVA
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
77
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Poletype Transformers
SELECTION GUIDE
Product kVA Voltage Range Features
Single-Phase, Overhead
STANDARD FEATURES
Lifting lugs
Arrester mounting pads
Cover-mounted, high-voltage porcelain bushing(s) with
eyebolt terminal (10 — 100 kVA) or spade terminal
Fiberglass reinforced polyester or porcelain low-
voltage insulators
Low-voltage neutral grounding strap (furnished on
10 — 50 kVA single HV bushing units)
ANSI support lugs (hanger brackets)
Type S
Cover has 13 mils minimum of polyester coating providing
15 kV dielectric insulation.
Self-venting and resealing cover assembly
The core/coil bolt in pads are 180° apart
Embossed low-voltage leads
Oil fill plug with cover ground strap
Tank ground pad
Laser-etched, anodized, aluminum nameplate with bar-coded
serial number
Durable, corrosive-resistant paint finish
80
SPECIFICATIONS
5 — 833 kVA
65°C temperature rise
60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
Low voltages: 120/240, 240/480, and 277
High voltages: 2400 through 34,500 V
Insulation levels:
Single-Phase, Overhead
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions and weights are approximate. Dimensions may change to meet the customer’s specifications.
Single-phase, 60 Hz, oil-immersed, self-cooled (OISC), 65°C rise high-voltage
(Refer to division for available tap positions and dimensions for other primary voltages.)
Low-voltages: 120/240, 240/480, and 277
Standard loss performance level
15 36 (914) 17 (432) 20 (508) 13.25 (337) 11.25 (286) 236 (107) 247 (112) 12 (46)
25 41 (1040) 19 (483) 22 (559) 15.25 (388) 11.25 (286) 349 (158) 363 (165) 18 (68)
37.5 44 (1118) 22 (559) 24 (610) 17.50 (445) 11.25 (286) 489 (222) 510 (232) 29 (110)
50 49 (1245) 22 (559) 24 (610) 17.50 (445) 11.25 (286) 585 (265) 605 (275) 31 (118)
75 49 (1245) 25 (635) 27 (686) 20 (508) 23.25 (591) 850 (386) 875 (398) 40 (152)
100 50 (1270) 27 (686) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (591) 923 (419) 968 (440) 42 (160)
167 58 (1473) 38 (965) 33 (838) 24 (611) 23.25 (591) 1475 (670) 1542 (701) 78 (296)
250 66 (1676) 38 (965) 33 (838) 24 (611) 24 (611) 1820 (826) 1885 (856) 90 (342)
333 62 (1575) 42 (1067) 37 (940) 24 (611) 24 (611) 2040 (926) 2110 (959) 82 (312)
500 66 (1677) 45 (1143) 41 (1041) 27 (687) 36 (916) 2850 (1294) 2950 (1341) 109 (414)
15 38 (965) 17 (432) 20 (508) 13.25 (337) 11.25 (286) 245 (111) 256 (116) 11 (42)
25 46 (1168) 22 (559) 24 (610) 17.50 (445) 11.25 (286) 455 (206) 470 (214) 29 (110)
37.5 46 (1168) 22 (559) 24 (610) 17.50 (445) 11.25 (286) 505 (229) 526 (239) 28 (106)
50 51 (1295) 25 (635) 27 (686) 20 (509) 11.25 (286) 730 (331) 755 (343) 41 (156)
75 52 (1320) 25 (635) 28 (711) 20 (509) 23.25 (591) 910 (413) 936 (425) 38 (144)
Transformers
100 56 (1422) 27 (686) 28 (711) 20 (509) 23.25 (591) 985 (447) 1025 (465) 46 (175)
167 56 (1422) 38 (965) 33 (838) 24 (611) 23.25 (591) 1430 (649) 1495 (680) 70 (266)
250 68 (1727) 38 (965) 33 (840) 24 (611) 24 (611) 1865 (847) 1930 (877) 91 (346)
333 61 (1549) 42 (1067) 35 (889) 24 (611) 24 (611) 1970 (894) 2041 (928) 75 (285)
500 72 (1829) 45 (1143) 39 (991) 27 (687) 36 (916) 2960 (1344) 3055 (1389) 121 (458)
82
Manufactured at
Power Partners
Athens, GA
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
75 — 100 kVA
1.5 — 50 kVA
JUMBO
STANDARD FEATURES
Lo-Hi-Lo coil design divides the short-circuit force between
two low-high spaces, increasing the short circuit strength of
the coil.
Two-winding construction yields a much higher impedance
than is characteristic of an auto transformer, which helps limit
the mechanical forces the unit must sustain during fault duty.
Progressively wound coils with adhesive resins on thermally
upgraded insulating paper provide increased short circuit and
thermal strength.
Sheet conductor in LV windings enables the electrical centers
in the high and low to align themselves, minimizing the
vertical component of short-circuit forces.
Reinforced core-coil assembly provides greater short circuit
withstand capability.
SPECIFICATIONS
Prototype testing ensures the Jumbo design can meet industry 50 — 500 kVA
short circuit standards and provide reliable service. 65°C rise
Self-venting and resealing cover eliminates the need for an 60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
auxiliary pressure-relief device and offers increased safety High voltages: 7200, 14,400,
through higher tank withstand. and 19,920
ANSI support lugs (hanger brackets) are rod-welded to the Low voltages: 2400, 4800, 7200,
tank wall for added strength. 7620, and 7970
Anodized, aluminum-laser inscribed nameplate offers longer
term readability.
Lifting lugs are positioned directly opposite the cover beam
support lugs, reducing the chance of the tank going out of
round when lifted.
Cover-mounted, high-voltage, porcelain bushings with eyebolt
terminals are mounted on flat embossments on the cover and
have undercut gasket seats for improved sealing. The eyebolt
connectors are cast bronze-plated with tin.
Low-voltage porcelain bushings with clamp-type terminals
Transformers
84
Manufactured at
Power Partners
Athens, GA
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions and weights are approximate.
50 45 (1143) 47 (1194) 24 (610) 28 (711) 25 (635) 20 (508) 750 (341) 785 (357) 36 (137)
75 Not Available
100 45 (1143) 52 (1321) 31 (787) 31 (787) 31 (787) 22 (559) 1095 (497) 1150 (523) 50 (190)
167 58 (1473) 52 (1321) 33 (787) 37 (940) 33 (838) 27 (686) 2010 (914) 2090 (950) 88 (334)
250 54 (1372) 56 (1422) 41 (1041) 37 (940) 33 (838) 27 (686) 2340 (1064) 2440 (1109) 85 (323)
333 54 (1372) 64 (1625) 45 (1143) 37 (940) 33 (838) 27 (686) 2400 (1091) 2500 (1136) 88 (334)
500 69 (1753) 68 (1727) 45 (1143) 39 (991) 36 (914) 27 (686) 3065 (1393) 3165 (1439) 120 (456)
All approximate dimensions shown reference designs with ± 2.5% taps.
Manufactured at
Power Partners
® Athens, GA
POW-R-Pole Transformer and Substation
POW-R-Pole Transformer
The single-phase POW-R-Pole distribution transformer
is designed for those applications where substation
accessories are required, and the transformer will be
platform-mounted or padmounted. Typical examples
include banking for small distribution-type substations.
The POW-R-Pole is a round tank unit with base bars
and no pole support lugs (hanger brackets), plus
substation accessories. The single-phase POW-R-Pole is
suitable for use in three-phase banks, 300 to 1500 kVA.
ISO Certified
POW-R-Pole Substation
Up to 1500 kVA substation using three single-
phase transformers
Lower transformer costs (three single-phase vs. one
three-phase substation transformer)
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Better performance, lower losses
POW-R-Pole Substation
Minimum changeout costs, significant size and
weight reduction Base bars
Substation transformer accessories: Pressure-relief valve
• Liquid level gauge Liquid level gauge
• Dial-type oil temperature gauge Dial-type oil temperature indicator
• Base bars (without alarm contacts)
• Upper filter press connection External tap changer
• Drain valve with sampling device Upper filter press connection
Primary voltages: 2400 — 34,500 Oil drain valve and sampling device
Distribution voltages: Durable, corrosion-resistant paint finish
2400 7200 12,000 14,400
4160 7620 13,200 19,920 Other POW-R-Pole Transformer Accessories
4800 8000 13,800 34,400
Lifting lugs
Utilization voltages: 120/240, 240/480, 277, 600
Tank ground pad
Substation sizes: 300, 500, 750, 1000, 1500 kVA
kVA stencil on tank
Flame-retardant mineral oil substitutes available
Nameplate (diagrammatic)
Four (4) low-voltage bushings with NEMA
Transformers
Three-Phase, T-T
STANDARD FEATURES
Wound core with step-lap joints for increased efficiency and
lower noise levels
Progressively wound coils with adhesive resins on insulating
paper or conductors for increased short circuit strength and
SPECIFICATIONS
thermal strength 30 — 500 kVA
Three-point, core-coil bracing for increased mechanical strength 65°C rise
CSP protection package available as an option for increased 60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
protection against surge currents, short circuits, and overloads: High voltages: 13,800 and below
• Primary protective links Low voltages: 208T/120, 240T x 480T,
• Surge arresters and 480T/277
• Secondary circuit breakers Transformer BIL ratings:
• Secondary breaker operating handle with emergency
Primary BIL
overload reset and overload signal light
Self-venting and resealing cover that eliminates the need for 2400 T 60 kV
an auxiliary pressure-relief device and offers increased safety 4160 T 60 kV
through higher tank withstand
4800 T 60 kV
Durable, corrosion-resistant paint finish
Cover has 13 mils minimum of polyester coating providing 7200 T 75 kV
15 kV dielectric insulation of tank ground parts from live 8320 T 75 kV
parts and increasing resistance to corrosion. The cover is
sloped 15°, preventing water from collecting; thereby 12,000 T 95 kV
reducing the chances of corrosion and leaking. 12,470 T 95 kV
Tank bottom rim is three layers thick for increased durability
13,200 T 95 kV
and resistance to shipping and handling damage.
Lighter weight, lower cost, and cleaner installations than 13,800 T 95 kV
conventional three-phase design
Manufactured at
Power Partners
Athens, GA
Three-Phase, T-T
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions are approximate.
Distance
A B C D Shipping
Between Weight Oil
kVA Inches Inches Inches Inches Weight
Hanger Lbs. (kg) Gallons (L)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Brackets
45 49 (1245) 29 (737) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (591) 990 (450) 1035 (470) 44 (167)
75 49 (1245) 33 (838) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (591) 1100 (500) 1175 (534) 52 (198)
112.5 57 (1448) 31 (787) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 1530 (695) 1625 (739) 62 (236)
150 57 (1448) 40 (1016) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 1770 (805) 1840 (836) 70 (266)
225 61 (1550) 37 (940) 34 (864) 24 (610) 36 (914) 2215 (1007) 2303 (1047) 81 (308)
300 64 (1626) 41 (1041) 36 (914) 27 (686) 36 (914) 2750 (1250) 2860 (1300) 98 (372)
500 78 (1981) 45 (1143) 42 (1067) 27 (686) — 3560 (1616) 3650 (1659) 118 (448)
45 54 (1372) 29 (737) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (591) 905 (411) 965 (438) 43 (163)
75 54 (1372) 33 (838) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (591) 1175 (534) 1225 (557) 50 (190)
112.5 62 (1575) 33 (838) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 1505 (684) 1565 (711) 59 (224)
150 62 (1575) 40 (1016) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 1725 (784) 1780 (809) 65 (247)
225 61 (1549) 37 (940) 34 (864) 24 (610) 36 (914) 2285 (1040) 2275 (1034) 84 (319)
300 69 (1753) 41 (1041) 36 (914) 27 (686) 36 (914) 2915 (1325) 3015 (1370) 100 (380)
500 80 (2032) 45 (1143) 42 (1067) 27 (686) — 3815 (1734) 3900 (1772) 123 (467)
All approximate dimensions shown reference designs with ± 2.5% taps.
Transformers
2
Three-Phase, Triplex
STANDARD FEATURES
Wound core with step-lap joints for increased efficiency and
lower noise levels
Progressively wound coils with adhesive resins on insulating
paper or conductors for increased short circuit strength,
efficiency, and thermal strength
CSP protection package available as an option for increased SPECIFICATIONS
protection against surge currents, short circuits, and overloads: 30 — 225 kVA
• Primary protective links 65°C rise
• Surge arresters 60 Hz standard, 50 Hz optional
• Secondary circuit breaker High voltages: 13,800 and below
• Secondary breaker operating handle with emergency Low voltages: 208Y/120, 240 x 480,
overload reset and overload signal light and 480Y/277
Three-point, core-coil bracing for increased mechanical strength Transformer BIL ratings:
Self-venting and resealing cover that eliminates the need for
an auxiliary pressure-relief device and offers increased safety Primary BIL
through higher tank withstand 2400 60 kV
Durable, corrosion-resistant paint finish 4160 60 kV
Cover has 13 mils minimum of polyester coating, providing
15 kV dielectric insulation of tank ground parts from live 7200 75 kV
parts and increasing resistance to corrosion. The cover is 8320 75 kV
sloped 15°, preventing water from collecting; thereby
reducing the chances of corrosion and leaking. 12,000 95 kV
Tank bottom rim is three layers thick for increased durability 12,470 95 kV
and resistance to shipping and handling damage. 13,200 95 kV
13,800 95 kV
Manufactured at
Power Partners
Athens, GA
Three-Phase, Triplex
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions are approximate.
Distance
A B C D Shipping
Between Weight Oil
kVA Inches Inches Inches Inches Weight
Hanger Lbs. (kg) Gallons (L)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Brackets
45 57 (1448) 26 (660) 25 (635) 17.5 (445) 23.25 (590) 915 (416) 960 (436) 45 (171)
75 61 (1550) 33 (838) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (590) 1120 (509) 1165 (530) 60 (228)
112.5 61 (1550) 34 (864) 28 (711) 20 (508) 36 (914) 1540 (700) 1585 (720) 58 (220)
150 73 (1854) 35 (889) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 2455 (1116) 2525 (1148) 90 (342)
225 76 (1930) 35 (889) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 2650 (1205) 2745 (1248) 90 (342)
45 62 (1575) 23 (584) 25 (635) 17.5 (445) 23.25 (590) 920 (418) 965 (436) 45 (171)
75 66 (1676) 29 (737) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (590) 1310 (595) 1355 (616) 60 (228)
112.5 66 (1676) 34 (864) 28 (711) 20 (508) 36 (914) 1540 (700) 1585 (720) 58 (220)
150 78 (1981) 31 (787) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 2470 (1123) 2540 (1155) 90 (342)
225 81 (2057) 31 (787) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 2650 (1205) 2745 (1248) 90 (342)
45 68 (1727) 26 (660) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (590) 1290 (586) 1340 (609) 60 (228)
75 68 (1727) 26 (660) 28 (711) 20 (508) 23.25 (590) 1340 (609) 1365 (620) 58 (220)
112.5 68 (1727) 34 (864) 28 (711) 20 (508) 36 (914) 1540 (700) 1585 (720) 58 (220)
150 80 (2032) 31 (787) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 2470 (1123) 2540 (1155) 90 (342)
225 83 (2108) 31 (787) 30 (762) 22 (559) 36 (914) 2650 (1205) 2745 (1248) 90 (342)
Transformers
2
Manufactured at
Power Partners
® Athens, GA
CSP Coordinated Protection Package
FEATURES
Standard
Protective link: Optional partial-range, current-limiting fuse
• Removes an internally faulted transformer (in series with protective link):
from the primary line • Limits the maximum current in the circuit
• Operates at 8 to 14 times normal • Reduces current to zero in less than
full-load current one-half cycle
Secondary circuit breaker: • Minimizes the possibility of event failure
• Protects against overloads and external
short circuits Advantages
• Coordinated with protective link, trips on
an external short or overload before the link Lower installation cost due to labor cost
blows and only if the overload is large savings compared with Type S transformers
or continuous with polemounted protective devices
• If overload is small or temporary, a load Easier and simpler installation due to the protec-
management light signals the need for tion package being integral to the transformer
change-out to a larger unit for more optimized with only one primary connection required
transformer loading. Safer operation due to the additional protection
MOV polymer arrester: provided by the secondary breaker
• Provides protection from lightning and More reliable service through features that
switching surges provide early warning of overload conditions
• The large block surge arrester handles and optimized transformer loading
surges of 100,000 A.
Lower cost of operation due to optimized
• Initial sparkover is below BIL withstand
loading characteristics
of transformer.
• Ratings are coordinated with the impulse Neater appearance provided by the simplicity
strength of the coil windings. of the CSP protection package mounted integral
to the transformer
Automatic load management provided by the
overload signal light
Manufactured at
Power Partners
Athens, GA
Center-Bolt Cover Design
FEATURES
Standard Advantages
Center-bolt cover, cover beam, and beam Static and dynamic pressure relief provided by
support lug system provide: unique venting and resealing capability
• Self-venting and resealing which meets ANSI Increased safety provided through higher
specifications, eliminating the need for an tank-withstand capability and automatic pressure
auxiliary pressure-relief device venting during cover removal
• Tank-withstand capability in excess of the No auxiliary pressure-relief device is required.
requirements of NEMA TRI-1980 Extra insulation provided by thick, epoxy-
Increased tank withstand capability and powder coating
automatic pressure relief during cover removal Increased resistance to corrosion provided by
result in increased safety. sloped cover and thick coating
Electrostatically applied, epoxy-powder coating Increased resistance to leaks and breathing
is a minimum of 13 mils, supplying an average provided by unique gasketing system
of 15 kV dielectric strength to provide extra
Simplified maintenance provided by single
insulation and protection from corrosion.
cover bolt
The 15° slope of cover prevents moisture from
collecting and increases resistance to corrosion
and leaking. Standards Compliance
Continuous hollow nitrile gasket, raised and Pressure venting and resealing: The self-venting
flat-bushing embossments, undercut gasket seats cover design meets the pressure venting and
on bushings, and copper-encased cover bolt resealing requirements of ANSI C57-12.20-1997,
Transformers
92
Poletype
Micro-Pole
2400 — 4800 75 95
7200 — 12,470 95 95
93
ABB
Poletype
Distribution Transformers
Micro-Pole
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions are approximate. Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Bushing Dimension A
(kV BIL) Inches (mm)
95 23.50 (597)
16.75 (425)
LIFTING LUG
COVER CLAMP
ASSEMBLY
13.375
(340)
PRESSURE-RELIEF VALVE
LV CLAMP TERMINALS
SUITABLE FOR #6 SOLID TO
250 MCM STR. AL. OR CU. CABLE
HV BUSHING WITH CONNECTOR
SUITABLE FOR #8 SOLID TO
#2/0 STR. AL. OR CU. CABLE
COVER TO TANK
EXTERNAL GROUND STRAP
TOP OF TANK
6.5
A
(165)
16.3125 15
(415) 12.4375 (380)
(315) NAMEPLATE STAMPING
HANGER LUG
Transformers
GROUND CONNECTOR
10.0 (255) SUITABLE FOR #10 SOLID
TO #1 STR. AL. OR CU. CABLE
94
SELECTOR GUIDE
High BIL (kV) 1 HV Bushing 2 HV Bushing 1 HV Bushing with 2 HV Bushing with
Voltage (V) Winding Bushing Catalog Number Catalog Number Fuse Catalog Number Fuse Catalog Number
Power: 1 kVA, Low-Voltage: 120 V, 2 Low-Voltage Bushings
2400 M1002400AAB-A01 M1002400DAB-A01 M1002400GAB-A01 M1002400KAB-A01
2770 M1002770AAB-A01 M1002770DAB-A01 M1002770GAB-A01 M1002770KAB-A01
75 95
4160 M1004160AAB-A01 M1004160DAB-A01 M1004160GAB-A01 M1004160KAB-A01
4800 M1004800AAB-A01 M1004800DAB-A01 M1004800GAB-A01 M1004800KAB-A01
6900 M1006900AAB-A01 M1006900DAB-A01 M1006900GAB-A01 M1006900KAB-A01
7200 M1007200AAB-A01 M1007200DAB-A01 M1007200GAB-A01 M1007200KAB-A01
7620 M1007620AAB-A01 M1007620DAB-A01 M1007620GAB-A01 M1007620KAB-A01
95 95
7960 M1007960AAB-A01 M1007960DAB-A01 M1007960GAB-A01 M1007960KAB-A01
8000 M1008000AAB-A01 M1008000DAB-A01 M1008000GAB-A01 M1008000KAB-A01
8320 M1008320AAB-A01 M1008320DAB-A01 M1008320GAB-A01 M1008320KAB-A01
9960 M1009960BAB-A01 M1009960EAB-A01 M1009960HAB-A01 M1009960LAB-A01
11,400 M1011400BAB-A01 M1011400EAB-A01 M1011400HAB-A01 M1011400LAB-A01
12,000 M1012000BAB-A01 M1012000EAB-A01 M1012000HAB-A01 M1012000LAB-A01
12,470 M1012470BAB-A01 M1012470EAB-A01 M1012470HAB-A01 M1012470LAB-A01
13,200 M1013200BAB-A01 M1013200EAB-A01 M1013200HAB-A01 M1013200LAB-A01
13,280 M1013280BAB-A01 M1013280EAB-A01 M1013280HAB-A01 M1013280LAB-A01
125 125
13,800 M1013800BAB-A01 M1013800EAB-A01 M1013800HAB-A01 M1013800LAB-A01
14,400 M1014400BAB-A01 M1014400EAB-A01 M1014400HAB-A01 M1014400LAB-A01
16,000 M1016000BAB-A01 M1016000EAB-A01 M1016000HAB-A01 M1016000LAB-A01
16,340 M1016340BAB-A01 M1016340EAB-A01 M1016340HAB-A01 M1016340LAB-A01
17,200 M1017200BAB-A01 M1017200EAB-A01 M1017200HAB-A01 M1017200LAB-A01
19,920 M1019920BAB-A01 M1019920EAB-A01 M1019920HAB-A01 M1019920LAB-A01
Power: 1 kVA, Low-Voltage: 120 V, 5-Pin Connector
2400 M1002400AAG-A01 M1002400DAG-A01 M1002400GAG-A01 M1002400KAG-A01
2770 M1002770AAG-A01 M1002770DAG-A01 M1002770GAG-A01 M1002770KAG-A01
75 95
4160 M1004160AAG-A01 M1004160DAG-A01 M1004160GAG-A01 M1004160KAG-A01
4800 M1004800AAG-A01 M1004800DAG-A01 M1004800GAG-A01 M1004800KAG-A01
6900 M1006900AAG-A01 M1006900DAG-A01 M1006900GAG-A01 M1006900KAG-A01
7200 M1007200AAG-A01 M1007200DAG-A01 M1007200GAG-A01 M1007200KAG-A01
7620 M1007620AAG-A01 M1007620DAG-A01 M1007620GAG-A01 M1007620KAG-A01
95 95
7960 M1007960AAG-A01 M1007960DAG-A01 M1007960GAG-A01 M1007960KAG-A01
8000 M1008000AAG-A01 M1008000DAG-A01 M1008000GAG-A01 M1008000KAG-A01
8320 M1008320AAG-A01 M1008320DAG-A01 M1008320GAG-A01 M1008320KAG-A01
9960 M1009960BAG-A01 M1009960EAG-A01 M1009960HAG-A01 M1009960LAG-A01
11,400 M1011400BAG-A01 M1011400EAG-A01 M1011400HAG-A01 M1011400LAG-A01
12,000 M1012000BAG-A01 M1012000EAG-A01 M1012000HAG-A01 M1012000LAG-A01
12,470 M1012470BAG-A01 M1012470EAG-A01 M1012470HAG-A01 M1012470LAG-A01
13,200 M1013200BAG-A01 M1013200EAG-A01 M1013200HAG-A01 M1013200LAG-A01
13,280 M1013280BAG-A01 M1013280EAG-A01 M1013280HAG-A01 M1013280LAG-A01
125 125
13,800 M1013800BAG-A01 M1013800EAG-A01 M1013800HAG-A01 M1013800LAG-A01
14,400 M1014400BAG-A01 M1014400EAG-A01 M1014400HAG-A01 M1014400LAG-A01
16,000 M1016000BAG-A01 M1016000EAG-A01 M1016000HAG-A01 M1016000LAG-A01
16,340 M1016340BAG-A01 M1016340EAG-A01 M1016340HAG-A01 M1016340LAG-A01
17,200 M1017200BAG-A01 M1017200EAG-A01 M1017200HAG-A01 M1017200LAG-A01
19,920 M1019920BAG-A01 M1019920EAG-A01 M1019920HAG-A01 M1019920LAG-A01
95
ABB
Poletype
Distribution Transformers
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Micro-Pole
SELECTOR GUIDE
High BIL (kV) 1 HV Bushing 2 HV Bushing 1 HV Bushing with 2 HV Bushing with
Voltage (V) Winding Bushing Catalog Number Catalog Number Fuse Catalog Number Fuse Catalog Number
Power: 3 kVA, Low-Voltage: 120 V, 2 Low-Voltage Bushings
2400 M3002400AAB-A01 M3002400DAB-A01 M3002400GAB-A01 M3002400KAB-A01
2770 M3002770AAB-A01 M3002770DAB-A01 M3002770GAB-A01 M3002770KAB-A01
75 95
4160 M3004160AAB-A01 M3004160DAB-A01 M3004160GAB-A01 M3004160KAB-A01
4800 M3004800AAB-A01 M3004800DAB-A01 M3004800GAB-A01 M3004800KAB-A01
6900 M3006900AAB-A01 M3006900DAB-A01 M3006900GAB-A01 M3006900KAB-A01
7200 M3007200AAB-A01 M3007200DAB-A01 M3007200GAB-A01 M3007200KAB-A01
7620 M3007620AAB-A01 M3007620DAB-A01 M3007620GAB-A01 M3007620KAB-A01
95 95
7960 M3007960AAB-A01 M3007960DAB-A01 M3007960GAB-A01 M3007960KAB-A01
8000 M3008000AAB-A01 M3008000DAB-A01 M3008000GAB-A01 M3008000KAB-A01
8320 M3008320AAB-A01 M3008320DAB-A01 M3008320GAB-A01 M3008320KAB-A01
9960 M3009960BAB-A01 M3009960EAB-A01 M3009960HAB-A01 M3009960LAB-A01
11,400 M3011400BAB-A01 M3011400EAB-A01 M3011400HAB-A01 M3011400LAB-A01
12,000 M3012000BAB-A01 M3012000EAB-A01 M3012000HAB-A01 M3012000LAB-A01
12,470 M3012470BAB-A01 M3012470EAB-A01 M3012470HAB-A01 M3012470LAB-A01
13,200 M3013200BAB-A01 M3013200EAB-A01 M3013200HAB-A01 M3013200LAB-A01
13,280 M3013280BAB-A01 M3013280EAB-A01 M3013280HAB-A01 M3013280LAB-A01
125 125
13,800 M3013800BAB-A01 M3013800EAB-A01 M3013800HAB-A01 M3013800LAB-A01
14,400 M3014400BAB-A01 M3014400EAB-A01 M3014400HAB-A01 M3014400LAB-A01
16,000 M3016000BAB-A01 M3016000EAB-A01 M3016000HAB-A01 M3016000LAB-A01
16,340 M3016340BAB-A01 M3016340EAB-A01 M3016340HAB-A01 M3016340LAB-A01
17,200 M3017200BAB-A01 M3017200EAB-A01 M3017200HAB-A01 M3017200LAB-A01
19,920 M3019920BAB-A01 M3019920EAB-A01 M3019920HAB-A01 M3019920LAB-A01
Power: 3 kVA, Low-Voltage: 120 V, 5-Pin Connector
2400 M3002400AAG-A01 M3002400DAG-A01 M3002400GAG-A01 M3002400KAG-A01
2770 M3002770AAG-A01 M3002770DAG-A01 M3002770GAG-A01 M3002770KAG-A01
75 95
4160 M3004160AAG-A01 M3004160DAG-A01 M3004160GAG-A01 M3004160KAG-A01
4800 M3004800AAG-A01 M3004800DAG-A01 M3004800GAG-A01 M3004800KAG-A01
6900 M3006900AAG-A01 M3006900DAG-A01 M3006900GAG-A01 M3006900KAG-A01
7200 M3007200AAG-A01 M3007200DAG-A01 M3007200GAG-A01 M3007200KAG-A01
7620 M3007620AAG-A01 M3007620DAG-A01 M3007620GAG-A01 M3007620KAG-A01
95 95
7960 M3007960AAG-A01 M3007960DAG-A01 M3007960GAG-A01 M3007960KAG-A01
8000 M3008000AAG-A01 M3008000DAG-A01 M3008000GAG-A01 M3008000KAG-A01
8320 M3008320AAG-A01 M3008320DAG-A01 M3008320GAG-A01 M3008320KAG-A01
9960 M3009960BAG-A01 M3009960EAG-A01 M3009960HAG-A01 M3009960LAG-A01
11,400 M3011400BAG-A01 M3011400EAG-A01 M3011400HAG-A01 M3011400LAG-A01
12,000 M3012000BAG-A01 M3012000EAG-A01 M3012000HAG-A01 M3012000LAG-A01
12,470 M3012470BAG-A01 M3012470EAG-A01 M3012470HAG-A01 M3012470LAG-A01
Transformers
96
Solid Insulation Distribution Transformer
Type SIDT
97
ABB
Solid Insulation Distribution Transformer
Distribution Transformers
Type SIDT
APPLICATIONS
Advanced design characteristics yield a distribution
transformer well suited for use in a variety of condi-
tions, including:
Residential and urban underground distribution
Overhead to underground distribution conversion
Single-phase
Indoor commercial structures
Corrosive environments
Direct burial in the earth
Damp or humid areas
Waterfront locations
Industrial facilities
Three-phase
OPTIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Primary elbow connectors and bushing inserts
No oil or gas. The dielectric system utilizes a
high temperature solid epoxy with Dupont Primary fused elbow connectors and fuse link kit
NOMEX® insulation materials. Low-voltage fusing and submersible boots
Non-metallic external fiberglass shell eliminates Submersible polymer concrete mini-vault
corrosion. Fault detector
APG molded coil design provides superior with- Factory assembled kits:
stand to short circuits and increased reliability. • Submersible vault
Copper windings provide maximum heat • Padmounted
transfer and low losses. • Polemounted
Totally encapsulated design will operate fully
NOTE:
submerged in fresh water or salt water.
All accessories are mounted external to the
200 A primary universal bushing wells with transformer unit.
removable threaded stud for elbow type
connectors
Single and two primary bushings are available
for radial and loop feed applications.
Low-voltage flexible cable leads with 2-hole
spade connections
Transformers
Mini-vault installation
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled.
Contact your ABB Sales Representative or visit our website at www.abb.com.
2
98
B
Type SIDT—Single-Phase Units
SPECIFICATIONS
H1 A
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights AA
All dimensions are in inches (mm) and are approximate.
99
ABB
Solid Insulation Distribution Transformer
Distribution Transformers
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
SPECIFICATIONS B
Front View
Weight
kVA A AA B C
Lbs. (kg)
75, 150, and 300 kVA
1985 20.0 24.5 58.0 21.0
75
(900) (508) (622) (1473) (533)
C
Ground bus is externally located for cable connection.
Flexible cable leads (18") are supplied for secondary connec-
tions, as standard. Cable length may be extended as an option.
75 to 150 kVA units are for wye primary only. Front View
225 to 500 kVA units can be wye or delta primary.
500 kVA
100
Solid Insulation Distribution Transformer Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Submersible Vault Kit
12 3/4 (323.8)
18 5/8
6 1/4 (158.7)
(473)
54 1/8 36 1/4 (816)
(1375) 40 1/4 (1022.3)
58 1/8
(1476.4)
101
ABB
Solid Insulation Distribution Transformer
Distribution Transformers
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Polemount and Padmount Kits
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions are in inches (mm) and are approximate.
26 1/2
LIFTING POINTS (673.1)
27 1/2
(698.5)
SECONDARY CABLES
24 (609.6)
32
(812.8)
Transformers
37 (939.8)
37 (939.8)
41 (1041.4)
(101.6)
4
(101.6)
24 (609.6) 12
4
43 1092.2) (304.8)
38 (965.2)
48 1/2 (1231.9)
48 1/2 (1231.9)
SELECTION GUIDE
Rated
Product Range (kV) BIL (kV) Features
Current (A)
Distribution
103
ABB
Distribution Transformer Components
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
HV Bushing Wells and LV Bushings
SELECTOR GUIDE
Product Range (kV) Rated Current (A)
Transformers
104
Distribution Transformer Components
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Protective Links
APPLICATIONS
Used in coordination with the CSP circuit breaker,
the protective link’s functions are to disconnect a
defective transformer from the feeder circuit and to
limit the severity of damage to the transformer in
case of an internal fault. The link consists of a fuse
wire element contained within a hard fiber tube.
The wire is welded to a copper terminal at one end
and crimped to a copper terminal and cable lead
at the other end. Protective links are available in a
wide variety of fuse sizes and kV classes for proper
coordination with CSP circuit breakers.
Transformers
105
Distribution Transformer Components
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
LBOR-II™ Load-Break Switch
106
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
DO-III™ Drawout Load-Break
Expulsion Fuse Holder
The ABB DO-III fuse holder is a draw-
out load-break expulsion fuse holder
designed for use with padmounted
transformers filled with transformer
oil or other approved fluid.
107
ABB
Distribution Transformer Components
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Drywell Current-Limiting Fuse Cannister
SELECTOR GUIDE
Product Range (kV) Rated Current (A)
Transformers
108
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
De-energized Switches
109
ABB
Distribution Transformer Components
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
DO-III Expulsion Fuse Links™
110
Dry and Cast Transformers
ABB’s dry and cast transformers range from extreme operating climates. Applications
112.5 kVA through 25 MVA, with primary include high-density office buildings,
operating voltages through 46 kV and nuclear power plants, offshore drilling
secondary operating voltages through 15 kV. platforms, nuclear-powered navy vessels,
and high-volume industrial process plants.
To minimize environmental contamination
and fire hazard, customers are specifying ABB dry and cast transformers are
dry-type transformers more frequently. manufactured to the international quality
These transformers meet stringent parameters standards of ISO 9001.
regarding electrical system demands and
SELECTION GUIDE
Range Primary
Product Features
(kVA) Voltage (kV)
VPE (vacuum pressure Available for severe climates where moisture and
112.5 — 10,000 .48 — 34.5
encapsulated) industrial contaminants are a concern
111
ABB
Small Power Transformers
STANDARD FEATURES
Core Production
ABB’s dry-type transformers utilize a step-lap An experienced and dedicated work force ensures
mitered core construction to ensure optimum the quality of its work and the customer’s satisfac-
performance and minimum sound levels. The tion with the product.
mitered core joint allows efficient flux transfer
along natural grain lines between the core legs
and yoke. The step-lap construction further
VPI/VPE
enhances the efficiency of the joint by reducing ABB’s VPI and VPE transformers are manufactured
joint fringing, which reduces core losses and by winding the primary coil directly over the
exciting current. secondary winding. The coils are vacuum pressure
The core is designed and built to provide the impregnated in high temperature resin;VPI units
lowest possible losses from the effects of magnetic use Polyester, and VPE units use silicone, to protect
hysteresis and eddy currents. All possible steps are the windings against moisture, dirt, and most
taken to prevent local circulating currents and to industrial contaminants. A 220°C Class UL Listed
avoid built-in bending stresses. insulation system is used on ABB’s VPI and
VPE transformers regardless of temperature
As part of the quality process, ABB starts with
rise specified.
non-aging, high-permeability, cold-rolled, grain-
oriented silicon steel and constructs the core with
step-lap mitered joints. Magnetic flux densities are RESIBLOC
kept well below the saturation point. The steel is RESIBLOC windings are hermetically cast in epoxy
precision cut to assure that it will be smooth and without the use of a mold. The epoxy insulation
burr-free. For rigidity and support, the upper and system is reinforced by a licensed glass fiber
lower yokes are solidly clamped with steel support roving technique, which binds the coil together
members. The finished core is coated with a for unsurpassed mechanical strength.
corrosion-resistant sealant which provides lamina-
tion cohesion and environmental protection.
Duracast
Coil Production ABB’s cast coil transformers fulfill the need for
higher operating voltages and dielectric demands
ABB’s winding construction depends on operating where downtime is critical, such as high-volume
voltage, basic impulse level, and current capacity industrial production lines or the harsh environ-
of the individual winding. mental conditions in the paper industry.
ABB’s low-voltage In cast coil construction, the windings, which
windings, insulation are the most sensitive and vulnerable part of any
class 1.2 kV (600 V) transformer, are molded under vacuum and locked
and below, are typi- in place by a heavy epoxy casting. This concrete-
cally wound using like casting protects the windings from distortion
sheet conductors. during power surges and the crushing forces
This construction of short circuits and also provides unequaled
allows free current integrity required for operating voltages to 46 kV
distribution within and 250 kV BIL.
Transformers
113
ABB
Small Power Transformers
Dry and Cast Transformers
114
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Bland, VA
South Boston, VA
SPECIFICATIONS
Self-Cooled Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Temperature
Power Rating Voltage BIL Voltage BIL Rise
(kVA) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (C)
Standard Tests
Insulation resistance Phase rotation Load loss
Ratio No-load loss Applied potential
Resistance on all windings Excitation current Induced potential
Polarity Impedance
113 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 2250 (1022) 113 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 2950 (1339)
225 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 2850 (1294) 225 90 (2286) 90 (2286) 60 (1524) 4250 (1930)
300 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 3200 (1453) 300 90 (2286) 90 (2286) 60 (1524) 4650 (2111)
500 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 4350 (1975) 500 90 (2286) 96 (2438) 66 (1676) 6350 (2883)
750 90 (2286) 84 (2134) 60 (1524) 5450 (2474) 750 90 (2286) 102 (2591) 66 (1676) 8150 (3700)
1000 90 (2286) 84 (2134) 66 (1676) 6250 (2838) 1000 90 (2286) 102 (2591) 66 (1676) 9200 (4177)
1500 90 (2286) 84 (2134) 66 (1676) 8150 (3700) 1500 102 (2591) 108 (2743) 66 (1676) 12,050 (5471)
2000 90 (2286) 96 (2438) 66 (1676) 9350 (4245) 2000 102 (2591) 114 (2896) 66 (1676) 14,850 (6742)
2500 90 (2286) 102 (2591) 66 (1676) 11,050 (5017) 2500 112 (2845) 126 (3200) 66 (1676) 18,550 (8422)
3000 102 (2591) 108 (2743) 66 (1676) 14,750 (6697) 3000 112 (2845) 144 (3658) 66 (1676) 20,850 (9466)
*For larger kVA sizes, please contact your ABB Sales Representative.
Dimensions listed are for indoor NEMA 1 enclosures. Add 17.5" (444.5) to height for outdoor NEMA 3R enclosures.
115
ABB
Small Power Transformers
Dry and Cast Transformers
116
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Bland, VA
South Boston, VA
SPECIFICATIONS
Self-Cooled Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Temperature
Power Rating Voltage BIL Voltage BIL Rise
(kVA) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (C)
Standard Tests
Insulation resistance Phase rotation Load loss
Ratio No-load loss Applied potential
Resistance on all windings Excitation current Induced potential
Polarity Impedance
113 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 2250 (1022) 113 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 2950 (1339)
225 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 2850 (1294) 225 90 (2286) 90 (2286) 60 (1524) 4250 (1930)
300 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 3200 (1453) 300 90 (2286) 90 (2286) 60 (1524) 4650 (2111)
500 90 (2286) 78 (1981) 60 (1524) 4350 (1975) 500 90 (2286) 96 (2438) 66 (1676) 6350 (2883)
750 90 (2286) 84 (2134) 60 (1524) 5450 (2474) 750 90 (2286) 102 (2591) 66 (1676) 8150 (3700)
1000 90 (2286) 84 (2134) 66 (1676) 6250 (2838) 1000 90 (2286) 102 (2591) 66 (1676) 9200 (4177)
1500 90 (2286) 84 (2134) 66 (1676) 8150 (3700) 1500 102 (2591) 108 (2743) 66 (1676) 12,050 (5471)
2000 90 (2286) 96 (2438) 66 (1676) 9350 (4245) 2000 102 (2591) 114 (2896) 66 (1676) 14,850 (6742)
2500 90 (2286) 102 (2591) 66 (1676) 11,050 (5017) 2500 112 (2845) 126 (3200) 66 (1676) 18,550 (8422)
3000 102 (2591) 108 (2743) 66 (1676) 14,750 (6697) 3000 112 (2845) 144 (3658) 66 (1676) 20,850 (9466)
*For larger kVA sizes, please contact your ABB Sales Representative.
Dimensions listed are for indoor NEMA 1 enclosures. Add 17.5" (444.5) to height for outdoor NEMA 3R enclosures.
117
ABB
Small Power Transformers
Dry and Cast Transformers
RESIBLOC®
RESIBLOC transformers feature windings that are
hermetically cast in epoxy without the use of a
mold. The epoxy insulation system is reinforced by
a licensed, glass fiber roving technique that binds
the coil together for unsurpassed mechanical strength.
This allows for design optimization through 25 MVA.
RESIBLOC transformers provide ultimate strength to
withstand thermal and mechanical stresses associated
with severe climates, cycling loads, and short circuit
forces as well as environmental protection for
severe operating conditions found in the most
demanding applications.
118
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Bland, VA
South Boston, VA
SPECIFICATIONS
Self-Cooled Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Temperature
Power Rating Voltage BIL Voltage BIL Rise
(kVA) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (C)
Standard Tests
Insulation resistance No-load loss Induced potential
Ratio Excitation current Induced potential
Resistance on all windings Impedance partial discharge test
Polarity Load loss
Phase rotation Applied potential
119
ABB
Small Power Transformers
Dry and Cast Transformers
Duracast
STANDARD FEATURES
Windings cast under vacuum in a mold,
HV coils vacuum-cast in epoxy in a metal mold,
LV coils sealed in epoxy OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
LV coils cast under vacuum in a mold (optional) UL listing
Casting process utilizes high-performance NEMA 3R enclosure
filled epoxy 80°C average temperature rise
Aluminum windings—copper optional Copper windings
Step-lap mitered core LV windings vacuum-cast in a mold for 600 V
185°C insulation system—115°C average and below through 2500 kVA
temperature rise Three-phase electronic temperature monitor
Four (4) full-capacity taps on HV winding rated Forced-cooling package with three-phase
2 .5% 2-FCAN—2-FCBN on units with voltages electronic temperature monitor
above 601 V
Increased basic impulse levels
NEMA 1 heavy-gauge ventilated enclosure with
Loss-optimized designs
removable panels front and rear
Air-filled terminal chambers
ANSI 61 gray paint—electrostatically applied
using dry powder Special paint colors
Vibration isolation pads between core, Retrofit designs
coil, and enclosure
Base-equipped with jacking pads and
designed for rolling or skidding enclosure
in any direction
Provisions for lifting core and coil assembly
Transformers
120
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Bland, VA
South Boston, VA
SPECIFICATIONS
Self-Cooled Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Temperature
Power Rating Voltage BIL Voltage BIL Rise
(kVA) (kV) (kV) (kV) (kV) (C)
Standard Tests
Insulation resistance No-load loss Induced potential
Ratio Excitation current Induced potential
Resistance on all windings Impedance partial discharge test
Polarity Load loss
Phase rotation Applied potential
121
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Liquid-Filled Transformers
ABB’s liquid-filled transformers range from The rectangular core and coil design is
112.5 kVA through 20 MVA, with primary a distinguishing characteristic of ABB
voltages through 69 kV. liquid-filled transformers and yields the
dependability, ruggedness, and space-saving
ABB supplies the widest variety of small
economy needed in utility, industrial, and
power transformers available from a single
commercial applications.
manufacturer, including specific designs for
power centers, substations, networks, and ABB liquid-filled transformers are
padmounts. The transformers are integral manufactured to the international quality
parts of power systems found in industrial standards of ISO 9001.
facilities, commercial buildings, and utility
transmission and distribution networks.
SELECTION GUIDE
Range Primary
Product Features
(kVA) Voltage (kV)
123
ABB
Small Power Transformers
FEATURES
Standard
Standard features include aluminum or copper wound directly over the low-voltage to form a
windings, epoxy or porcelain bushings, gauges, high-strength coil assembly. Generous oil ducts
alarm packages, fans, and special signs and tags. extend the height of the coil to provide cooling in
For environments that are corrosive to the the winding. The staggered, diamond epoxy bonds
normal finish on electrical equipment, ABB offers help assure free oil flow through the winding.
a premium paint finish. This special paint finish is Accurately located taps and a large winding
an epoxy coating. cross-section keep unbalanced ampere turns to a
minimum. Unbalanced ampere turns create forces
Construction during short circuit that drive the high-voltage and
low-voltage coils apart vertically. By minimizing
Core this imbalance, vertical forces are correspondingly
The rectangular core is a series of laminations reduced and the design is stronger under short
made from high-quality, grain-oriented, silicon steel. circuit stresses.
The stacked core provides a superior flux path by The large areas presented by the layer-type winding
utilizing a step-lap joining of core legs to the top result in a low-ground capacitance, which gives a
and bottom yokes. The effective way in which the nearly straight line surge distribution throughout
core is supported and the efficient step-lap joint the winding. A compact, high-impulse strength coil
have resulted in decreases in exciting current up is the result.
to 40%, reductions in sound levels up to 3 db, and
reductions in iron loss up to 10%. Turn Insulation
The rectangular-shaped core efficiently fills the ABB small power transform-
corresponding shaped opening in the coil with a ers are designed to meet
minimum of unused space. The short yoke between specific performance
the core legs cuts down the external path of the criteria defined by the
flux between active core leg material with a resulting customer. Some design
increase in efficiency. The rectangular shape of the considerations may require
core can be more uniformly and rigidly supported the use of traditional crepe
to prevent shifting of laminations and improve paper or Nomex® tape as
sound level characteristics. turn insulation. Most
Coils designs, however, utilize
DuraBIL®, which is a tough,
The rectangular-wound coil features low-voltage
flexible, and inert turn
sheet conductor extending the full height of the
insulation. It reduces the
coil. Insuldur® treated layer-to-layer insulation is a
thermally upgraded kraft paper. The layer insulation most prevalent cause
is coated with a diamond pattern of B-stage epoxy of transformer failure:
adhesive, which cures deterioration of turn insulation. DuraBIL is a single
during processing to layer of epoxy powder deposited electrostatically
form a high-strength and baked on the strap conductor. The process
bond. This bond is closely controlled and monitored to ensure a
Transformers
FEATURES (continued)
Layer Insulation Transformer Fluids
The Insuldur system of chemical stabilizers A choice of transformer fluids including oil,
thermal upgrades and cellulose-insulating materials R-Temp® fluid, silicone, and BIOTEMP™ is
permit 12% higher load capability. Insuldur can be offered with most ratings. Mineral oil is typically
used with all fluids offered with ABB small power specified for outdoor applications. Silicone and
transformers. Chemical stabilizers retard insulation R-Temp fluids are classified as “less-flammable”
breakdown under elevated temperature conditions. fluids and are used when flammability is a
Dimensional changes in the insulating materials concern. Silicone and R-Temp fluids are Factory
are minimized to ensure a tighter structure. Mutual and Underwriter’s Laboratories approved.
The result is greater strength and coil integrity Transformers designed with less-flammable
throughout the life of the transformer. fluids can be used to meet National Electric
The Insuldur system allows a unit rated at 55°C Code 450-23. BIOTEMP is a new, fully biodegrad-
rise to be operated at a 10°C higher temperature able, environmentally friendly, dielectric fluid that
with a 12% increase in kVA capacity. is also classified as “less-flammable.” BIOTEMP has
been tested to be 97% biodegradable in a 21-day
period. Underwriter’s Laboratories has certified
BIOTEMP as a less-flammable fluid. BIOTEMP is
suitable for application indoors and in areas of
heightened environmental sensitivity where any
insulating fluid spill could require expensive
clean-up procedures.
125
ABB
Small Power Transformers
Liquid-Filled Transformers
Substation
127
ABB
Small Power Transformers
Liquid-Filled Transformers
Unit Substation
SPECIFICATIONS
Primary Unit Substations Secondary Unit Substations
750 — 20,000 Up through 69 Up through 34.5 112.5 — 2500 Up through 15 Up through 1000
Available fluids:
• Oil
• Silicone
• R-Temp fluid
• BIOTEMP
Standard Tests
Resistance measurements No-load loss Applied potential
on all windings Excitation current Induced potential
Ratio Impedance Mechanical leak test
Polarity and phase relation Load loss
129
ABB
Small Power Transformers
Liquid-Filled Transformers
Network
STANDARD FEATURES
Aluminum windings High-voltage terminal chamber for oil or
Rectangular core and coil design compound filling
65°C average temperature rise • Bolt-on cover with gasket and guide pins
• Three single-conductor wiping sleeves for
Tap changer for de-energized operation
cable entrance
Four (4) full capacity taps on winding rated • Air vent and liquid level plug
2.5% 2-FCAN—2-FCBN on units with voltages
High-voltage immersed chamber
above 601 V
• Disconnect and grounding switch
Liquid preservation system with sealed tank
• Liquid level gauge
Tank rated 5 psig for oil-filled units • Liquid filling plug
Tank rated 8 psig for silicone-filled units • Air test fitting
Lifting hooks for moving complete unit Low-voltage terminal facilities
Magnetic liquid level gauge (no contacts) • Flanged throat with drillings, pins, jack screws,
and gasket for mounting network protector
Dial-type thermometer (no contacts)
• Flexible connectors for connecting
Two (2) copper-faced steel ground pads on tank transformer to network protector
Drain valve and bottom filter press connection Black paint color
Base-designed for rolling the unit parallel to
ANSI segment centerlines
Diagrammatic stainless steel nameplate
130
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Bland, VA
South Boston, VA
SPECIFICATIONS
Self-Cooled Primary
Secondary
Power Rating Voltage
Voltage
(kVA) (kV)
Available fluids:
• Oil
• Silicone
• R-Temp fluid
• BIOTEMP
Standard Tests
Resistance measurements No-load loss Applied potential
on all windings Excitation current Induced potential
Ratio Impedance Mechanical leak test
Polarity and phase relation Load loss
131
ABB
Small Power Transformers
Liquid-Filled Transformers
Padmounted
STANDARD FEATURES
Tamper-resistant HV compartment located on left of unit
Aluminum windings • Live front-cast resin bushings or universal
bushing wells for dead-front
Rectangular core and coil design
• Provisions for distribution class LAs
65°C average temperature rise
• Space for stress cones
Tap changer for de-energized operation • Interlocked door that can be opened only
Four (4) full capacity taps on winding rated after LV compartment door is opened
2.5% 2-FCAN—2-FCBN on units with voltages Low-voltage compartment located on right
above 601 V • Compartment door with provisions
Liquid preservation system with sealed tank for padlocking
Tank rated 5 psig for oil-filled units • Ground pad
Tank rated 8 psig for silicone filled units • Provision for dial-type thermometer
Lifting hooks for moving complete unit • Provision for vacuum pressure gauge
• Pressure relief device
Pressure relief valve
• Liquid level gauge
Two (2) copper-faced steel ground pads on tank • Diagrammatic stainless steel nameplate
Weather-resistant cabinet bolted to front Bell telephone green paint finish,
of the transformer Munsell no. 7GY/3.29/1.5
HV/LV compartment barrier bolted in place Base-designed for rolling the unit parallel to
Three-point terminal compartment latching ANSI segment centerlines
SPECIFICATIONS
Self-Cooled Primary Secondary
Power Rating Voltage Voltage
(kVA) (kV) (kV)
Available fluids:
• Oil
• Silicone
• R-Temp fluid
• BIOTEMP
Standard Tests
Resistance measurements No-load loss Applied potential
on all windings Excitation current Induced potential
Ratio Impedance Mechanical leak test
Polarity and phase relation Load loss
133
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Power Transformers
STANDARD FEATURES
Core—Cold-rolled, grain-oriented, and Insulation System—Advanced design programs
silicon alloyed steel are used. A boltless design are used to optimize the amount, type, and
with step-lap construction minimizes eddy location of insulation. High-strength crepe is
current losses and gives thermal and standard for coil turns. High-density pressboard
mechanical stability. is used in major insulation.
Windings—Windings are paper-taped Assembly—Coils are concentrically loaded
conductors, designed to meet or exceed on the core and braced laterally against the
relevant standards for thermal and mechanical core or on self-supporting insulating cylinders.
withstand. Either disc-type, helical, or layer Structural support for the core is provided by
windings are selected based on the rating flat clamps, fabricated from high-strength steel.
of the transformer. The clamping system provides uniform pressure
on the coils and assures a tight and reliable
support throughout the life of the transformer.
SELECTOR GUIDE
10 — 1000 MVA 50 — 1000 MVA
Services
Medium/Large Power Repairs
135
ABB
Medium and Large Power Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
St. Louis, MO
Power Transformers
Test requirements
Service conditions
Special requirements
• Seismic • Sound level
Requested delivery date
Phase-Shifting Transformers
STANDARD FEATURES
Different designs are available:
Single- and three-phase
Single-tank design or two tanks
with flexible throat connection
Two-core design
• Symmetric design, grounded wye
APPLICATIONS
• Asymmetric design New interconnections between networks
(Quad-Booster) Suppresses circulating power flow
Single-core design Forces power flow to contract path in case
• Polygon of parallel power lines
• Extended delta
Distributes power flow to different customers
• Full wye-wye
in a defined way
Loads existing lines closer to their
thermal limits
137
ABB
Medium and Large Power Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
St. Louis, MO
Phase-Shifting Transformers
Produced at
ABB Transformatoren
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
GmbH in Bad Honnef,
Multiple sets of load tap changers to increase Germany
precision of phase-angle regulation
Monitoring system to perform life time assessment
Voltage regulation
Adjustment of impedance values to customer
requirements
SPECIFICATIONS
In order to prepare a quote the following important
information is needed in addition to the information
required for power transformers:
Desired phase shift
Phase shift angle defined at no-load or load?
If under load, cos ϕ of load?
Does the phase angle shift have to be symmetrical
in advance and retard directions?
Does the transformer ratio have to be independent
of phase angle?
Tolerances for phase angle under load?
Number of steps? Or in which increments does the
phase angle have to be controlled?
Minimum and maximum short circuit impedance
at zero phase shift and maximum phase shift?
Tolerance for impedance?
Voltage regulation in addition to phase angle
regulation?
Network impedance?
Testing
All transformers are tested to verify design and con-
struction. Routine tests are performed in accordance
Transformers
138
Power Transformers
Industrial Transformers
SELECTION GUIDE
STEEL PLANTS and FOUNDRIES CHEMICAL PRODUCTION
8 to 190 MVA arc furnace transformers 20 to 80 MVA rectifier transformers
AC Arc Melting Furnaces Chlorine electrolysis
DC Arc Melting Furnaces Sodium electrolysis
Ladle Metallurgy Furnaces Cadmium electrolysis
Induction Melting Furnaces Graphitizing furnaces
Tapped Series Reactors
LARGE DRIVES
SMELTERS and ALLOY PRODUCTION 20 to 150 MVA rectifier transformers
1 to 100 MVA furnace transformers Wind tunnels
Lead refining Pumping stations
Silicon metal production
Precious metal refining
Ferro-alloys production
Single-phase or three-phase design
NON-FERROS METALS
20 to 170 MVA rectifier transformers
Aluminum pot lines
Magnesium production
Copper processors
Zinc production
Nickel production
Bridge or IPT/SCR design
139
ABB
Medium and Large Power Transformers
Power Transformers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
St. Louis, MO
Industrial Transformers
OPTIONS AND
ACCESSORIES
Voltage regulation as required
ON-LOAD tap changers, vacuum- or
diverter-type
Internal DELTA closure design to
100,000 A
Direct regulation up to 220 kV for
rectifier systems
Service and support for installation
and start-up
Retrofit designs to upgrade
existing installations
Testing
All transformers are tested according to ANSI and IEC
routine recommendations.
140
Components & Insulation Material
Rated
Product Range (kV) BIL (kV) Features
Current (A)
Bushings—Condenser
Bushings—Bulk
Tap Changers—Load
Tap Changers—De-energized
141
ABB
Components & Insulation Material
Bushings—Condenser
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Type AB
ABB Type AB condenser bushings are designed for use in transformers.
Designs exist for oil-to-air applications for vertical mounting.
ABB offers Type AB condenser bushings in 400 A to 3000 A ratings and
are available from 34.5 kV through 138 kV. ABB condenser bushings
meet or exceed the applicable IEEE and CSA standards.
All bushing products are manufactured to the international standards
of ISO 9001.
STANDARD FEATURES
All bushing products are manufac- Bushings rated through 138 kV
tured using a proprietary process have a sight bowl for 360° oil
that fuses semiconducting ink into level indication.
the fibers of a special, low-density Oil level is easily readable from
kraft paper. This process eliminates ground level when the bushing
the gaps at the ends of the con- is installed on the transformer.
denser, between the conductive
The outer insulating housing of
and insulating layers.
these bushings is made of wet
Stringent manufacturing proce- process porcelain. The housings
dures minimize moisture content, are assembled against the flange
resulting in power factors of of the metal support. The porcelain
less than 0.4 percent. The IEEE housings, along with the oil expan-
standards allow a power factor sion chamber and the lower sup-
of 0.5 percent for condenser-type port, are held in place by center
bushings. clamping to provide an oil-tight
ABB guarantees a maximum of 5 pc enclosure for the condenser.
or 5 µV of partial discharge for the The bushing is kept leak-tight OPTIONS AND
Type AB condenser bushings at test and free of moisture by resilient ACCESSORIES
levels of 1.5 times the rated maxi- gaskets. A multiple spring cap
mum line-to-ground voltage.This is assembly maintains pressure The Type AB bushing
50 percent of the value allowed by on the gaskets. can be converted from
current IEEE bushing standards. a simple draw lead-type
The ground sleeve located below
The winding of the condenser bushing to a lower-end
the support flange provides a
is computer controlled to ensure connected bushing by
surface at ground potential for use
conducting layers are precisely a simple exchange of
in transformers that have an air
placed at the specified locations, hardware.
or gas space above the insulating
resulting in uniform voltage distri- liquid, or as an area for installing
bution throughout the bushing. bushing-type current transformers.
Bushings above 69 kV have a SPECIFICATIONS
voltage tap that can be used with
Transformers
142
Bushings—Condenser
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Type CORIP
ABB Type CORIP condenser bushings are designed for use in transformers.
Design accommodates oil-to-air applications for either vertical or horizon-
tal mounting.
ABB offers Type CORIP condenser bushings in 400 A to 1200 A ratings
and are available from 34.5 kV through 138 kV. ABB condenser bushings
meet or exceed the applicable requirements of IEEE standards.
All bushing products are manufactured to the international standards of
ISO 9001.
STANDARD FEATURES
Type CORIP is a dry, oil free, capacitively-graded condenser bushing.
The condenser consists of an electrical grade paper, wound over
a central tube. The capacitive grading is achieved by inserting
aluminum foils during the winding process. The condenser is then
vacuum heat dried and impregnated with a special electrical grade
high glass transition temperature tough epoxy.
The upper part of the condenser is enclosed and attached to a
composite insulator, consisting of one-piece glass fiber reinforced
epoxy impregnated tube with silicone weathersheds to provide
the necessary creepage and arcing distance. The corrosion resist-
ant mounting flange and the upper metallic housing are an integral
part of the upper insulator and provide the mechanical strength to
the bushing.
The use of silicone composite insulator and absence of oil, make
the bushing virtually maintenance free and less susceptible to
OPTIONS AND
vandalism, shipping, and handling damage.
ACCESSORIES
Stringent manufacturing procedures minimize moisture content,
resulting in power factors of less than 0.5 percent for ratings up to The Type CORIP bushing can
138 kV. The IEEE standards allow a power factor of 0.85 percent be converted from a simple
for condenser-type bushings. draw lead-type bushing to a split
conductor/lower-end connected
ABB guarantees less than 5 pc of partial discharge for the Type
bushing by a simple exchange
CORIP condenser bushings at test levels of 2.0 times the rated
of hardware.
maximum line-to-ground voltage.
Bushings above 69 kV have a voltage tap that can be used with
another device or used for measuring power factor and capaci-
tance. Bushings at or below 69 kV include a test tap for measuring
power factor and capacitance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Industry Standards
IEEE Standard C57.19.00
IEEE Standard C57.19.01-2000
IEEE Standard C57.19.100
IEEE Standard 693
143
ABB
Components & Insulation Material
Bushings—Condenser
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Type O Plus C™
ABB Type O Plus C condenser bushings are designed for use
in transformers and oil-filled circuit breakers. Designs exist for
oil-to-air applications for either vertical or horizontal mounting.
ABB offers Type O Plus C condenser bushings in 400 A to 5000 A
ratings and are available from 15 kV through 800 kV. ABB condenser
bushings meet or exceed the applicable IEEE and CSA standards.
All bushing products are manufactured to the international standards
of ISO 9001.
STANDARD FEATURES
All bushing products are manufac- Bushings rated through 138 kV
tured using a proprietary process have a sight bowl for 360° oil
that fuses semiconducting ink into level indication.
the fibers of a special, low-density Bushings rated from 161 kV
kraft paper. This process eliminates through 362 kV have a metal
the gaps at the ends of the con- expansion dome with a prismatic
denser, between the conductive glass for oil level indication.
and insulating layers.
550 kV and 800 kV bushings have
Stringent manufacturing proce- an oil level gauge.
dures minimize moisture content,
Oil level is easily readable from
resulting in power factors of less
ground level when the bushing is
than 0.4 percent for ratings up to
installed on the transformer.
230 kV and less than 0.35 percent
for ratings above 230 kV. The The outer insulating housing of
ANSI/IEEE standards allow a these bushings is made of wet OPTIONS AND
power factor of 0.5 percent for process porcelain. The housings ACCESSORIES
condenser-type bushings. are assembled against the flange
of the metal support. The porcelain The Type O Plus C
ABB guarantees a maximum of 5 pc Transformer Breaker
housings, along with the oil expan-
or 5 µV of partial discharge for the Interchangeable (TBI)
sion chamber and the lower sup-
Type O Plus C condenser bushings bushings can be con-
port, are held in place by center
at test levels of 1.5 times the rated verted from a simple
clamping to provide an oil-tight
maximum line-to-ground voltage. draw lead-type bushing
enclosure for the condenser.
This is 50 percent of the value to a lower-end connected
allowed by current ANSI/IEEE The bushing is kept leak-tight and bushing by a simple
bushing standards. free of moisture by resilient gas- exchange of hardware.
kets. For bushings 15 kV through
The winding of the condenser
138 kV, a multiple spring cap
is computer controlled to ensure
assembly maintains pressure on the
conducting layers are precisely
gaskets. For bushings 161 kV and
placed at the specified locations, SPECIFICATIONS
higher, pressure is maintained by
resulting in uniform voltage distri-
Transformers
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Type T™
ABB Type T bushings, with the designation ‘V’ in the style number, are
high-current, high-temperature condenser bushings designed for use
in transformers and other oil-filled apparatus. ABB offers these Type T
condenser bushings in current ratings from 4500 A to 21,500 A and
in voltage ratings of 25 kV and 34.5 kV.
These Type T bushings are available for both cover and sidewall
mounting applications. ABB condenser bushings meet or exceed
the applicable IEEE test standard.
All bushing products are manufactured to the international standards
of ISO 9001.
STANDARD FEATURES
This standard series has been The winding of the condenser is
specifically designed for applica- computer controlled to ensure
tion in the high temperature conducting layers are precisely
environment of bus ducts. In these placed at specified locations, result-
bushings, Nomex™ insulation is ing in uniform voltage distribution
used instead of cellulose paper throughout the bushing.
for the condenser insulation, and A test tap incorporated into the SPECIFICATIONS
Viton™ rubber gaskets are used design permits convenient power
for all sealing. These materials are factor and capacitance testing of Industry Standards
suitable for the extreme tempera- the bushing while it is in place IEEE Standard C57.19.00
ture conditions associated with on the apparatus.
bus duct applications.
The bushing outer assembly is
Stringent manufacturing proce- fabricated from two wet process
dures minimize moisture content, porcelain shells and an aluminum
resulting in power factors of less center mounting flange.
than 0.4 percent. The ANSI/IEEE
The assembly is sealed with
standards allow a power factor
resilient gaskets between the
of 0.5 percent for condenser-
porcelains, the top terminal, and
type bushings.
the lower support. Similar gaskets
ABB guarantees a maximum of are used between the center
5 pc or 5 µV of partial discharge mounting flange and the top and
for the Type T condenser bushings bottom porcelains.
at test levels of 1.5 times the rated
A multiple coil spring assembly
maximum line-to-ground voltage.
at the lower end of the bushing
This is 50 percent of the value
clamps the outer shell onto the
allowed by current ANSI/IEEE
central conductor.
bushing standards.
145
ABB
Components & Insulation Material
Bushings—Bulk
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Type A™
ABB Type A bushings are stud-type designs used
for applications with oil-filled transformers and
generators. The Type A bushing, with current ratings
from 600 A to 23,000 A and voltage ratings from
1.2 kV to 34.5 kV, are available for either vertical
or horizontal mounting.
This product requires little maintenance other
than periodic cleaning because of its simple design
and rugged construction.
All bushing products are manufactured to the
international standards of ISO 9001.
STANDARD FEATURES
Type A bushings rated from 1200 A to 4000 A
use a central metal tube as the conductor. The
tube, threaded at both ends for connection to
the apparatus, leads inside and to the incoming OPTIONS AND
lines outside. ACCESSORIES
The porcelain is clamped to the conductor tube ABB offers Type A bushings rated 600 A
with a threaded cap, gasket, spring washer, and and below for use with a detachable
a bottom-clamping nut. cable-type conductor. The detachable
For most ratings up to 3000 A, the bushing cable conductor is an integral part of
is clamped to the apparatus flange with a the apparatus to which the bushing
fabricated metal retaining clamp. is installed. This arrangement allows
the bushing to be removed from the
Some 3000 A and 4000 A bushings use a clamp-
apparatus without disturbing the
ing assembly which is cemented to the porce-
internal connections.
lain. These bushings are designed with an open
inboard end to permit oil from the apparatus
to enter the bushing for insulation and cooling.
This unique feature makes them suitable for
either sidewall or cover mounting.
Type A bushings rated 4500 A and higher are
designed for 15 kV and 34.5 kV applications.
These bushings use only a central conductor
that has a greater cross-sectional area to accom-
modate the higher currents. The porcelain is
held in compression with a spring assembly at
the lower end. The bushing is filled with oil
Transformers
146
Bushings—Bulk
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Type LCRJ™
ABB Type LCRJ bushings are stud-type designs that
are suitable for cover and/or sidewall mounting on
power transformers. These bulk bushings are available
for applications between 1.2 kV and 25 kV. Bushings
rated 15 kV are available in current ratings from 600 A
to 5000 A. Bushings rated at 25 kV are available in
current ratings from 2900 A to 23,000 A.
This product requires little maintenance other
than periodic cleaning because of its simple design
and rugged construction. Type LCRJ bushings are
particularly suitable for applications requiring low
partial discharge.
All bushing products are manufactured to the
international standards of ISO 9001.
STANDARD FEATURES
Type LCRJ bushings utilize a single porcelain
as the major insulation between the grounded
bushing clamp and the central conductor.
The space between the central conductor and OPTIONS AND
porcelain is generally filled with insulating oil. ACCESSORIES
Type LCRJ bushings feature a conductive
ABB offers Type LCRJ bushings
coating fired onto the external surface of the
rated 600 A and below for use with
porcelain. The coating acts as an electrostatic
a detachable cable-type conductor.
shield and prevents the concentration of elec-
The detachable cable conductor is an
tric stress on the edge of the bushing flange,
integral part of the apparatus to which
thereby limiting corona at operating and test
the bushing is installed. This arrange-
voltages. ABB guarantees less than 50 µV
ment allows the bushing to be removed
at twice the normal line-to-ground operating
from the apparatus without disturbing
voltage for Type LCRJ bushings.
the inside connections.
In some cases these bushings are designed
for both horizontal and vertical applications
by permitting the oil from the transformer
to fill the gap between the porcelain and the
conductor via an opening in the inboard end.
Vertical-only designs have their own oil supply
and are sealed from the apparatus environment.
147
ABB
Components & Insulation Material
Tap Changers—Load
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Type UZ
The UZ tap changer is available in two basic configura-
tions: the UZE and UZF. In each case the tap changer
uses three identical single-phase selector switches,
mounted in the openings on the rear of the compart-
ment. Each single-phase unit consists of an epoxy-resin
molding, a selector switch, transition resistors, and in
most cases, a change-over selector.
The basic difference between the UZE model and
the UZF model is the incline of the active part within
the UZF tank to allow easier access to the terminals.
Access to the terminals is via a connection cover on
the top of the tank.
The UZ family of load tap changers has been developed
over many years for maximum reliability. The simple
and rugged design gives a service life that equals the
service life of the transformer. Tests show the tap
changer was still mechanically sound after one million
operations. Minimal maintenance is required for
absolutely trouble-free operation.
148
Tap Changers—De-energized
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Type DTU
The DTU is a modular, linear-action, bridging-type tap
changer design available with a current rating of up to
500 A per deck and up to 650 kV BIL.
The DTU system includes a choice of standard oper-
ating mechanisms, drive shafts, shields, and barriers
needed for the basic configurations required for either
single- or double-deck per phase applications. The
DTU uses silver-plated moving contacts to bridge the
two copper stationary contacts for a tap connection.
Up to seven positions are available. The moving
contacts are driven by a linear Geneva gear that is
connected via steel shafts to the external operating
mechanism. The operating mechanism features a
packing gland and O-ring to ensure a leak-tight seal
through the transformer tank wall. The operating
mechanism includes a position indicator and
provisions for padlocking.
Type DTW
The DTW design is available with a current rating of
850 A per deck and up to 900 kV BIL.
The DTW system includes a choice of standard oper-
ating mechanisms, drive shafts and shields needed for
the basic configurations required for either single- or
double-deck per phase applications. The DTW uses
silver-tipped moving contacts to bridge two of the
six tin-plated stationary contacts for a tap connection.
Five positions are available. The moving contacts are
driven by a worm gear set that is connected via insu-
lated shafts to the external operating mechanism.
The operating mechanism features a packing gland and
O-ring to ensure a leak-tight seal through the trans-
former tank wall. The operating mechanism includes
a position indicator and provisions for padlocking.
149
ABB
Components & Insulation Material / Services
Special Feature
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Alamo, TN
Refurbished/Replacement Bushings
Replacing or repairing bushings on older power
equipment takes advantage of the latest technologies
for improved performance. ABB can replace, repair,
or rebuild virtually all domestic and foreign manufac-
tured bushings.
STANDARD FEATURES
ABB’s O Plus C™ replacement bushing design
incorporates the leading condenser design with
the optimum shell design to offer the most
technologically advanced bushing available.
Detailed electrical and mechanical concerns are
brought to the attention of the customer within
the Bushing Cross Reference Guide, thus negat- APPLICATIONS
ing any surprises at the time of installation. Replacement bushings are available
for those manufactured by ABB,
Repaired/Rebuilt Information Westinghouse, General Electric, and
Lapp, as well as other domestic and
All repaired bushings carry the same warranty foreign manufacturers for all kV classes
as new bushings. up to 800 kV and 2100 kV BIL. ABB
Utilizing the original as manufactured drawings, offers customers the Bushing Cross
ABB can either replace items with those that Reference Guide to facilitate the
conform to the original specification or upgrade selection of replacement bushings for
to incorporate the latest technology available, obsolete designs or bushings produced
where applicable. by other manufacturers. Within this
All rewound bushings incorporate ABB’s state- computer-based guide resides detailed
of-the-art, fused-link, capacitive-graded condenser information for replacing over 5000
core with guaranteed lowest power factor and bushings manufactured by various
partial discharge in the industry. companies. Repairing or rebuilding
bushings is an economical alternative
for bushings 115 kV and above or
Transformers
150
ABB TRES
St. Louis, MO
Transformer Repair and Engineering Services (TRES)
ABB TRES is a nationwide service operation with a total
focus for the installation and service of power transformers.
ABB TRES is the largest transformer service operation in
North America.
ABB has the most extensive OEM database in the trans-
former industry with design documents on file for Asea,
BBC, ABB, General Electric, Moloney, Stromberg, National,
and Westinghouse. We may very well have the drawings
for your transformer already on file. Even if the transformer
is from a manufacturer not represented in the database,
we are still your best source. With a worldwide network
of expert engineers and experienced transformer designers,
ABB is uniquely qualified to test, analyze, and improve
upon any transformer, regardless of original manufacturer.
ABB maintains millions of original engineering and design
drawings needed to maintain transformers to factory For any requirement, from a single
specifications. An extensive inventory of current OEM OEM part, to a maintenance program,
parts is available, or when necessary, we can source or to a long-term Asset Management
fabricate any part or component needed. program, ABB is the best choice to keep
your power transformers online and
Factory trained design engineers, field service engineers,
operating efficiently.
and project managers provide 24-hour support, 365 days
a year. Either at our plant or at your customer’s substation,
ABB’s experts have the knowledge and tools to keep
transformers operating. In addition, we offer many
upgrades that exceed original operation specifications.
FEATURES
ABB TRES capabilities include the following Transformer Transportation and Relocation
and more: – Entrust your assets to the experts
Mature Transformer Management Program Factory Remanufacturing and Repair for
– Asset management for entire transformer fleets Shell or Core Form Transformer Designs
Transformer Installation and Commissioning – Three repair facilities in North America to
– Largest transformer service organization meet our customers’ needs
in North America ISO Certified Operation
Transformer Field Repair and Retrofit – 9001 and 14,000 Certifications
– Providing “engineered solutions” Project Management
Transformer Testing and Advanced Diagnostics – Ensures safe, timely, and cost-effective projects
– The most complete validation
Technical Assistance
– Global transformer expertise
151
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Industrial
Products
Converters/Rectifiers
Drives
Industrial Controls
ABB
Industrial Products
Motors and Generators Pilot Devices
CBK 22mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Low-Voltage Motors CBG 30mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
IEC Standard Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Signal Beacons and Stacklights . . . . . . . . . 209
IEC Hazardous Area Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
NEMA Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Limit Switches
Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Specialty Motors and Generators Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Wind Turbine Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Sensors
Induction Motors Proximity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Medium-Voltage Induction Motors. . . . . . . . 161 Photoelectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Flameproof Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Cam Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Wound Rotor Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . 163 Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
High-Voltage Synchronous Machines Cable Management Systems
Synchronous Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Wire Duct, DIN Rail and Spiral Wrap . . . . . . 217
Synchronous Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Motorformer™/Powerformer Light™ . . . . . . 166 Circuit Protective Devices
Converters/Rectifiers System Pro M
Miniature Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
PowerIT Compact Rectifier Modular DIN Rail Components . . . . . . . . . . 222
Type CRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Residual Current Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Water-Cooled, Medium Current Rectifier Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors . . . . . 224
Type MCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Circuit Breakers
Isomax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Drives Emax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Low-Voltage AC Drives Switchboard MaxSB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
ACS140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Low-Voltage Switchgear MaxSG . . . . . . . . . 229
ACS550. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Disconnect Switches
ACS800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Low-Voltage DC Drives Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
DCS400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
DCS500B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Artificial Lift Control
Low-Voltage Network Quality
CLMD, Power Factor Capacitors. . . . . . . . . . . 234
ACL600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
ABB 300/1200, Automatic
Industrial Controls Power Factor Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Products
Softstarters MNS Motor Management INSUM
Type PSS, Low-Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 ProtectIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Services
Type PST, Low-Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Switchgear OEM Components
Type SSM, Medium-Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Power Electronic Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Relays Industrial Transformer
Please see Section 2, Transformers, page 139
Systems
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Timers and Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
IEC Style Timing Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Please see Section 4, Medium-Voltage Products,
Motor Protection Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
page 257
Monitoring Relays and Controls. . . . . . . . . . 205
Electronic Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Motors and Generators
155
ABB
Motors and Generators
Frame
Type Product Power Poles Voltage Enclosure
Size
Low-Voltage Motors
IEC Standard Aluminum
56 - 280 0.18 to 90 kW 2 to 8 220 to 690 V TEFC
Motors Motors
IEC Hazardous
Flameproof 63 - 400 0.18 to 630 kW 2 to 16 220 to 690 V Eexd/e
Area Motors
NEMA
NEMA Motors 404 - 587 100 to 700 HP 2 to 16 220 to 1000 V TEFC
Motors
Induction Motors HXR 355 - 560 150 to 3000 HP 2 to 12 380 to 11,500 V TEFC
Flameproof
AMD 355 - 710 160 to 4500 kW 2 to 18 380 to 11,000 V TEFC
Motors
156
Low-Voltage Motors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
IEC Standard Motors
STANDARD FEATURES
Totally enclosed, fan-cooled
Aluminum, steel, and cast-iron constructions
Power Range: 0.18 to 710 kW
Voltage Range: 220 to 690 V
Frame Sizes: 56 to 400
Speed: 2 to 12 poles and two-speed motors OPTIONS AND
Fulfills EPAct with compliance ACCESSORIES
certification CC031A
Balancing options
Fulfills EU eff1, CE, CSA, UL/UR, and EEV
Encoders
Rigid mounting and minimal vibration
Separate cooling fan
Noise levels far below IEC requirements
Hazardous environments
Class-F insulation
Modified drain holes
Exceptional corrosion resistance
Non-standard insulation system
High overload capacity through generous
dimensioning Non-standard mounting arrangements
Global ABB Service Network Non-standard voltage or frequency
ISO quality and environmental certifications Roller bearings
Designed and manufactured using the full Space heaters
power of ABB’s IndustrialIT technology Special shaft extensions
Available from stock in US, EU, and Asia Stator winding temperature sensors
Terminal box for temperature
detectors and space heaters
APPLICATIONS Testing
Pumps, compressors, heating and ventilation, machine Plus numerous other variable speed
tools, construction machinery, food machinery, and drive options
traction in varied industries such as power plants, pulp
and paper, mining, metallurgy, marine, petrochemical,
wastewater, automotive, and building services.
157
ABB
Motors and Generators
Low-Voltage Motors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
IEC Hazardous Area Motors
STANDARD FEATURES
Totally enclosed, fan-cooled
Aluminum and cast-iron constructions
Power Range: 0.18 to 710 kW
Voltage Range: 220 to 690 V OPTIONS AND
Frame Sizes: 63 to 400 ACCESSORIES
Speed: 2 to 12 poles Balancing options
Fulfills EPAct, EU eff1, and EEV Cold resistance grease
Noise levels far below IEC requirements Encoders
Exceptional corrosion resistance Separate cooling fan
Global ABB Service Network Hazardous environment variants
ISO quality and environmental certifications Modified drain holes
Designed and manufactured using the full Non-standard insulation system
power of ABB’s IndustrialIT technology Non-standard mounting arrangements
Non-standard voltage or frequency
Space heaters
APPLICATIONS Special shaft extensions
Hazardous area motors are defined and classified Stator winding temperature sensors
according to the potentially explosive atmospheres Terminal box for temperature
Industrial Products
present at the installation site. ABB’s line of hazardous detectors and space heaters
area motors are designed to meet the high demands Testing
for efficiency, performance, and availability required Plus numerous other variable speed
by the oil, gas, chemical, and petrochemical sectors. drive options
They also perform extremely well in applications in
tanker shipping, gas stations, and hazardous areas in
general industry. ABB’s Ex-motors are suitable for use
with variable speed drives.
158
Low-Voltage Motors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
NEMA Motors
STANDARD FEATURES
Totally enclosed, fan-cooled
Cast-iron construction
Power Range: 100 to 1000 HP
Voltage Range: 220 to 690 V
Frame Sizes: 404 to 587
Speed: 2 to 8 poles
1.15 Service Factor OPTIONS AND
Class-F insulation ACCESSORIES
Class-B temperature rise Auxiliary terminal boxes
Single-row, deep-groove ball bearings Balancing options
Rigid mounting and minimal vibration Constant Torque/Inverter Duty
High efficiency Encoders
Low noise levels Separate motor cooling
Exceptional corrosion resistance Non-standard bearings, lubrication,
Global ABB Service Network and seals
ISO quality and environmental certifications Non-standard insulation system
Designed and manufactured using the full Non-standard mounting arrangements
power of ABB’s IndustrialIT technology Non-standard voltage or frequency
Space heaters
Special shaft extensions
SPM nipples
Stator winding temperature sensors
APPLICATIONS Testing
Pumps, compressors, heating and ventilation, machine Plus numerous other variable speed
tools, construction machinery, food machinery, and drive options
traction in varied industries such as power plants, pulp
and paper, mining, metallurgy, marine, petrochemical,
wastewater, automotive, and building services.
159
ABB
Motors and Generators
Specialty Motors and Generators
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
Permanent Magnet Motors
Torque
STANDARD FEATURES
Cast iron frames 280-400
17 to 500 kW, 400 to 690 V Time
STANDARD FEATURES
Induction and synchronous
Power: 55 to 3000 kW and higher
Industrial Products
160
Induction Motors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
Medium-Voltage Induction Motors
STANDARD FEATURES
Power: 150 to 26,000 HP at 60 Hz;
100 to 22,000 kW at 50 Hz
Voltage: 380 to 13,800 V
Frame sizes: 315 to 1120
Speed: 2 to 24 poles
Standards: NEMA, IEC, BS, ANSI, IEEE, APPLICATIONS
VDE, and EN
ABB induction motors are widely used within
Design: Horizontal or vertical; open-drip proof,
chemical and petrochemical industries, air
weather protected, or totally enclosed;
separation, power generation, water treatment,
equipped with water-to-air or air-to-air heat
marine, and mining, as well as cement and
exchanger, and totally enclosed, fan-cooled
metals. Typical applications include compres-
Low noise, low vibration sors, pumps, fans, blowers, conveyors, mills,
Rigid frame crushers, refiners, pulverizers, ship thrusters,
Quality stator package and rotor construction variable speed drives, generators, and motors
for classified areas.
Rugged bearing assemblies
Global ABB Service Network
ISO quality and environmental certifications
Designed and manufactured using the full
power of ABB’s IndustrialIT technology
161
ABB
Motors and Generators
Induction Motors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
Flameproof Motors
STANDARD FEATURES
Totally enclosed, fan-cooled Rugged bearing assemblies
Power: 160 to 4500 kW at 50 and 60 Hz No purging before starting
Voltage: 380 to 11,000 V No pressurization system required
Frame sizes: 355 to 710 No inert gas needed
Speed: 2 to 12 poles No thermal limitation for “te” time
Design: Horizontal and vertical No need for system test in VSD applications
Enclosures: IP55, IC411, IC511 Individual certification not required
Standards: NEMA, IEC, BS, ANSI, IEEE, Global ABB Service Network
Industrial Products
APPLICATIONS
Protects electrical equipment against hazardous environments
including combustible gas or vapor explosion. Machines for
constant speed applications and variable speed drives.
3
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
Wound Rotor Induction Motors
163
ABB
Motors and Generators
Synchronous Machines
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
Synchronous Motors
APPLICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Compressors, pumps, and refiners
Power: 2 to 52 MW at 50 Hz; 1000 to for chemical oil and gas processing,
70,000 HP at 60 Hz production and transportation; propul-
Voltage: 1 to 15 kV sion systems for marine applications;
Frame sizes: 710 to 2500 blowers, coolers, fans, and mills for the
Speed: 4 to 40 poles metals industry; grinders for the mineral
industry; chippers and refiners for the
Standards: NEMA and IEC pulp and paper industry; and variable-
Design: Brushless or slip ring-type excitation speed drive systems for wire blocks,
are available as open-ventilated or totally coilers, edgers, mill stand motors, and
enclosed; as water-cooled or duct-ventilated
Industrial Products
mine hoists.
design for horizontal mounting
High efficiency
Quality stator package and rotor construction
Rugged bearing assemblies
Global ABB Service Network
ISO quality and environmental certifications
Designed and manufactured using the full
power of ABB’s IndustrialIT technology
164
Synchronous Machines
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
Synchronous Generators
APPLICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Generators driven by diesel and
Power: 500 to 70,000 kVA
gas engines, gas and steam turbines,
Voltage: 400 to 15,000 V hydropower turbines, shaft-driven
Frame sizes: 400 to 1250 generators, land-based, marine,
Speed: 4 to 10 poles offshore, and totally custom projects.
Standards: NEMA, IEC, CSA, etc.
Design: High efficiency with brushless or
slip ring-type excitation are available as open-
ventilated or totally enclosed; as water-cooled or
duct-ventilated design for horizontal mounting
Global ABB Service Network
ISO quality and environmental certifications
Designed and manufactured using the full
power of ABB’s IndustrialIT technology
165
ABB
Motors and Generators
High-Voltage Synchronous Machines
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
Motorformer™/Powerformer Light™
166
Converters/Rectifiers
SELECTION GUIDE
Product Specifications
10 to 25 Vdc 1.0 to 25 kA dc
PowerIT Compact Rectifier 26 to 40 Vdc 1.0 to 10 kA dc
Type CRA 41 to 100 Vdc 0.3 to 8 kA dc
101 to 400 Vdc 0.1 to 2 kA dc
167
ABB
Converters/Rectifiers
Power IT Compact Rectifier
Type CRA
STANDARD FEATURES
Basic Data Indication and Operation
• Rated supply voltage: Up to 690 Vac three-phase • Meters: Analog DC current and DC voltage
• Rated frequency: 50 Hz or 60 Hz • Switches/Buttons: On/Off, Reset,
• DC current range: 100 A to 25 kA Emergency Stop
• DC voltage range: 10 Vdc to 400 Vdc • Lamps: On/Off, Ready, Trip, Alarm
• Output: Unipolar • Control: I-ref setting via potentiometer
• Ripple: <5% at full output power Protections and Alarms
• Control: 0 — 100% of In • Automatic main breaker on AC side—AC and
0 — 100% of Un DC overload protection
• Number of pulses: 6 • RC snubber circuits parallel connected to input
• Cooling: Air cooling line and to semiconductors for protection
Industrial Products
168
Manufactured at
ABB, Ltd.
Johannesburg/Alrode
South Africa
Sourced through
APPLICATIONS ABB Inc.
Electrolysis New Berlin, WI
Cathodic/Anodic Protection
Pickling/Cleaning
Electroplating Electrogalvanizing
Anodizing DC Voltage
Electrowinning 10 16 25 35 60 100 300 400
DC Current
Electro Refining 100 • •
Electrophoretic deposition (Electro-painting) 150 • •
Copper Wire Annealing 200 • •
Electrolytic Manganese Dioxide EMD 250 • •
Water Purification 300 • • • •
Protein Separation 400 • •
500 • •
600 • •
750 • •
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES 1000 • • • • • • • •
1200 • •
Options
1500 • • • • • • • •
• Meters: Digital DC current and DC voltage
Analog primary AC current meter 2000 • • • • • • • •
Analog primary AC voltage meter 2500 • •
• Control: U-ref setting via potentiometer 3000 • • • • • •
• Remote control: Signals 4 — 20 mA 4000 • • • • • •
Potential free contacts 5000 • • • • • •
6000 • • • • • •
8000 • • • • • •
On request (consult manufacturer)
10,000 • • • •
• Degree of protection: NEMA 4 (IP54)
with water-recooling of internal 12,000 • • •
air-circuit 15,000 • • •
• Number of pulses: 12 18,000 • • •
• Output: Bipolar operation 20,000 • • •
• Cooling: Water-cooled rectifier with 25,000 • • •
air-recooling NEMA 1 (IP20) or Product Code: CR A 4000 – 10 / 5 5 / 4 / U 1
water-recooling NEMA 4 (IP54)
Compact Rectifier
• Ripple: Smoothing filter for ripple <5% A = Air-Cooled
W = Water-Cooled
• Communication: MODBUS, PROFIBUS, DC Amps
or others Volts
AC Volts 4 = 220 — 400 V
• Soft start to avoid large inrush currents 5 = 415 — 500 V
6 = 525 — 600 V
• DC current ramp 7 = 660 — 690 V
• Medium-voltage supply 5 = 50 Hz
6 = 60 Hz
4 = IP20
5 = IP54
U = Unipolar
B = Bipolar
1 = 6-Pulse
2 = 12-Pulse
169
ABB
Converters/Rectifiers
Water-Cooled, Medium-Current Rectifier
Type MCR
170
Manufactured at
ABB, Ltd.
Turgi/Baden
Switzerland
Sourced through
The MCR is available in three different protection classes for indoor installation:
ABB Inc.
• Open (IP00), no enclosure New Berlin, WI
• NEMA 1 (IP21), with a steel cubicle for contact protection
• NEMA 4 (IP54), with a steel cubicle for corrosion protection against
aggressive environments
All the rectifier components are easily accessible—and this also applies to the enclosed
versions. Service and maintenance are simple and possible without restriction. Because
of the extremely compact construction, the MCR is especially suitable for extensions or
for conversions of existing installations.
Optical transmission of the gate pulses
The transmission of the gate pulses by fiber optics gives the system additional flexibility
and operational security. Distances of up to several hundred meters from the gate firing to
the control electronics are possible.
171
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Drives
ABB manufactures both low-voltage AC and because of the considerable energy savings
DC drives and medium-voltage AC drives. they bring about in pump and fan applica-
ABB focuses strongly on the continuous tions. The manufacturing of the products
future development of low-voltage and also has a very low impact on the environ-
medium-voltage drives. Variable speed drives ment: The life cycle of the products is long,
are especially environmentally friendly the material is recyclable or reusable.
SELECTION GUIDE
Product Vac Vdc kW/HP
200 — 240
ACS140 — .12 — 2.2 / .16 —3
380 — 480
ACS550 200 — 480 — .75 — 355 / 1 — 550
ACS800 230 — 690 — 2.2 — 2800 / 3 —3800
DCS400 — 220 — 500 3.7 — 448 / 5 — 600
DCS500B — 220 — 1000 3.7 — 4476 / 5 —6000
ALC600 380 — 500 — 4 — 75 / 5 —100
173
ABB
Drives
Low-Voltage AC Drives
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
ACS140
STANDARD FEATURES
Heatsinkless models
APPLICATIONS
Over- and under-voltage controls Air handling and conditioning fans, pumps,
compressors, chillers
Built-in PID
Cement industry fans, kilns, conveyors, mixers
Fault history records
Chemical industry pumps, fans, mixers,
Flexible multi-programmable I/O
processing lines
Slip compensation
Food and beverage mixers, conveyors, centrifuges,
Virtually silent operation with 16 kHz ovens, bottling tables
carrier frequency
Material handling conveyors, hoists, traverse, cranes
Maximum frequency now 300 Hz
Metal industry roller tables, processing lines, cranes
Operator panel capable of upload and
Mining and mineral processing conveyors,
download as well as remote mounting
dredgers, crushers
Oil and gas industry fans, pumps,
centrifuges, compressors
Plastic and rubber industry mixers, conveyors,
processing lines
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES Power plant pumps, fans, conveyors
RFI filters Printing machinery, slitting, embossing,
Industrial Products
174
Low-Voltage AC Drives
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
ACS550
175
ABB
Drives
Low-Voltage AC Drives
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
ACS800
STANDARD FEATURES
Premium Technology—DTC
The heart of the ACS800 is DTC—Direct Torque Control,
its first class motor control system.The consistent excel- SPECIFICATIONS
lent performance of the ACS800 guarantees that the
drive will not be the limiting factor in your process. 0.5 to 75 HP, three-phase, 208 to 240 V
DTC technology has been proven in various applications 1.5 to 600 HP, three-phase, 380 to 690 V
and demanding environments, guaranteeing the high
reliability of the drive.
Start-up Assistant APPLICATIONS
The ABB AC Drives have always been the top of their Air handling and conditioning fans,
class in user-friendliness. The ACS800 series brings a Pumps, compressors, chillers
whole new meaning to “user friendly.” Thanks to the
Cement industry fans, kilns,
Start-up Assistant, the commissioning and tuning of a
Conveyors, mixers
high-performance drive could not be easier.
Chemical industry pumps, fans, mixers,
Adaptive Programming processing lines
The ACS800 goes one step further compared to normal Overhead cranes (strikethrough
parameter programming with the addition of Adaptive and harbors)
Programming. It is like having PLC functions inside your
Food and beverage mixers, conveyors,
drive. Adaptive Programming needs no additional hard-
centrifuges, ovens, bottling tables
ware or software but is always there when needed.
Marine applications
Integration and Compact Design Material handling conveyors, hoists,
ABB offers the slimmest profile AC drive today, requiring Traverse, trolleys, positioning and other
less than 10" of width for a 200 HP drive and less than overhead cranes
14" for 250 through 600 HP.Anything required for an
Metal industry roller tables, processing
AC drive, like EMC filters or chokes, are inside the drive,
lines, cranes
so no extra space or cabling is required. Furthermore,
there is always space inside the ACS800 for three option Mining and mineral processing conveyors,
modules for I/O extensions, fieldbus adapters, pulse dredgers, crushers
encoder interface, or PC connections. Oil and gas industry fans, pumps,
Industrial Products
centrifuges, compressors
Plastic and rubber industry mixers,
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES extruders, conveyors, processing lines
DDCS Communications Card RDCO-01/-02/-03 Power plant pumps, fans, conveyors
Analog I/O Extension Card RAIO-01 Printing machinery, winders, unwinders,
Digital I/O Extension Card RDIO-01 slitting, embossing, dryers, calenders
Pulse Encoder Interface RTAC-01 Pulp and paper industry sectional
Fieldbus Adapter Modules: drives, pumps, fans, kilns, debarking,
DeviceNet RDNA-01, PROFIBUS-DP RPBA-01, screws, washers
Modbus Adapter RMBA-01, ControlNet RCNA-01 Textile industry mixers, extruders,
Dynamic Braking Choppers (R4 through R8 Frames) textile machines
CE EMC Filters (1st and 2nd Environments) Water treatment pumps, compressors,
conveyors
DriveWindow®-based Adaptive Programming Tool
Wood handling sawmills, debarking lines,
DriveWindow-based Start-up and Programming Tool
lathes, plywood lines
3
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
DCS400
177
ABB
Drives
Low-Voltage DC Drives
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
DCS500B
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
ALC600
179
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Industrial Controls
181
ABB
Contactors
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Across the Line
FEATURES
A9 - A110 • CSA Approved, File No. LR56745 (A9 - A75),
• Maximum UL/CSA horsepower ratings (AE9 - AE75), (B9 - B30), (AF50 - AF75)
according to UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 14 • CSA Approved, File No. LR19700 (A95 - A110),
• Includes NEMA sizes 00 — 3 (AE95 - AE110), (AF145 - AF750)
• CE mark • CSA approved for elevator service
• Compact, space-saving design
• Standard auxiliary contact blocks are available. A145 - AF1650
• DC ratings and DC control operation available • Maximum UL/CSA horsepower ratings
• Fast, snap-on DIN rail mountings according to UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 14
• Double-break contact design • Includes NEMA sizes 4 — 8
• Snap-on, front-mounted accessories include • CE mark
a mechanical latch, pneumatic timer, and • 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts are
1- and 4-pole auxiliary contact blocks. standard, and up to 6 additional auxiliary
• Easy coil change contacts may be added to provide a total
• Captive terminal screws of 8 (4 N.O. and 4 N.C.).
• NEMA, UL, IEC, CSA,VDE, and most other • DC ratings and DC control operation available
international standards • Easy maintenance of main contacts and
• Touch-safe design: All connection terminals coil inspection
are protected against accidental touch. • Can be mounted in any position
• Terminals supplied open for ease of wiring • Operates over an extended voltage range
• Operated over an extended voltage range of of 85% to 110% of rated control voltage
85% to 110% of rated control voltage • NEMA, UL, IEC, CSA,VDE, and most other
• UL Listed, File No. E39231 (A9 - A75), international standards
(AE9 - AE75), (BC9 - BC30), (AF50 - AF75) • UL Listed, File No. E79416
• UL Listed, File No. E79416 (A95 - A110), • CSA Approved, File No. LR19700
Industrial Products
APPLICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
A-Line contactors are mainly used for controlling Voltage range: 200 — 1000 V
three-phase motors and also for controlling power Current range: 9 — 1650 A
circuits corresponding to their operating characteristics
up to 690 and even 1000 Vac and 600 Vdc.
182
Contactors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Type AL
FEATURES
Type AL9 - AL40, DC operated
• Quick mounting on DIN rail
EN 50022 and EN 50023 standards:
35 x 7.5 mm
35 x 15 mm
• Location of side-mounted accessories on right-
or left-hand side
• Holes for screw mounting (screws not
supplied). Distance between holes according
to EN 50003
• Terminals delivered in open position with
captive screws (unused terminal scews
must be tightened).
• Screwdriver guidance for all terminals makes
it possible to use motorized screwdrivers.
• All terminals provide protection against
accidental direct contact with live parts
according to VDE0106 - Part. 100.
• All AL9 - AL40 contactor terminals as well as
contactor auxiliary contacts and coil terminals
ensure IP20 degree of protection according
to IEC 60947-1.
• Clear marking of coil voltages and frequencies
• Terminal marking according to IEC 60947-4-1,
EN 50005, EN 50012, and NEMA standards
• Terminal screws: Posidrive (+,–) No° 2 for
all AL contactors
APPLICATIONS
AL contactors are mainly used for controlling three-phase
motors and for controlling power circuits corresponding
to their operating characteristics up to 690 and even
1000 Vac and 440 Vdc.
SPECIFICATIONS
AL9 – AL40: DC coil with low-power consumption
of 3 W to 3.5 W.
183
ABB
Industrial Controls
Contactors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Drive
FEATURES
Type DA75
• 60 A rated
• 500 Vdc ratings
• 160 and 300 Vdc normal closed ratings
for dynamic braking
• Low energy auxiliary contacts
available (17 V, 5 mA)
• Mechanically interlocked version
available for reversing applications
• Small, compact design
• 2-pole (2 N.O.) and 3-pole • 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts are
(2 N.O. and 1 N.C.) available standard, and up to six additional auxiliary
• Additional auxiliary contact blocks available contacts may be added to provide a total
• Fast, snap-on DIN rail mounting of 8 (4 N.O. and 4 N.C.).
• Double-break contact design • Early make and late break auxiliary
• Captive terminal screws contacts available
• Touch-safe design: All connection terminals • Auxiliary contacts available to meet
are protected against accidental touch. EN 81 standards
• Terminals supplied open for ease of wiring • EHDB 220, 280, and 360 contactors have
withdrawable coils
• Operates over an extended voltage range
of 85% to 110% of rated control voltage • Mechanically interlocked contactors available
for reversing applications
• N.C. dynamic braking pole is easily added
to toe pole contactors. • Double-break contact design with magnetic
arc chamber extinguishes arc in the shortest
• Screwdriver guide holes
possible time
• Snap-on, front-mounted accessories
• High temperature encapsulated coil
• UL and CSA approved
• Easy removal of arc chute for quick inspection
and change of contacts
Type EHDB • Operates over an extended voltage range
• 130 A to 960 A of 85% to 110% of rated control voltage
• 2-pole (2 N.O.) and 3-pole (2 N.O. and 1 N.C.) • DC control operation available
power poles available • UL Listed, File No. E79416
• 600 Vdc making capacity, 300 Vdc • CSA Approved, File No. LR19700
Industrial Products
breaking capacity
APPLICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
EHDB drive contactors are specifically designed for 600 V normal open rating with 300 V normal
use with solid-state, DC, adjustable-speed drive systems. closed dynamic breaking rating
In drive applications, the contactor is not required to Current range: 15 — 960 A
make or break the load during normal operation. The
N.C. contact is used for dynamic braking applications.
EHDB contacts are provided, less terminal lugs.
184
Contactors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Welding Isolation
FEATURES
Includes sizes:
W3 thru W6 in 3-pole configurations
W4 thru W5 in 2-pole configurations
Unique contact design assures reliable and safe
operation during high-current welding cycles.
1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts are standard,
and up to 6 additional auxiliary contacts may be
added to provide a total of 8 (4 N.O. and 4 N.C.).
Easy front removal of arc chute for quick
inspection and change of contacts
Operates over an extended voltage range
of 85% to 110% of rated control voltage
UL Listed, File No. E79416 APPLICATIONS
CSA Approved, File No. LR19700 ABB welding isolation contactors are
AW welding isolation contactors can save suited for the rugged demands set forth
substantial space compared with other by the automotive industry and are
conventional contactors. specifically designed for use in high-
current welding applications. ABB is
the leading contactor supplier for
automotive welding applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Current range: 140 — 600 A
185
ABB
Contactors
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Bar
FEATURES
Variable number and type of main poles
(N.O. and N.C.)
Large number and type of auxiliary contacts
Extremely versatile and easily accessible
for maintenance
Main poles maximum operating voltage:
• AC switching up to 500 V, Type IOR
• AC switching up to 1200 V, Type IOR - MT
• DC switching up to 440 V, Type IOR
• DC switching up to 750 V, Type IOR - CC
Specific construction available as standard:
• Contactors with N.O./N.C. main poles,
with or without overlapping APPLICATIONS
• Contactors with magnetic latch or Bar-mounted contactors are largely used in
mechanical latch the iron and steel industry for traction (rolling
stock), electrolysis, and hoisting equipment for
applications from 63 A to 5000 A.
Industrial Products
186
Overload Relays
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Thermal
FEATURES
Available for starter construction with A-Line
contactors and separate panel mounting
Designed for close couple mounting
Separate base mounting available for all
overload relays
Class 10 adjustable overload relays are standard
with all ABB Line Starters.
Reset can also be adjusted to function as a
stop button.
Screwdriver guide holes
All terminal screws are available from the front
UL Listed, File No. E48139
APPLICATIONS
CSA Approved, File No. LR98336
TA thermal overload relays are used with A-Line
Trip indication
contactors for the protection of motors having a
Remote trip and reset option available nominal voltage of up to 600 Vac max per UL/CSA
Single-phase and phase unbalance protection (690 Vac and 800 Vdc per IEC).
Isolated alarm circuit (N.O.) contact
Ambient compensation: -25ºC to +55ºC
(-13ºF to +131ºF) SPECIFICATIONS
Manual test Current range: 0.16 — 310 A
Manual or automatic reset
Factory calibrated and tested
Wide adjustment range
187
ABB
Overload Relays
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Electronic
FEATURES
Available for starter construction with A-Line
contactors and separate panel mounting
Designed for close couple mounting
Separate base mounting available for all
overload relays
E16DU Class 10, 20, and 30 factory selectable
E200DU - E800DU Class 10, 20, and
30 field selectable
All terminal screws are available from the front.
Single-phase and phase unbalance protection
Isolated alarm circuit (N.O.) contact
Ambient compensation: -25ºC to +70ºC
(-13ºF to +158ºF)
Manual test
Manual or automatic reset
Factory calibrated and tested
Wide adjustment range
APPLICATIONS
UL Listed, File No. E48139
Electronic overload relays are used with A-Line
CSA Approved, File No. LR98336
contactors for the protection of motors having a
nominal voltage of up to 600 Vac max per
UL/CSA (690 Vac per IEC).
SPECIFICATIONS
Current range: 0.16 — 18.9 A and 65 — 800 A
Tripping classes: 10, 20, 30
Industrial Products
188
Starters
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Across the Line
FEATURES
A9 - AF750
• Maximum UL/CSA horsepower ratings
• NEMA sizes 00 — 8 available
• Compact, space-saving design
• Standard auxiliary contact configurations:
A9 - A40 1 N.O
A50 - AF1650 1 N.O. and 1 N.C.
• Additional auxiliary contact blocks are available
• DC ratings and DC control operation available
• Fast, snap-on DIN rail mountings (A9 - A110)
• Double-break contact design
• Snap-on, front- and side-mounted accessories
include mechanical latch, pneumatic timer, • NEMA 4 (water-tight)
and 1- and 4-pole auxiliary contact blocks
(A9 - A110). • NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 (plastic)
• Easy coil change • IP 65 plastic A9 - A16 starters
• Captive terminal screws • NEMA 7 and 9
Class I, Group D, Div 1 and 2
• NEMA, UL, CSA, and most other Class II, Groups E, F, and G, Div 1 and 2
international standards Class III, 4X
• Operates over an extended voltage range Overload Relay Protection
of 85% to 110% of rated control voltage
• All starters A9 - A185 have Class 10
• Screwdriver guide holes adjustable thermal bimetallic overload
Enclosure Types relay protection as standard.
• NEMA 1 (indoor metal) • All starters A210 - A750 have selectable
• NEMA 3R (outdoor metal) Class 10, 20, and 30 adjustable electronic
• NEMA 12 (metal dust-tight) overload relay protection as standard.
• NEMA 4X (stainless steel) • Electronic overload relay protection is
available for other starter sizes.
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage range: 200 — 600 V
Current range: 9 — 1080 A
189
ABB
Starters
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Combination
FEATURES
Maximum UL/CSA horsepower ratings
Available with ABB non-fusible or fusible
disconnect switches and MCP or thermal
magnetic or electronic trip-type circuit breakers
Compact, space-saving design
Standard auxiliary contact configurations:
A9 - A40 1 N.O.
A50 - AF1650 1 N.O. and 1 N.C.
Double-break contact design
Lowest possible contact bounce
Early make and late-break auxiliary
contacts available
Operates over an extended voltage range
of 85% to 110% of rated control voltage
UL listed
190
Starters
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Reduced Voltage
FEATURES
Compact, space-saving design
8 starter frames sizes A16 - A750
Maximum UL horsepower ratings
Mechanically interlocking as standard for wye-delta
and autotransformer starters
Incomplete sequence timer as standard for wye-delta
and autotransformer starters
Remote customer connection point at separate terminal blocks
Double-break contact design with magnetic arc chamber
extinguishes arc in the shortest possible time.
NEMA sizes 00 — 7
Class 10 adjustable bimetallic overload relays as standard
or electronic Class 10, 20, or 30
Single-phase and phase unbalance protection
Isolated alarm circuit (N.O.) contact
Ambient compensation from –20ºC to +65ºC
Manual test
Manual or automatic reset
Factory calibrated and tested
Self-contained heater coils—no field installation is necessary
(included in price)
Wide adjustment range
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage range: 200 — 600 V
Current range: 9 — 1080 A
191
ABB
Starters
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
DLA and WLA
DLA Starters
The construction of DLA starters is based on ABB
A-Line contactors. The mounting plate, including a
built-in A-Line contactor, is designed to integrate an
ABB manual motor starter, type MS325. Starters can
be easily made with protection against overloads
and short circuits (Type I or Type II coordination).
The technical characteristics of these devices are
identical to A-Line contactors. The advantages are
as follows:
Simple installation
• DLA starters mount onto 35 x 15 mm exclusively.
DIN rail (EN 50022)
• Direct mounting of manual motor starter MS325
• Contactor coil terminals accessible on lower side
High performance is a result of the combination of
the MS325 manual motor starter with high breaking
capacity and the new A-Line contactor ensuring high
electrical durability.
WLA Starters
Same as for DLA starters except for
reversing applications.
Industrial Products
192
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Miniature Controls
FEATURES
General
Wiring terminations available include plug-on
connectors, wire pins for PC board mounting,
and solder connections.
Low-power consumption coils
Touch-safe design: All screw connection terminals
are protected against accidental touch.
Slotted Pozidrive terminal screws
Screwdriver guided holes
Self-lifting cable clamps
Panel or DIN rail mounting
Terminals supplied in the open position
Electrically noiseless operation
Snap-on accessories
UL Listed, File No. E39231
APPLICATIONS
CSA Approved, File No. LR15332
IEC,VDE, and most international standards B6 and BC6 miniature contactors can be
used for small motors up to 1 HP, 460 V.
B7 and BC7 miniature contactors can be
Interface Contactors
used for small motors up to 5 HP, 460 V.
Interface mini-contactors are normally used to
Machines, electrical appliances, building
establish an isolation between the electronic part
automation systems, heating systems,
and the process in large automation systems.
overhead door applications, etc.
B6 and B7 miniature contactors are
Mechanically Interlocked Contactors designed to be directly connected to
Compact, mechanically interlocked contactors a PLC transistor output.
are available.
Can be used for reversing applications
SPECIFICATIONS
Control Relays
Voltage range: 200 — 600 Vac
AC and DC operated
Current range: 6.8 — 9.6 A
Overload Relays
14 setting ranges from 0.10 to 12 A
Manual or automatic reset
Phase failure compensation
Ambient temperature compensation
Stop and test button functions
1 N.O. auxiliary contact block accessory available
UL Listed, File No. E149922
CSA Approved, File No. LR98336
193
ABB
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Manual Motor Protectors
FEATURES
Suitable for use with three-phase motors
up to100 FLA
UL listed and CSA approved for group APPLICATIONS
motor installation with fuses and breakers
27 setting ranges from 0.1 to 100 A Motor control and protection
Up to 30 kA or 85 kA with no back-up • Compressors
fuse required • Fans
35 mm, DIN rail, snap-on mounting • Blowers
Terminals supplied in the open position • Conveyors
High vibration resistance • Machines
Compact size • Refrigerators
Wide range of accessories
Easy field wiring for single-phase applications OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Internal magnetic trips Auxiliary contact block
Screwdriver guide holes Undervoltage trip
Finger-safe design: All connection terminals are Three-phase connecting bus bars
protected against accidental touch. Through-the-door operator
Industrial Products
194
Softstarters
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Type PSS, Low-Voltage
FEATURES
Compact line
PSS03 to PSS25 softstarters are a very compact
solution for starting small motors with rated
current from 3 to 25 A. They are suitable for
230, 400, 500, and 600 V and designed for DIN
rail mounting.
The built-in bypass contacts allow you to
build space-saving, compact designs. Adjustable
parameters include acceleration time and initial APPLICATIONS
voltage for starting and deceleration time for
stopping. In addition, these units cover a Pumps, fans, compressors, and conveyors
control voltage range of 24 — 110 Vac/dc
and 100 V — 480 Vac.
UL Listed, File No. E161428
Flexible line
PSS18/30 to PSS300/515 softstarters provide
a flexible solution for motor starting. Rated
motor currents are covered from 18 A to 300 A
when connected in line like a traditional full
voltage starter. These units can also be wired
inside the motor-delta, like a wye-delta starter,
covering motors up to 515 A. This flexibility
makes it easier than ever before to replace
wye-delta starters.
The total solid-state solution—with no moving
contacts in the power circuit—is an attractive
solution for applications with many starts per
hour. Adjustable parameters include accelera-
tion time, initial voltage, and optional current
limit for starting and deceleration time for
stopping. Class 10 overload protection is
standard for Type PSS enclosed softstarters.
UL Listed, File No. E161428
195
ABB
Softstarters
Industrial Controls
196
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
FEATURES
Type PST Softstarters • May be wired “inside delta” for Star-Delta
The new PST series softstarter takes the stress starting.
out of starting induction motors and increases • Two electronic overload settings: one for
productivity and decreases downtime. Getting acceleration and one for full speed. Each set-
started can be stressful: belts break, gears grind, ting is programmable from Class 5 to Class 30.
and couplings crush. Repairing broken compo-
• Dynamic thermal register
nents equals lost time and money. The new PST
product line provides a wider array of benefits: • True thermal modeling with retentive
208 — 690 Vac, universal communication plug, thermal memory
LCD display, presets for the most common • Three programmable acceleration ramps
applications, and more... • Kick start
• Quick-set macros provide optimal starting • Jog
and stopping not just for pumps but also cen-
• Electronic shear pin, load loss
trifugal fans, compressors, conveyors, mixers,
crushers, and other demanding operations. • Fault history (up to 20 events)
• Available for three-phase induction motors • Real-time clock
from 208 Vac to 690 Vac. • LED indicators
• Advanced motor protection including: dual • Programmable relay contacts
element electronic overloads, stall, phase loss, • Current metering
winding over temperature, and much more.
• Real text messaging
• CSA approved, CE Marked, and UL listed from
• Communication ready
1 HP to 1800 HP.
• ABB FieldBusPlug technology
• Includes a 2-line, 4-button, 10-language, LCD
interface for fast set-up. • Preset application macros
• Designed for advanced network communica- • UL, CSA, and CE marked
tion with: PROFIBUS, DeviceNet, MODBUS, or • Programmable warning parameters
even TCP/IP over ethernet using ABB
FieldBusPlug technology.
APPLICATIONS
Type PST softstarters are designed for starting pumps,
conveyor belts, compressors, fans, etc.
197
ABB
Softstarters
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Type SSM, Medium-Voltage
Ratings up to 15,000 HP at 14 kV
FEATURES
Key construction features
Heavy duty SCR power assemblies
• Fused disconnect switch with
• Rated for 500 percent overload for
blown fuse indicators and
60 seconds, 125 percent continuous
door safety interlocks rated
• Field-proven design in use since 1975 for loadbreak/fault make with
• Fiber optics, gate-firing circuit using “ring automatic grounding arm
transformer” isolation design for superior • In-line isolation vacuum con-
noise immunity tactor sized for across-the-line
Industrial “real world” packaging motor starting (optional on
• Class E-2 controller “soft start only” models)
• Loadbreak/fault make disconnect switch • Two electronic overload set-
with door safety interlocking mechanism tings: One for acceleration
• Isolated, noise-immune, low-voltage and one for full speed. Each
control compartment setting is programmable from
• NEMA 12 enclosure with bypass vacuum Class 5 to Class 30.
contactor included as standard • 120 V fused control power transformer
• Extra wiring space for MV cables for standard in-line start section (optional on
easy installation “soft start only” models)
Digital microprocessor control • Digital controller provides solid-state overload
• Full featured for flexibility, including dual and numerous protective features for both the
ramp and S-curve software motor and the softstarter.
• LCD status/alarm display and built-in • Programmable keypad with LCD and status
programming keypad LEDs for easy setup and operation
• Serial communications port standard: RS485 • Bypass vacuum contactor standard on
with Modbus RTU protocol or RS232 with all models to guarantee cool operation
Windows interface in all environments and extend unit life
• In-depth motor and system protection monitors • Heavy duty SCR stack assemblies with ring
transformer isolated circuit for reliable,
• True thermal modeling with retentive
hard-firing gate pulse
thermal memory
• Isolated, low-voltage compartment provides
• Power measurements (kW, kvar, kWh, pF)
maximum protection for operating personnel.
• Monitors 18 separate parameters and
• Mechanically interlocked medium-voltage
maintains a nonvolatile fault memory
compartment
(up to 60 events)
• Real-time clock
Industrial Products
198
Softstarters
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Power Electronic Brakes
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
An exceptionally accurate method Wood products industries
of microprocessor-controlled sensing Aggregate/mining
determines when the motor shaft
Conveyors
has come to a stop. Braking current
is removed when the motor stops, Food processing
eliminating excess braking current, Machine tools
which means longer motor life. Built-in
jogging circuitry allows you to select
the time you need for machine setup
and positioning without applying DC
current to the motor windings.
DC current is only applied when system
setup is complete; no excess current,
no excess heating, and no premature
motor failure.
The PEB series has a built-in feature
to control a mechanical holding brake.
Any fault indication automatically
enables the mechanical brake for
fail-safe operation.
The PEB series has been designed
and tested to meet the most stringent
industry standards: UL and cUL.
UL Listed, File No. E169883
199
ABB
Relays
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Control
200
Relays
201
ABB
Relays
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Timers and Control Relays
Solid-State Flashers
The largest selection of low-cost, reliable solid-state
flashers and chasers available. 100 million operations
typical. UL/CSA/CE
• Fixed or adjustable flash rates
• 1 to 20 A rated solid-state outputs
• Totally solid state—encapsulated
• 1 to 7 coins to start
• Up to 30 A, SPST-NO relay contacts
202
Relays
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
IEC Style Timing Relays
ABB now offers the largest line of timers and control relays
in the industry. The CT-E range and CT-S range timing relays
are snapped directly onto a 35 mm DIN rail in accordance
with DIN VDE 50 022. DIN rail mounting and removal can be
accomplished without tools. Double-chamber cage connecting
terminals simplify wiring by allowing connection of up to
two 14 AWG wires, solid or stranded, with or without
wire-end ferrules.
FEATURES
CT-E Range: 12 single-function models
2 multifunction models
CT-S Range: 21 single-function models
3 multifunction models CT-S Range and CT-E Range
Mount on DIN Rail
12 to 440 V in ranges
AC and DC models available
Time Ranges: 0.1 second to 30 minutes in ranges
Onboard or external adjustment of the time delay
Up to 2 SPDT relay output contacts (4 A at 250 V)
or 0.8 A solid-state output
Repeat Accuracy: 1% for CT-E range
0.2% for CT-S range
LEDs indicate power and load status
Designed for use in rough industrial environments
UL, CSA, GL, CE
203
ABB
Relays
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Motor Protection Relays
204
Relays
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Monitoring Relays and Controls
ABB now offers the largest line of monitoring relays and controls in the industry.
The monitoring relay line includes a wide selection of single-phase and three-phase
AC voltage monitors; alternating relays; AC current sensors, current monitors, and cur-
rent indicators; conductive liquid level controls; obstruction lighting controls: beacon
flashers, photoelectric controls, and lamp alarm relays. Most have UL, CSA, and CE.
Monitors: Voltage—single-phase and three-phase; Current—single-phase; Power Factor
Controls: Liquid Level Controls, Obstruction Lighting Controls,
Alternating Relays
205
ABB
Relays
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Electronic Safety
206
Pilot Devices
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
CBK 22 mm
Ratings
• Worldwide availability
• UL Listed for Types 1, 3R, 4, 4X,
12, and 13 applications
• UL, CSA NEMA, IEC, and most
international standards
• CE marking
• UL Listed, File No. E57057
• CSA Approved, File No. LR19700
FEATURES
General Construction Pilot Lights
• Quick mounting feature reduces • Compact, full-voltage pilot light
installation time • Full-voltage resistor and transformer type
• Front ring options are chrome metal, chrome • LED and neon bulbs available for illuminated
plastic, and black plastic. push-button and pilot lights
• Contact block holder features rear mounting
with quick-release locking mechanism for Contact Blocks
high security. • CBK 22 mm and CBG 30 mm devices use
• Knurled sleeve tightens against panel, assuring the same contact blocks, lamp modules,
secure mounting. transformers, lenses, and buttons.
• Buttons available in seven colors • Quick-mount, quick-release contact block
• Engraved caps available holder for fast, easy assembly
• Mounts in 7 ⁄ 8 "/22 mm hole • N.O. and N.C. contact blocks are color coded
for easy identification: Green, N.O./Red, N.C.
Operators • Silver tipped contacts have wiping action for
• Emergency stop operators in illuminated high reliability.
and non-illuminated, maintained, push-pull, • Low energy, gold-plated contact
or twist-release blocks available
• Mushroom operators in maintained, push-pull, • Base-mounted contact blocks are available
illuminated, twist-release, momentary, or key- and snap onto a 35 mm DIN rail or into a
operated designs Type CBK enclosure.
• Illuminated and non-illuminated push-push • Five (5) contact block holder
operators with push-on and push-off designs
(maintained) Enclosures
• Two-position toggle operators, maintained • Available for 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 operators
• Three-position toggle operators, maintained • Base-mounted contacts allow the enclosure
or momentary cover to be removed; wiring stays with
• Key-operated push-button enclosure base
• Selector switches, 2- or 3-position, illuminated, • New base design allows up to five (5) contact
maintained, momentary, or key-operated blocks to be mounted per operator in
• Available with or without contact blocks some combinations.
• Two button momentary operators with Additional Products
pilot light
• 4x buzzer, continuous and pulsating
• 5k and 10k potentiometers
207
ABB
Pilot Devices
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
CBG 30 mm
Ratings
• Worldwide availability
• UL listed for Types 1, 3R, 4, 4X,
12, and 13 applications
• UL, CSA, NEMA, IEC, and most
international standards
• CE marking
• UL Listed, File No. E57057
• CSA Approved, File No. LR19700
FEATURES
General Construction • Selector switches, 2 or 3 positions, illuminated,
• Quick mounting feature reduces maintained, momentary, or key-operated
installation time • Available with or without contact blocks
• Front ring options are chrome metal and
Pilot Devices
black plastic.
• Full voltage, resistor, and transformer type
• Contact block holder features rear mounting
with quick-release locking mechanism for • LED bulbs available for illuminated push-
high security. buttons and pilot lights
• Knurled sleeve tightens against panel, Contact Blocks
assuring secure mounting.
• CBK 22 mm and CBG 30 mm devices use
• Buttons available in seven colors the same contact blocks, lamp modules and
• Engraved caps available transformers, lenses, and buttons.
• Mounts in 30 mm hole • Quick-mount, quick-release contact block
• Anti-rotation holder for fast, easy assembly
• N.O. and N.C. contact blocks are color coded
Operators for easy identification: Green, N.O./Red, N.C.
• Mushroom operators in maintained, push-pull, • Silver tipped contacts have wiping action
illuminated, twist release, momentary, or key- for high reliability.
operated designs
• Low energy, gold-plated contact
Industrial Products
208
Pilot Devices
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Signal Beacons and Stacklights
Stacklights
Fast mounting of signal elements using
bayonet fixing
Easy changing of bulbs for each module
without tools
Up to 10 light elements possible with two-sided
mounting bracket
Flexibility of signal element combination
Flashing light elements can be mounted
in each module.
Up to five (5) flashing light elements possible
High-protection rating optical and audible
signal elements with IP 54, UL Type 2, 5
LED elements for long life
Signal Beacons
Rugged construction
High protection rating IP65, UL Type 2, 5,
NEMA 4X
Cap consists of high impact polycarbonate
(up to 15 sq. ft.).
Bulb change via inside of control box
Available with LED bulbs
209
ABB
Limit Switches
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Plastic
APPLICATIONS
Easy to use, electromechanical limit
switches offer specific qualities:
• Visible operation
• Electrically separated contacts
• Precise operating points (consistency)
• Immune to electromagnetic disturbances
Limit switches are used for these
mechanical applications:
• Presence/absence
• Positioning and travel limit
• Objects passing/counting
210
Limit Switches
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Metal
APPLICATIONS
Easy to use, electromechanical limit
switches offer specific qualities:
• Visible operation
• Ability to switch strong currents
(10 A conventional thermal current)
• Electrically separated contacts
• Precise operating points (consistency)
• Immune to electromagnetic disturbances
211
ABB
Limit Switches
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Safety
APPLICATIONS
Latch Key Latch and Manual Reset Range
Easy to use, the limit switches with small latch Easy to use, the limit switches for safety
(key) offer specific qualities: applications with latch and manual reset
• Visible operation offer specific qualities:
• Capability for strong current switching • Visible operation (fault memorization)
(conventional thermal current 10 A) • Capability for strong current switching
• Opening guaranteed of the “N.C.” contact(s) when (conventional thermal current 10 A)
the small latch is withdrawn from the limit switch • Contact blocks with positive opening operation
• Contact blocks with dependent action and of the “N.C.” normally closed contact(s)
positive opening operation of the “N.C.” normally • Electrically separated contacts (Zb shape)
closed contact(s) • Precision on operating positions (consistency)
• Electrically separated contacts (Zb shape) • Immunity to electromagnetic disturbances
• Precision on operating positions (consistency)
• Immunity to electromagnetic disturbances
Stainless Steel Rotative Axis
Easy to use, the limit switches with rotative axis or
lever offer specific qualities:
• Visible operation
• Capability for strong current switching
(conventional thermal current 10 A)
• Opening of the “N.C.” contact(s) for a very small
rotative angle: 7°
• Contact blocks with dependent action and
Industrial Products
212
Sensors
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Proximity
Inductive
• Metallic objects only
• Sensing distances from 0.8 to 50 mm
• Large selection of 2-wire, 3-wire, and
4-wire models
• Choice of quick disconnect, cable, or
terminal connection
• Stainless steel, nickel-plated brass, or
Crastin housings
Capacitive
• Nonmetallic objects (paper, cardboard,
plastic, etc.)
• Fluids and metallic objects
• 10 mm sensing range
• Objects may be sensed through glass
or plastic
• Choice of quick disconnect or cable
• Stainless steel housing
213
ABB
Sensors
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Photoelectric
Diffused mode
• Sensing distances up to 800 mm
• Subcompact, compact, and cylindrical models
• Choice of quick disconnect, cable, or
terminal connection
• Light on or dark on operation
Retro-reflective mode
• Sensing distances up to 5 m
• Subcompact, compact, and cylindrical models
• Choice of quick disconnect, cable, or
terminal connection
• Light on or dark on operation
Thru-beam to 20 meters
Ultrasonic
214
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Cam Switches
FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS
Complete delivery for easy purchasing Protection degrees
and assembly Snap-on door mounting DIN-Rail
Standard delivery with black handle, optional Mounting
extra black handle IEC: IP 65 IP 44
Small panel size: Front space in side-to-side NEMA 4X
mounting 30 or 50 mm Door drilling
Finger-protected terminals and interconnections OM: ∅ 16.5 mm/ ∅ 22.5 mm
(IP20,VBG4) ON: ∅ 22.5 mm/ ∅ 30.5 mm
Maximum panel thickness 5.5 mm
Combi screws, terminal screws (P2) for
fast cabling The black handle with square escutcheon
plate marked for switch type is supplied
Cabling from top and bottom gives the
with the switch body.
possibility to mount side-by-side.
Double-break silver contacts with 0.35 µm gold
plating ensure a high breaking capacity and reli-
able connection. Also available with
4 µm gold plating for extremely difficult
circumstances. Have to be ordered separately;
please add AU to the type, e.g. OMA 1 PGAU
Special cam switches available (contact ABB
Sales Representative for more information)
Special engraving available
215
ABB
Industrial Controls
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Transformers
216
Cable Management Systems
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Wire Duct, DIN Rail and Spiral Wrap
217
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Circuit Protective Devices
219
ABB
Circuit Protective Devices
System Pro M
FEATURES
Current-limiting APPLICATIONS
B, C, D, K, and Z characteristics MCBs can be used for protection against
short circuits and overloads in commercial
Fast breaking time (2.5 — 3.5 msec)
equipment, appliances, computer equipment,
Unique bus connection system and other computer peripheral devices.
Wide range of accessories UL 1077
Available with variable depth handle mechanism MCBs are recognized as supplementary
Optional Z curve for SCR protection protectors and are intended for use as over-
current protection within an appliance or
CE certified and marked
other electrical equipment where branch
DIN rail or front panel mounting circuit overcurrent protection is already
Finger-safe terminals provided or not required. MCBs and acces-
Multi-function terminals sories are recognized under UL Listed,
File No. E76126.
Suitable for reverse feed
CSA C22.2
UL 1077 and CSA 22.2
MCBs and accessories are certified under
277/480 Vac and 500 Vdc versions CSA C22.2 No. 235 per File No. LR98793.
Tripping characteristics
Time-current curves
• ABB miniature circuit breakers are avail-
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES able with different trip characteristics,
Auxiliary devices can be added to the MCBs: allowing for maximum system protection.
Industrial Products
220
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
SPECIFICATIONS
For complete specifications, contact your nearest ABB Sales
Representative and request a Technical Data Selection Guide.
SELECTOR GUIDE
Interruption Ratings Trip Characteristics Overview
Rated Rated Magnetic Thermal
MCB Curve Service
Voltage Interrupting Current Comment Characteristic* Characteristic
Type
Capacity (kA) (A)
0.5 — 63 S260-B,C,D Single-Pole B 3 - 5X 1.25X S260, S500
10 0.5 — 63 S270-K Single-Pole C 5 - 10X 1.25X S260, S290, S500
0.2 — 40 S280-K,Z Single-Pole D 10 - 20X 1.25X S260, S500
120 Vac 32 — 63 S500-B,C,D — K 6 - 12X 1.05X S270, S280, S500
18
26 — 45 S500-K — Z 2 - 3X 1.05X S280
6 — 25 S500-B,C,D — *All values are relative to MCB’s ampere rating.
30
0.15 — 25 S500-K —
0.5 — 63 S260-B,C,D Single-Pole
6 0.5 — 63 S270-K Single-Pole
50 — 63 S280-K,Z Single-Pole
0.5 — 63 S260-B,C,D Multi-Pole
0.5 — 63 S270-K Multi-Pole
10
240 Vac 0.2 — 40 S280-K,Z Single-Pole
0.2 — 63 S280-K,Z Multi-Pole
32 — 63 S500-B,C,D —
18
26 — 45 S500-K —
6 — 25 S500-B,C,D —
30
0.15 — 25 S500-K —
0.5 — 63 S260-B,C,D, Single-Pole
6 0.5 — 63 S270-K Single-Pole
277 Vac
50 — 63 S280-K,Z Single-Pole
10 0.2 — 40 S280-K,Z Single-Pole
0.5 — 63 S260-B,C,D Multi-Pole
221
ABB
Circuit Protective Devices
System Pro M
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Modular DIN Rail Components
FEATURES
Safe connection by box terminals
Captive screws with Pozidrive slotted head, SPECIFICATIONS
Pozidrive system, gr. 1
For complete specifications, contact your
Snap-on labels available nearest ABB Sales Representative and request
Quick mounting with snap-on clip, easily a General Ratings and Specifications Guide.
accessible and detachable at the bottom
Protection against unintentional direct touch
System approach for control and
circuit protection
Compact size that dimensionally matches
the S2 MCB series
Control and pilot functions can be alongside
protective devices
DIN rail-mounted with 45 mm front opening
For use in auxiliary and logic devices
Provide additional user functions for system
control and operation
Industrial Products
222
System Pro M Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Residual Current Devices
RCDs provide ground fault equipment protection by The F370 and F670 series are UL 1053 recognized
monitoring the leakage of current to ground.The F370 for use in 277/480 Vac applications. The F372 is for
and F670 series will trip when ground faults are use in single-phase/two-wire or two-wire systems.
detected in excess of the GF trip rating of the device. The F374 is for use in three-phase/four-wire systems.
These devices provide GF protection only and are The F370 and F670 series RCDs replace the F360 and
used in series with standard MCBs, which provide F660 series with no change in form, fit, or function.
overload and short circuit protection. The F370 and The F370 and F670 have a profile similar to the
F670 series can be used as a main device providing S2 MCBs and can be used with the MCB bus bars.
GF protection for several MCB branch devices.
FEATURES
16 — 125 A continuous current carrying capacity
10, 30, 100, 300, and 500 mA ground fault
trip threshold
Two-pole and four-pole available
Test button
SELECTOR GUIDE
Residual Current Devices
223
ABB
Circuit Protective Devices
System Pro M
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
Class B and C Equipment and appliance lightning protection
15 — 100 kA impulse current
Visual indication
High discharge capacity OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Fast response Withdrawable
Compact Remote indication
IP20 touch protection
SPECIFICATIONS
For complete specifications, contact your
nearest ABB Sales Representative and request
a General Ratings and Specifications Guide.
Industrial Products
224
Circuit Breakers
Isomax
FEATURES
Double Insulation Installation Positions
• All Isomax switchgear, from sizes S3 to S7 • Circuit breakers can be installed in any
position with no variations to their
• Electrical accessory is completely segregated rated characteristics.
from the power circuit.
• Comply with UL and IEC 947-2 standards
• Improved operator safety
• Powered from either top or bottom terminals
• Above IEC standards
• They can be installed in switchboards, or
• Complies with American usage mounted directly on the base plate or on
DIN channels up to size S5.
225
ABB
Circuit Protective Devices
Circuit Breakers Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Isomax
226
Circuit Breakers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Emax Power
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
Small overall dimensions ANSI approved low-voltage switchgear
Common accessories Switchboards
Accessories and trip unit can be installed Generator protection
in the field. Motor protection
Power isolated from accessories
High withstand and fault current ratings
Very high mechanical and electric life OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Double insulation ensures total separation
between accessories and power circuits.
Common accessories for full line of
Emax breakers
Electrical accessories are AC and DC rated.
Electrical accessories can be installed
in the field.
Three trip units are available, providing
a solution for every need.
SPECIFICATIONS
For complete specifications, contact your
nearest ABB Sales Representative and request
a General Ratings and Specifications Guide.
227
ABB
Circuit Protective Devices
Circuit Breakers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Switchboard MaxSB
Industrial Focused
Designed for industrial application quality is a
standard feature in the MaxSB switchboard and
not an expensive option added to a commercial
product. Plated copper bus, bolted connections,
frame-based enclosure, and a base plate are just
some of the features that are standard in the
MaxSB switchboard.
Service Minded
A hinged door, large cable areas, easy access to
terminals, and unique breaker technology makes
the MaxSB very easy to service, maintain, and
expand. The MaxSB is preferred by the installing
and maintenance personnel.
Cost Conscious
From initial cost and installed cost, to total life cost,
the MaxSB was designed with an awareness towards
reducing the cost of low-voltage power distribution
equipment in industrial applications.
FEATURES
Unique hinged door
Slotted bus design
Expandable frame-based enclosure
Large cable area
Proven breakers: Isomax MCCBs, Emax ACBs,
UL, IEC
Double mounted up to 225 A
Single mounted up to 1200 A
800 — 4000 A mains
800 — 3000 A vertical bus
Easy access to terminals
Industrial Products
228
Circuit Breakers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Low-Voltage Switchgear MaxSG
Proven
Built to the proven standards of ANSI the MaxSG
provides high withstand ratings, large cable areas,
convenient control connections and a ridged
yet expandable enclosure. Available as stand
alone gear or close coupled to a primary switch
and transformer.
Improved
The MaxSG distributes power safely with through
the door operation and shutters on all cells.
Advanced trip units provide unique protection and
multi-meter capability such a reverse power and
waveform capture. Rated 5000 A and withstand
currents up to 100 KAIC.
Approved
The MaxSG was designed and tested to ANSI
and UL 1558 standards. The Emax power
circuit breaker meets ANSI requirements and
is UL 1066 approved.
FEATURES
Emax 1066 UL listed power circuit breaker.
800 — 5000 A frames
High withstand capability. Turn I and S
functions off and maintain UL listing.
Double set of contacts delivers dramatic
mechanical and electrical life increases.
Plug in UL accessories can be installed
in the field.
Accessories are isolated from power poles.
Common set of electrical accessories for all
breaker frames
Draw out through the door
Low, mid, and advance trip unit models
available to fit every application.
Trip unit display visible with door closed
Safety shutters on cell are standard.
Control wire terminations located at front of
breaker cell for easy access
229
ABB
Circuit Protective Devices
Disconnect Switches
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Non-Fusible
SwitchLine non-fusible disconnect switches 16 A — 3150 A, 600 V
ABB SwitchLine includes 16 different amperage sizes from 16 A to 3150 A. The basic
construction provides flexibility, safety, and high performance in an extremely compact
size. ABB SwitchLine is a perfect choice for all switching applications from industrial
motor control to construction safety switches.
FEATURES
Versatility APPLICATIONS
Broad range
HVAC
Compact size
Drives
Mounting
• Door-mounting on an enclosure door UPS
or sidewall Industrial machinery
• DIN rail-mounting Solar
• Base-mounting with screws
Motor controls
SwitchLine disconnect switches may be
Safety switches
mounted in any position.
Electrical distribution
SwitchLine disconnect switches can be
used equally well with either top or bottom
incoming power feeds. OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Terminal connections Handles—UL/NEMA type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
• Ring tongue crimp on lugs IP 54, 65, 66
• Direct bus
• Terminal lugs Auxiliary contacts available for every
switch size
Modular construction
Additional power poles
Dead-front construction plus terminal shrouds Additional terminal poles
reduce the risk of touching live parts. (neutrals and grounds)
Door interlock Terminal shrouds
Padlockable
Industrial Products
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Fusible
PowerLine—Compact, heavy duty, fusible disconnect
switches 30 A — 800 A, 600 V
ABB PowerLine includes seven different amperage
sizes from 30 A to 800 A. All PowerLine fusible switches
are designed to meet customer requirements in terms
of high interrupting capacity and long electrical life,
while occupying little more panel space than the
appropriate fuses. The basic construction provides
flexibility and high performance in an extremely com-
pact size. ABB PowerLine switches are a perfect choice
to withstand the heat and humidity of the tropics, the
extreme cold of the arctic, and any rugged industrial
environment you may have.
FEATURES
Versatility
Broad range APPLICATIONS
Compact size HVAC
Mounting
• DIN rail-mounting—OS30, OS60, and OS100 Drives
• Base-mounting with screws UPS
All PowerLine disconnect switches can be Industrial machinery
used equally well with either top or bottom Solar
incoming power feeds. Motor controls
Terminal connections
• Ring tongue crimp on lugs Safety switches
• Direct bus Electrical distribution
• Terminal lugs
High performance
Modular construction OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Unique terminal locations: Side, Rear, and
Bus stabs connections Handles—UL/NEMA type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
Superior short circuit protection IP 54, 65, 66
Fuse isolation Auxiliary contacts available for every
Dead-front construction plus terminal shrouds switch size
reduce the risk of touching live parts, improv- Additional terminal poles
ing the safety and reliability of the installation. (neutrals and grounds)
Positive opening operation Terminal shrouds
Welded contact protection 6- and 8-pole mechanisms
Clear position indication Transfer mechanisms
Door interlock
Bypass mechanisms
Padlockable
Visible blades offer an additional safety feature Mechanical interlock mechanisms
from 200 A — 800 A. Electromechanical interlock mechanisms
Track-resistant material Motor operations
Variety of fuses can be used: Class CC, J,T, L, Fuse monitors
High-Speed patterns, European standards;
DIN, BS, and NFC SPECIFICATIONS
Standard interrupting capacity 200 kA
IEC rated, CE marked For complete specifications, contact your
UL Listed, File No. E101914 nearest ABB Sales Representative and request
CSA Approved, File No. LR58077 a General Ratings and Specifications Guide.
231
ABB
Circuit Protective Devices
Disconnect Switches
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Enclosed
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
Plastic, metal, or stainless steel enclosures Suitable for use as:
NEMA 1, 3R&12, 4X, 7&9 OSHA Lockout/Tagout disconnects
Compact size Safety switches
Broad range Loadbreak switches
Wide range of accessories
Isolators
• Pilot devices
• Fuse monitors Transfer switches
• Auxiliary contacts Bypass switches
• Amp/Voltmeters
• Additional neutral and power poles Service entrance
SPECIFICATIONS
For complete specifications, contact your
nearest ABB Sales Representative and request
Industrial Products
232
Low-Voltage Network Quality
233
ABB
Low-Voltage Network Quality
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
CLMD, Power Factor Capacitors
FEATURES
High reliability Long life
Very low losses Safety
Discharge mechanism • Vermiculite, a nonflammable and nontoxic
material, safely absorbs any energy produced
Tolerance on capacitance: 0%, +15% within the capacitor enclosure.
Overcurrent tolerance: 135% of rated Approvals
current, continuously
• UL, CE, and CSA approved
Overvoltage tolerance: 110% of rated
voltage, continuously • UL Listed, File No. E135667
Standard ambient temperature range: • CSA Approved, File No. LR88616
- 40°C to +40°C (- 40°F to +104°F) • Complies with applicable requirements
Internal cables and insulation: All internal of IEC, NEC®, NEMA CP-1, ANSI, and
conductors utilize stranded, tin-plated IEEE Standard 18
copper wire. Insulation is fire-retardant,
rated 105°C (220°F).
Complete environmental acceptability
Industrial Products
FEATURES
Standard ABB AutoBank products include: ABB contactors
1 to 12 capacitor steps, three-phase Discharge resistors
Incoming line termination (unless another Power fuses
disconnecting means is specified) Control fuses
Capacitor stage indicator lights Multi-tap CT range 500/5 — 4000//5 in 500/5
Power on light increments. Window size is 4" x 7".
One ABB power factor controller Modularity
equipped with: High reliability
• Automatic no-voltage release Very low losses
• Manual/automatic control switch Complete environmental acceptability
with LED indication Unique sequential protection system
• LED indicating the capacitive or inductive Long life
load and the number of steps energized
Safety
• Automatic/manual setting of C/k
ABB power factor controller
• Digital built-in PF, Vrms, Irms, kVA, kvar,
THDV, THDA meters, and fault indicator Compact design for quick installation
• Circular/linear switching selection
• Automatic adaptation to network phase
rotation and CT terminals
235
ABB
Low-Voltage Network Quality
SPECIFICATIONS
Technical Data
Rated voltage: 240 — 600 V, 50/60 Hz, three-phase Automatic bank total losses (without reactors)
Standard kvar steps: 25, 50, and 100 kvar including accessories such as contactors and
(other kvar step sizes available) PF controller: Less than 1.5 watt/kvar
Control voltage: 120 V, 60 Hz ABB dry-type, self-healing capacitors
Power factor setting: Between 0.70 capacitive Capacitor dielectric test: Between terminals
and 0.7 inductive and container—3.0 kV, 60 seconds
C/k setting: Between 0.05 and 1 A Capacitor automatic bank test: Functional test,
Dielectric test
Operation: Automatic or manual with step indica-
tion. LED indication of the number of capacitors Enclosures: NEMA 1, 3R, and Dustproof
energized and the capacitive or inductive demand. (RAL 7035, Light gray)
Discharge resistors included Top or bottom cable entry
Dielectric losses: Less than 0.2 watt/kvar Dimensions: Per application
Capacitor total losses: Less than 0.5 watt/kvar Ambient temperature: - 40°C to +40°C
Installation: Lifting eyes are provided. Installation
instructions are supplied with each unit.
SELECTOR GUIDE
AutoBank 300
SELECTOR GUIDE
AutoBank 1200
Approximate Indoor Outdoor Dustproof
kvar
Weight Lbs. (kg) Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No.
480 Volt
100 1000 (454) A4G100B2A A4R100B2A A4D100B2A
125 1000 (454) A4G125B3B A4R125B3B A4D125B3B
150 1000 (454) A4G150B3A A4R150B3A A4D150B3A
175 1000 (454) A4G175B4B A4R145B4B A4D175B4B
200 1000 (454) A4G200B4A A4R200B4A A4D200B4A
225 1000 (454) A4G225B5B A4R225B5B A4D225B5B
250 1000 (454) A4G250B5A A4R250B5A A4D250B5A
300 1000 (454) A4G300B6A A4R300B6A A4D300B6A
350 1000 (454) A4G350B7A A4R350B7A A4D350B7A
400 1000 (454) A4G400B8A A4R400B8A A4D400B8A
450 1000 (454) A4G450B9A A4R450B9A A4D450B9A
500 1000 (454) A4G500B10A A4R500B10A A4D500B10A
550 1000 (454) A4G550B11A A4R550B11A A4D550B11A
600 1000 (454) A4G600B12A A4R600B12A A4D600B12A
650 1000 (454) A4G650B7B A4R650B7B A4D650B7B
700 1000 (454) A4G700B7A A4R700B7A A4D700B7A
800 1000 (454) A4G800B8A A4R800B8A A4D800B8A
900 1000 (454) A4G900B9A A4R900B9A A4D900B9A
1000 1000 (454) A4G1000B10A A4R1000B10A A4D1000B10A
1100 1000 (454) A4G1100B11A A4R1100B11A A4D1100B11A
1200 1000 (454) A4G1200B12A A4R1200B12A A4D1200B12A
600 Volt
100 1000 (454) A6G100B2A A6R100B2A A6D100B2A
125 1000 (454) A6G125B3B A6R125B3B A6D125B3B
150 1000 (454) A6G150B3A A6R150B3A A6D150B3A
175 1000 (454) A6G175B4B A6R175B4B A6D175B4B
200 1000 (454) A6G200B4A A6R200B4A A6D200B4A
225 1000 (454) A6G225B5B A6R225B5B A6D225B5B
250 1000 (454) A6G250B5A A6R250B5A A6D250B5A
300 1000 (454) A6G300B6A A6R300B6A A6D300B6A
350 1000 (454) A6G350B7A A6R350B7A A6D350B7A
400 1200 (545) A6G400B8A A6R400B8A A6D400B8A
450 1200 (545) A6G450B9A A6R450B9A A6D450B9A
500 1200 (545) A6G500B10A A6R500B10A A6D500B10A
550 1200 (545) A6G550B11A A6R550B11A A6D550B11A
600 1200 (545) A6G600B12A A6R600B12A A6D600B12A
650 1800 (818) A6G650B7B A6R650B7B A6D650B7B
700 1800 (818) A6G700B7A A6R700B7A A6D700B7A
800 1800 (818) A6G800B8A A6R800B8A A6D800B8A
900 1800 (818) A6G900B9A A6R900B9A A6D900B9A
1000 2100 (954) A6G1000B10A A6R1000B10A A6D1000B10A
1100 2100 (954) A6G1100B11A A6R1100B11A A6D1100B11A
1200 2100 (954) A6G1200B12A A6R1200B12A A6D1200B12A
237
ABB
Low-Voltage Network Quality/Systems
Active Filter
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Power Quality Filter (PQFA)
The power quality filters developed by ABB are active filters offering
unprecedented ability to clean the network from harmonics. The
PQFA eliminates harmonics in a controlled way. It is easy to expand
and adapt to changes in the network. The PQFA monitors the line
current in real-time and processes the measured harmonics as digital
signals in a high-power DSP (Digital Signal Processor). The output
of the DSP controls PWM (Pulse Width Modulated) power modules
that, through line reactors, inject harmonic currents with exactly the
opposite phase to those that are to be filtered. The net effect is an
elimination of the harmonics and a clean sine-wave as seen by the
feeding transformer.
FEATURES
Advantages
Filters several harmonics simultaneously
Filters up to the 41st harmonic on a 60 Hz system
Cannot be overloaded
Programmable filtering strategy enables user to select which
harmonics are filtered.
May filter without generation of reactive power
May generate and control power factor
OPTIONS AND
Has programmable task priorities ACCESSORIES
Does not require detailed network analysis
Current transformers
Does not require special CTs (ratings and dimension to specify)
Is easy to expand on site Loss of voltage alarm contact
Comes factory tested with incoming circuit breaker Graphic user interface
SPECIFICATIONS
Technical Data
Main ratings: 400 V (415 V)/50 Hz, 525 V/50 Hz, Communication: RS232 port
480 V/60 Hz, 600 V/60 Hz Response time: 40 ms
Industrial Products
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Wichita Falls, TX
Smissline
The Smissline power distribution bus system provides a versatile and flexible
means of distributing power to a wide variety of electrical devices. Smissline is a
smart new way of distributing power, up to 200 A at 600 V. The system adds no
height or width and eliminates 50% of the power wiring. Smissline literally pays
for itself while increasing flexibility, density, and serviceability. Smissline is ideal
for group motor installations and ABB modular DIN rail products.
FEATURES
Hot-swappable, socket-mounted components.
Individual devices may be turned off and
safely removed without turning off power to
the whole bus.
Bus system “starter kits” available in various
lengths, can also be easily cut down for SPECIFICATIONS
custom installations. Bus bar rated 100 A when end fed
Main power feed terminals may be installed and up to 200 A when center fed.
anywhere along the bus system. Rated for up to 200 A at 600 V
Individual bus stab adapters are available in From 6 to over 100 poles per system
L1, L2, L3, and N phase connections; they can
be connected together to form multi-pole units.
Unwired modules are available where bus
connection is not required. (18 mm width.)
Single-phase devices can be mounted next to
multi-phase devices on the same system.
Snap-on installation. No tools required to install
or remove bus-mounted components.
System can be DIN rail or base mounted.
Base-mounted components mount with screws.
Bus covers protect unused portions of the bus
from accidental contact providing total bus
isolation and IP20 finger safe protection.
Reputable history of performance and reliability
UL 508 recognized and IEC approved
UL Listed, File No. E222110
239
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Low-Voltage Distribution Equipment and Control Systems
SELECTION GUIDE
Voltage
Product Features
(kV)
Fully integrated, IEC switchgear and MCC with choice of air-insulated and molded
MSN .69
case circuit breakers, fused and unfused disconnect switches and contactors
For switchgear OEM components, see pages 254, 276, and 277; for aftermarket products and services, see page 275.
*Contact your ABB Sales Representative for availability.
241
ABB
Metal-Enclosed
Low-Voltage Distribution Equipment and Control Systems
K-LINE Plus™
K-LINE Plus switchgear is a rugged, reliable product for
demanding industrial and utility secondary distribution and
protection applications. Based on the original K-LINE design
used for decades in nuclear power plants, K-LINE Plus adds
enhanced ratings, optional safety shutters, and the advanced
protection and monitoring capabilities of MPSC-2000™
trip units. K-LINE Plus uses modular construction with
a Galvalume™ steel frame and interior, flexible system
arrangements, and automated order engineering to result
in fast delivery of quality custom switchgear.
UL Listing Available
ISO 9001 Certified
FEATURES
Standard Special
Electrically or manually operated circuit breakers MPSC-2000 circuit breaker trip units feature
Dense loading for flexible and compact programmable, full-function current protection
arrangements—up to four feeder circuit and metering.Voltage protection and metering is
breakers per frame in any combination of optional. All MPSC-2000 protection settings, trip
ratings through 2000 A data, and metering information are accessible
through a convenient LCD display and keypad
Closed-door racking for improved operator safety
or from a remote power control system. Other
Self-aligning, fully automatic primary and important features include:
secondary contacts
rms sensing
On-board auxiliary contacts rather than MOCs
Four (4) digit password protection
and related mechanical linkages
Metering accuracy: 1% current
Internal ventilation chimneys improve operator
and voltage; 2% power
safety by eliminating the need for door louvers.
Historical information access
Simplified, symmetric, solid copper main bus
from a remote location
with 100% plated surface
Individually addressable and
Primary bus system passes all dielectric ratings
communications-ready
without requiring bus insulation.
Integral
Riser bus-sized for full rating of breaker
self-monitoring
compartment
light for
One-piece cradles enable easy field upgrade trip system
Industrial Products
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
Interruption @ 60 Hz (Sym. Amps)
Frame
Breaker Rating Instantaneous Trip Short Time or Delayed Trip
(A)
600 V 480 V 240 V 600 V 480 V 240 V
KP-8 800 ANSI 22,000 30,000 42,000 22,000 22,000 22,000
See literature or contact your ABB Sales Representative for other ratings or information.
243
ABB
Metal-Enclosed
Low-Voltage Distribution Equipment and Control Systems
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
K-LINE Plus™
SPECIFICATIONS
Typical Arrangements
Indoor Front Elevations
INSTR. FUTURE
4000 A 4000 A
MAIN MAIN
FUTURE
GROUND BUS
126.75 (3219.45)
70 (1778)
17.63
(447.8)
Industrial Products
72 102.5
(1828.8) 112 98 (2603.5)
(2844.8) 92 (2489.2)
(2336.8)
AISLE DEPTH
33 (838.2)
30 24
(762) (609.6)
6 (152.4)
245
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Low-Voltage Switchgear Systems
SELECTION GUIDE
Product Features
ProtectIT MNS Motor Management INSUM—intelligent motor protection and control system
247
ABB
Low-Voltage Switchgear Systems
Low-Voltage Switchgear MNS
PowerIT
APPLICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Power plants
Main distribution up to 6300 A
Oil and gas
MCC up to 355 kW
Petrochemical
Reactive power compensation
Pharmaceutical
Pulp and paper
Mining
Water treatment
Waste management
Steel industry
Industrial Products
Food industry
Automotive industry
Public buildings
Public transport
Airports
Infrastructure projects
248
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Standards and Testing
IEC 439-1, EN 60 439-1, BS 5486, CEI 439-1,
Type-tested switchgear assemblies (TTA)*
UTE 63-412, DIN VDE 0660 Part 500
Electrical Data
Rated insulation voltage UI 1000 V3 ˜, 1500 V-**
Rated operating voltage Ue 690 V3˜, 750 V-**
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 8 kV**
Rated Voltages
Overvoltage category III
Degree of pollution 3
Rated frequency Up to 60 Hz
Main bus bars:
Rated current Ie Up to 6300 A
Rated peak withstand current Ipk Up to 250 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Up to 100 kA
Rated Currents
Distribution bars:
Rated current Ie Up to 2000 A
Rated peak withstand current Ipk Up to 165 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw Up to 86 kA
Mechanical Characteristics
Height 2200 mm
Width 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1400 mm
Dimensions
Depth 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200 mm
Basic grid size E = 25 mm acc. to DIN 43660
Frame Alu-zinc coating
Internal subdivision Alu-zinc coating
Surface Protection
Transverse section Galvanized
Enclosure Paint RAL 7035, light-gray
Degrees of Protection According to IEC 529 or DIN 40050 IP00 up to IP54
CFC-free, halogen-free, DIN VDE 0304 Part 3
Plastic Components
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing IEC 707
Cubicle — cubicle
Bus bar compartment — cable compartment
Internal Subdivision Bus bar compartment — equipment compartment
Equipment compartment — cable compartment
Compartment bottom plates
Extras
Paint Enclosure — special colors standard (RAL 7035)
*Definition of TTA: Switchgear assembly, corresponding to a large degree with the original type of switchgear assembly, type-tested in accordance with these standards.
**Depending on the electrical equipment selected
249
ABB
Low-Voltage Switchgear Systems
MNS Motor Management INSUM
ProtectIT
Food industry
250
FEATURES
INSUM—Operation and Uptime Remote configuration for quick exchange of
Who warns operations people about overload con- starters
ditions? Who tells electrical maintenance people Extensive diagnostics for reduction and analysis
when equipment has reached the service interval? of faults
ProtectIT—MNS Motor Management INSUM does! All status information of all devices is provided
In delivering up-to-date and accurate information centrally in the switch room and the electrical
from your production process, INSUM helps you plant engineer’s office.
optimize the maintenance schedules for your
field devices to get the most out of your process. INSUM—Easy Planning, Start-up,
With INSUM, you are free to choose a proactive
and Retrofit
plant operation strategy to avoid unwanted situa-
tions and increase the uptime of your process for The INSUM system design is geared towards
maximum asset utilization. ease of use in all phases of planning, start-up,
and continuous operation of your installation.
Easy Planning and Start-up
An intelligent switchgear engineering tool,
INSUM OS enables last minute starter modifica-
tions.
System design standards document application
knowledge and ensures fit-for-use solutions.
Communications configuration and analysis
The INSUM MMI—one local interface to the entire switchgear tools shorten testing time “Plug and Produce.”
Integration of protection and I/O into one field
Best Asset Utilization—A Selection of Benefits device reduces required hardware.
Overload detection and warnings for predictive Remote configuration with INSUM OS from
plant operation the engineering office or at the substation
Protection against dry run of pumps accelerates start-up.
Integration of motor starter and energy
distribution into one system for higher Switchboard/MCC overview—
quality information the electrical engineer’s view
Live MCC data available to the plant-wide of the equipment
process control system for perfect information
monitoring
Convenient Operation Withdrawable module with
Menu-driven INSUM OS engineering station for INSUM-Motor Control Unit. Standard
live supervision of the entire low-voltage system modules for interchangeability
251
ABB
Low-Voltage Switchgear Systems
MNS Motor Management INSUM
ProtectIT
FEATURES
INSUM—System Overview
The diagram shows a typical low-voltage energy distribution and
motor control center communicating upwards to PCS and sideways
to engineering and maintenance stations (INSUM OS).
Site-Wide Ethernet
LAN Dual Redundant
Communications
Philosophies
252
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
FEATURES
The Components The Components
Details 1 Details 2
Integrated Tier
Switch (ITS)
INSUM Operator Station
(INSUM OS)
253
ABB
Low-Voltage Switchgear Systems
Switchgear OEM Components
Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers
254
Medium-Voltage
Products
Drives
Distribution Reclosers
Distribution Cutouts
Distribution Switches
Services
ABB
Medium-Voltage Products
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear Distribution Reclosers
Metal-Clad ESVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Safegear and Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 VR-3S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
OVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Load Interrupter
Recloser Retrofit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
PK™ Primary Entrance Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
PKC™ Power Switching Center . . . . . . . . . 262 Special Feature
PCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Motor Control Center
® Loop Control Module (LCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Safegear and Advance™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Single-Phase Tripping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Gas-Insulated
ZX-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Distribution Cutouts
ZX-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Non-Loadbreak
ZX-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 NCX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Fault Current Limiter Loadbreak
Is-Limiter™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 LBU-II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Arc Guard® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Interchangeable
Switchgear Aftermarket ICX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Products and Services Special Feature
Replacement Circuit Breakers, Parts, Moisture-Proof Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Training, and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Distribution Switches
Switchgear OEM Components Single Insulator Disconnect
Circuit Breakers LSID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
AMVAC™, ADVAC™, R-ADVAC™, SID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
and Type VHK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Distribution Single-Phase Disconnect
Load Interrupter Switches DCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
VersaRupter™ Load Interrupter Switches . . 277 Inline Tension Disconnect
ITD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Drives
Medium-Voltage AC Drives Distribution Bypass Disconnect
RBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
ACS 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Products
Services
Systems
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
ABB also offers a full line of IEC distribution systems, including low-voltage switchgear
and motor control centers integrated into a single, easy-to-install assembly as well as
medium-voltage, air-insulated, and compact gas-insulated switchgear in ratings to 52 kV.
SELECTION GUIDE
Product Voltage (kV) Features
MV ANSI Metal-Clad Switchgear
Advance™ MCC UL listed and CSA approved conventional, non–arc-resistant motor control center
MV Gas-Insulated Switchgear
ZX-Family Up to 42 Compact, gas-insulated switchgear with vacuum circuit breakers
Fault Current Limiter
IS-Limiter™ Up to 36 High-speed, high-capacity fault current limiter
® N/A Internal arc detection system for switchgear and electrical enclosures
Arc Guard
For switchgear OEM components, see pages 254, 276, and 277; for aftermarket products and services, see page 275.
257
ABB
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Metal-Clad
FEATURES
Standard Up to four front-accessible, bushing-mounted
CTs per phase
Arc-resistant construction (SafeGear only—
designed to comply with the arc-resistance Front-accessible drawout voltage and control
testing requirements of EEMAC standard G14-1 power transformers (large CPTs are fixed-
[1987], IEEE standard C37.20.7 [2001], and AUSI mounted in rear compartments)
C37.20.7 Type 1 and 2 standards) with dedicated, Special
isolated, low-voltage compartments for relays and
control wiring ADVAC and AMVAC magnetically-actuated breakers
Window on primary compartment doors to view are standard in SafeGear and Advance. ADVAC
breaker position and status without opening door features a simple, front-accessible operating
mechanism designed specifically for use with
Closed-door racking and racking padlock
provision for improved operator safety vacuum interrupters.The AMVAC is truly the next
generation in medium-voltage vacuum technology.
Racking system integral to breaker so that
With the AMVAC, ABB is the first to combine
moving parts can be inspected and maintained
the unique requirements of vacuum interrupter
Medium-Voltage Products
SPECIFICATIONS
Low Freq. ADVAC Rated AMVAC Rated
Rated Max. Rated Nominal Impulse
Withstand Short Circuit Short Circuit
Voltage Continuous Voltage Level (BIL)
Voltage Current Current
kV rms Current (A) Class kV Crest
kV rms kA rms kA rms
25.0
1200 31.5
31.5
4.76 2000 4.16 19 60 40.0
40.0
3000 50.0
50.0
1200
8.25 2000 7.2 36 95 40.0 40.0
3000
20.0 20.0
1200 25.0 25.0
15.0 2000 13.8 36 95 31.5 31.5
3000 40.0 40.0
50.0 50.0
1200 16.0
27.0* 23.0 60 125 N/A
2000 25.0
*AMVAC only.
Rated voltage range factor K = 1.0
259
ABB
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Metal-Clad
SPECIFICATIONS
Standards
ANSI/IEEE NEMA
C37.04 Standard rating structure for AC HV circuit breakers CC1 Electric power connections
C37.06 Preferred ratings for AC HV circuit breakers SG-5 Power switchgear assemblies
C37.09 Standard test procedure for AC HV circuit breakers NEC
Standard for metal-clad and station-type National Electric Code
C37.20.2 NFPA 70
cubicle switchgear (Applicable Portions)
C37.20.7 Standard for SafeGear arc-resistant switchgear only (2001) EEMAC
C57.13 Requirements for instrument transformers Arc-resistant test procedure
G14-1
(SafeGear Only)
Module Dimensions
All SafeGear and Advance switchgear sections are is 85 inches (2159 mm) with an optional extended
36 inches (914.4 mm) wide. A one-inch (25.4 mm) depth enclosure of 92 inches (2336.8 mm) for
dress panel is added to each end of a lineup. unusual cable requirements.
Height is 95 inches (2413 mm). Standard depth
38
(965.2)
19
(482.6)
38
(965.2)
19
(482.6)
260
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
85 (2159)
Low
Voltage
95 Low
(2413)
typical Voltage
1200 A breaker 19" (482.6 mm) instrument PT compartment 38" (965.2 mm) instrument
compartment 1200 A breaker 1200, 2000, or 3000 A breaker
Low
Voltage
Low
Voltage
57" (1447.8 mm) instrument compartment CPT compartment 19" (482.6 mm) instrument
1200, 2000, or 3000 A breaker compartment 1200, 2000, or 3000 A breaker
261
ABB
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Load Interrupter
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
PK™ Primary Entrance Unit
PKC™ Power Switching Center
ABB load interrupter switchgear is available in 5 — 15 kV
ratings and configured as type PK primary entrance units
serving as power disconnects for primary and secondary
unit substations and service entrances. It can also be
configured as type PKC power switching centers for
economical power distribution and circuit protection.
Both configurations are available with fused or unfused
UL listed load interrupter switches and a full range of
metering, control, and communications options. Switches
are available in single or duplex arrangements and with
main switches, feeders, bus ties, transitions, and power
company metering sections. Both product lines feature
rugged, superior quality construction and can be
provided for indoor or outdoor installation.
UL Listing Available
ISO 9001 Certified
STANDARD FEATURES
Reliable quick-make, quick-break, load interrupter Reliable exterior operating handle and internal
switches with proven, dependable operating mechanism actuation system provide smooth,
mechanisms; copper current-carrying blades; consistent manual operation over a long life.
and high-pressure, jaw-type stationary contacts Main bus system is 100% copper and
With main blades open, interrupting blades does not require insulation to meet ANSI
are fully visible for inspection. dielectric ratings.
The front door of each compartment is Solid copper ground bus extends
mechanically interlocked, requiring the switch throughout assembly.
to be in the open position for access to the
switch or fuses and also requiring the door to
Medium-Voltage Products
262
Motor Control Center
STANDARD FEATURES
Reliable, proven vacuum contactors (fused-type) Load contacts automatically grounded by
are suitable for full voltage, reduced voltage, truck withdrawal
reversing and non-reversing, synchronous, and Truck can be padlocked in disconnect position,
other motor loads. Ratings are also available for even with door closed.
switching non-inductive loads.
Dedicated, isolated, low-voltage compartment
• Long-life vacuum interrupters with clean, for protection and control devices
quiet operation
Withdrawable contactor truck with two
• Advanced contact design for minimum distinct positions provides for properly
current chop sequenced contactor removal and visible
• Contactor operation powered by on-board disconnect of primary
2 kVA Control Power Transformer (CPT) circuit without
• Fuses and CPT mounted on contactor truck requiring a separate
for easy maintenance disconnect switch.
• Up to six (6) auxiliary contacts installed on • Connected (primary
contactor and secondary
contacts engaged)
Heavy duty construction using rigid, self-
supporting modules fabricated from pre-coated • Disconnected
Galvalume steel for superior corrosion resist- (automatic primary
ance in industrial installations shutters closed and
secondary contacts
Rugged, non-vented doors with
disengaged)
closed-door racking
263
ABB
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Motor Control Center
STANDARD FEATURES
(continued)
264
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings and Application Guide
SafeGear MCC and Advance MCC are available in voltage ratings from 2300 V
to 7200 V with main bus ratings of 1200, 2000, or 3000 A continuous cur-
rent. Main bus bracing is for 50,000 A symmetrical momentary current.
The following table provides typical application data and approximate
maximum horsepower at various common application voltages.
265
ABB
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Gas-Insulated
ZX-0
STANDARD FEATURES
SF6 gas-insulated
Metal-enclosed and gas-tight
Each compartment is a hermetically sealed pressure system.
630 and 1250 A for circuit breakers
630 A for switch disconnectors
Wall mounting installation
Single bus bar version
Laser-welded stainless steel enclosures
Modular design
Block design and individual panel partitioning
Units coupled by plug-in bus bar connectors
without SF6 gas work
Access to cables from front
Outer cone cable plug system
Vacuum circuit breakers with series three-position switch
Medium-Voltage Products
266
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
Maximum Rated Power Rated Lightning Rated Rated Rated Rated Short
Rated Rated
Operating Frequency Impulse Current for Current for Current for Circuit Breaking
Voltage Freq.
Voltage Withstand Withstand Bus Bars Tee-Off Tee-Off Current
(kV) (Hz)
(kV) Voltage (kV) Voltage (kV) (A) w/CB (A) w/SD (A) of CB (kA)
16 (400) and
83 (2100) 39 (1000)
24 (600)*
* For feeder currents >800 A and for individually partitioned panels
267
ABB
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Gas-Insulated
ZX-1
STANDARD FEATURES
SF6 gas-insulated
Metal-clad and gas-tight
Each compartment is a hermetically sealed pressure system.
Single bus bar version
Laser-welded stainless steel enclosures
Modular design
Panels coupled by plug-in bus bar connectors without
SF6 gas work
Pressure-relief selectable per panel or pressure-relief duct
High cable termination point of 49.21" (1250 mm)
Inner cone cable plug system with size 2 and 3
Test sockets size 2
Vacuum circuit breakers with series three-position switch
Bus duct connection solidly insulated
Delivery
Medium-Voltage Products
268
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
269
ABB
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Gas-Insulated
ZX-2
The ZX-2 is a metal-clad switchgear for all double bus bar and single
bus bar applications offering arc-proof cubicles with vacuum circuit
breakers in a compact housing, suitable for all requirements. The GIS
fully protects against environmental influences. Signal detection is
available by sensors or instrument transformers together with a
direct bus-to-station automation system or conventionally by wire
to the control center.
The ZX-2 contains all maintenance-free live components such as
switching devices in a gas-tight stainless steel enclosure—reliably
protected from aging.
STANDARD FEATURES
SF6 gas-insulated
Metal-clad and gas-tight
Each compartment is a hermetically sealed pressure system.
Single and double bus bar versions
Laser-welded stainless steel enclosures
Modular design
Panels coupled by plug-in bus bar connectors without
SF6 gas work
Pressure-relief via ducts
Inner cone cable plug system with size 2 and 3
Test sockets size 2
Vacuum circuit breakers with series three-position switch
Bus duct connection solidly insulated
Delivery
• Complete, factory tested panels
Medium-Voltage Products
270
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
24 (600) and
91 (2300) 69 (1760)
31 (800)*
* Rated feeder currents >1250 A or short circuit current >25 kA
271
ABB
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Fault Current Limiter
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
IS-Limiter™
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
IS-Limiter is capable of handling short circuit currents up to 230 kA
at the following continuous operating ratings.
Medium-Voltage Products
750 — 1250/2000/3000/4500
12,000 75 1250/2000/2500/3000/4500
17,500 95 1250/2000/2500/3000/4500
272
Fault Current Limiter
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
® Lake Mary, FL
Arc Guard
273
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Switchgear Aftermarket Products and Services
275
ABB
Switchgear OEM Components
Circuit Breakers
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled. For more information on Switchgear OEM components,
contact your ABB OEM Sales Representative or visit our website at www.abb.com.
4
276
Load Interrupter Switches
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled. For more information on Switchgear OEM components,
contact your ABB OEM Sales Representative or visit our website at www.abb.com.
277
ABB
Medium-Voltage AC Drives
Medium-Voltage AC Drives
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
ACS 1000
278
Vacuum Circuit Breakers
SELECTION GUIDE
Voltage Load Interrupting
BIL Insulation
Type Class Current Capacity Features
(kV) Medium
(kV) (A) (kA rms)
600 12 — 25
800 16 — 20
15 110 1200 16 — 25
Two sets of current transformers can
R 2000 20 — 25 Air be added internally for internal and
external control schemes.
3000 25
1200 12.5 — 20
27 125/150
2000 12.5 — 20
600
1200
15 110
2000
1200
38 125 — 200
2000
279
ABB
Vacuum Circuit Breakers
Type R
STANDARD FEATURES
Factory assembled, wired, and routine tested
per ANSI C37.09
Bushings: Six (6) ASA-70 gray porcelain bushings
Standard ASA-70 (Munsell #5 BG 7.0/0.4) gray
paint with average thickness of 2-2.5 mils
Certified test reports included in drawing
packet with each unit
One vacuum interrupter per phase
Stored energy type, spring-close/spring-open
operating mechanism
OPTIONS AND
One heater for the control cabinet and one
ACCESSORIES
for the mechanism compartment GFI convenience receptacle
Contact position status “Open-Closed” NEMA 4-hole pad or clamp-type
semaphore terminals for bushings
Spring status “Charged-Discharged” semaphore Ground clamp terminals
Mechanical push to close button Convenience light
Manual spring-charging ratchet and Test switches
removable handle Control switches
Latch-checking switch Indicating lights
Externally mounted “69” device to trip and
block closing
Medium-Voltage Products
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage Range Continuous Current Interrupt Capacity Impulse BIL
(kV) (A) (kA) (kV)
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
281
ABB
Vacuum Circuit Breakers
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
Type R-MAG
STANDARD FEATURES
Low maintenance
2,000 mechanical operations
(five times ANSI requirements)
2,000 operations between servicing
(four times ANSI requirements)
Simple magnetic actuator
Vacuum interruption
Capacitor switching
Environmentally friendly with no gas
or oil interrupting media
No derating of interrupting capability
regardless of reclosing cycle OPTIONS AND
Reactor switching ACCESSORIES
GFI convenience receptacle
NEMA 4-hole pad or clamp-type
terminals for bushings
Ground clamp terminals
Convenience light
Test switches
Control switches
Medium-Voltage Products
Indicating lights
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage Range Continuous Current Interrupt Capacity Impulse BIL
(kV) (A) (kA) (kV)
282
Type V
STANDARD FEATURES
Factory assembled, wired, and routine tested
per ANSI C37.09
Bushings: Six (6) ASA-70 gray porcelain bushings
Standard ASA-70 (Munsell #5 BG 7.0/0.4) gray
paint with average thickness of 2-2.5 mils
Certified test reports included in drawing
packet with each unit
Two vacuum interrupters per phase OPTIONS AND
Stored energy type, spring-close/spring-open ACCESSORIES
operating mechanism
GFI convenience receptacle
One heater for the control cabinet and one for
the mechanism compartment NEMA 4-hole pad or clamp-type
terminals for bushings
Contact position status “Open-Closed” semaphore
Ground clamp terminals
Spring status “Charged-Discharged” semaphore
Convenience light
Mechanical push to close button
Test switches
Manual spring-charging ratchet and
removable handle Control switches
Latch-checking switch Indicating lights
Externally mounted “69” device to trip and
block closing
Mechanical 5-digit nonresettable trip
operations counter
Gasketed, padlockable, hinged access door
Stainless steel main nameplate
Door window for viewing status indicators
and counter
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage Range Continuous Current Interrupt Capacity Impulse BIL
(kV) (A) (kA) (kV)
283
ABB
Vacuum Circuit Breakers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
This drawing
represents 38 kV,
1200 A, and
200 kV BIL.
For other rating
dimensions,
please contact
your nearest
ABB Sales
Representative.
Medium-Voltage Products
4
SELECTION GUIDE
560
1120
15 110
Solid Solid dielectric insulation for pole-
VR-3S 27 125 560 — 800 12 — 16
Dielectric mounted or substation applications
38 170
285
ABB
Distribution Reclosers
ESVA
STANDARD FEATURES
Factory assembled, wired, and routine-tested Spring status “Charged-Discharged” semaphore
per ANSI C37.60 Mechanical push to close button
Bushings: Six (6) ASA-70 gray porcelain bushings Manual spring-charging ratchet and
Standard ASA-70 (Munsell #5 BG 7.0/0.4) gray removable handle
paint with average thickness of 2—2.5 mils Latch-checking switch
Certified test reports included in drawing Externally mounted “69” device to trip
packet with each unit and block closing
One vacuum interrupter per phase Mechanical 5-digit nonresettable trip
Stored energy type, spring-close/spring-open operations counter
operating mechanism Gasketed, padlockable, and hinged access door
One heater for the control cabinet and one Stainless steel main nameplate
for the mechanism compartment
Door window for viewing status indicators
Contact position status “Open-Closed” semaphore and counter
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage Range Continuous Current Interrupt Capacity Impulse BIL
(kV) (A) (kA) (kV)
286
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
287
ABB
Distribution Reclosers
VR-3S
STANDARD FEATURES
Assembled galvanized steel substation 1—PCD (Power Control Device*)
mounting frame or polemounting frame Mechanical trip handle
Recloser control cable pre-wired for Pole assembly
voltage transformers
Embedded vacuum interrupters
Painted ANSI 70 gray control cabinet with a
Open/Close indicators
gasketed, padlockable, and hinged access door
with drawing holder and three-point latching. Magnetic actuators
The cabinet includes a removable access Integrated sensors
plate with provisions for the communications
antenna and equipment mounting panel.
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage Range Continuous Current Interrupt Capacity Impulse BIL
(kV) (A) (kA) (kV)
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
18 18 11.653 30
(457) (457) (296) (762)
20.320
(516)
71.891
(1826)
19.125
(485.78) 29.875
(758.82)
289
ABB
Distribution Reclosers
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
OVR
The OVR is a three-phase, vacuum circuit recloser with
a solid dielectric insulator designed for polemounted
or substation applications. The OVR insulating material
is Hydrophobic Cycloaliphatic Epoxy (HCEP). HCEP is
the next generation of Cycloaliphatic Epoxy (CEP).
Advances in simulation software allow for the virtual
design and testing of poles and actuators prior to any
actual manufacturing and testing. This gives ABB the
ability to use 3D electrostatic modeling on the poles
to design improvements, minimize partial discharge,
and construct dielectrically robust poles. This design
process minimizes the risk of field failures over the life
of the product.This unit is compact and lightweight
and is rated 15, 27, and 38 kV maximum voltage. The
PCD control is standard on the OVR. The PCD has a
power supply capable of 48-hour carryover. The OVR
recloser is very economical considering the ease of
installation, and the great reduction of maintenance.
OPTIONS AND
FEATURES
ACCESSORIES
Compact, lightweight design for
Substation mounting frame to match
easy installation
other manufacturer’s footprints
Superior life—rated for 10,000 operations
Animal guards for recloser
Environmentally friendly—no oil or gas
Clamp terminals (#6 — 350 MCM,
HCEP encapsulating material reduces 1/0 — 500 MCM) or NEMA spades
weathering erosion and outdoor aging, (2- or 4-hole)
improving life expectancy
Manual trip lever lockout feature
Vacuum interruption for maximum reliability
Provisions for second set of arresters
and minimum maintenance
Potential transformers (PTs)
Magnetic actuation with fewer moving parts
Medium-Voltage Products
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage Range Continuous Current Interrupt Capacity Impulse BIL
(kV) (A) (kA) (kV)
15, 27, and 38 560 — 800 12.5 — 16 110, 125, and 170
4
STANDARD FEATURES
Enhanced protection capability
Extensive curve selection included
(more than 50 curves)
Advanced communication capability
DNP 3.0 protocol standard
Accommodates a wide variety of
communication methods
Free firmware upgrades
24/7 technical support
Simple menu-driven programming from the
front panel or via included windows-based
software
Large cabinet easily capable of mounting a
radio or other accessories
Three-year warranty
24 V 12 A hour battery system for
backup power
ABB control can be used with either high-
or low-voltage closing coils
Loop control capability
291
ABB
Distribution Reclosers
Special Feature
PCD
FEATURES
Standard
Protection Separate open and close push buttons
Reclosing Front panel push buttons
Metering Indicator lights
Programmable control Fault Location (3-phase only)
Communications DNP 3.0 and MODBUS or ASCII MODBUS RTM
Power quality protocol communication capabilities
Three-phase operation Recloser failure detection and alarm
Single-phase operation Easy access front RS-232 port
Local and remote fault status indication Digital Metering: voltage, current, kWh,
kVarh, power factor, demand watts,
Protection settings stored in non-volatile RAM
VARs, and frequency
Records and reports operation and fault data
Oscillography
Hardware expansion slots
Two user-programmable buttons on
Integral temperature compensated front panel
battery charger
Over 50 protection curves and three user-
Medium-Voltage Products
293
ABB
Distribution Reclosers
Special Feature Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
PCD
SPECIFICATIONS
PCD Ratings and Tolerances
Parameter Value
Current Input Circuits Current Rating based on the CT connection
Input Rating 5 A (16 A continuous, and 450 A for 1 s)
1 A (3 A continuous, and 100 A for 1 s)
Input Burden Less than 0.1 VA @ 5 A
Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
Voltage Input Circuit Voltage Rating based on the VT connection setting
Burden 0.04 VA for VPH-N at 120 Vac
69/120 V Wye 160 V continuous and 480 V for 10 s
120/208 V Delta 260 V continuous and 480 V for 10 s
Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
Control Power Burden 120 Vac at 0.17 A, Range = 102 to 132 Vac
24 Vdc at 0.70 A, Range = 19 to 28 Vdc
48 Vdc at 0.07 A, Range = 38 to 56 Vdc
125 Vdc at 0.70 A, Range = 70 to 150 Vdc
250 Vdc at 0.70 A, Range = 200 to 280 Vdc
Binary (Contact) Input Circuits Burden 0.075 VA at 24 Vdc
0.140 VA at 48 Vdc
0.360 VA at 125 Vdc
0.730 VA at 250 Vdc
Binary Contacts Output Rating 120 Vac 125 Vdc 250 Vdc
Each Contact at Tripping 30 A 30 A 30 A
Continuous Break (Inductive) 5A 5A 5A
2A 0.3 A 0.1 A
Operating Temperature Range -40°C to + 70°C
(operating temperatures below -20°C may reduce LCD display visibility)
Transient Immunity Surge withstand capability
SWC and fast transient tests per ANSI C37.90.1 and IEC80255-22-1
Class III for all connections except communication or AUX ports
Isolated communication ports and AUX ports per ANSI C37.90
using Oscillary SWC
Test wave only and per IEC80255-22-1 Class III and 80255-22-4 Class III
Impulse voltage withstand test per IEC80255-5
EMI test per trial use standard ANSI C37.90.2
Medium-Voltage Products
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
Loop Control Module (LCM)
APPLICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Loop control schemes extend the reliability and
Loop Control Module increases implementation of distribution automation to establish
restoration on distribution a more effective operating power system in expecta-
power systems tion of a competitive environment. Automating any
distribution system outside an electric utility substation
environment could be realized through the use of
recloser loop control schemes, using the ABB VR-3S
reclosers and PCD controllers equipped with the
Loop Control Module.
A recloser loop control scheme typically utilizes a
predetermined number of PCD and LCM controlled
VR-3S reclosers installed in series between two substa-
tion feeder circuits. The LCM feature provides isolation
of any faulted section within a given distribution cir-
cuit, while simultaneously reestablishing service to all
customers unaffected by the faulted section within a
relatively short period of time. Loop control schemes
are typically located at or near key customers at
various locations throughout the distribution system.
Ideally, loop control schemes are implemented to
reduce the number of outages and to maintain reliable
electrical power to a utility’s customer base.
295
ABB
Distribution Reclosers
Special Feature
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
Single-Phase Tripping
ABB’s single-phase tripping feature implemented in the PCD
and VR-3S recloser is the first of its kind in the electric power
industry. It provides better system reliability, continuity of service,
and minimizes lost revenue billings. The single-phase tripping
option is designed to be extremely flexible in order to meet the
most demanding customer requirements. Single-phase tripping in
the PCD is a firmware upgrade that allows single-phase monitoring
and tripping. This is done through the standard protection elements
on a per-phase basis. Fault current is independently monitored
on each phase to initiate the respective pole’s tripping action.
There are two modes of operation for single-phase tripping:
OPUP (Only Picked-Up Phases) and OOAP (One Or All Phases).
If three-phase tripping is required, then the PCD can be
configured to return to a three-phase tripping mode allowing
the PCD to operate in its normal configuration with single-phase
tripping disabled.
Medium-Voltage Products
296
Distribution Cutouts
297
ABB
Distribution Cutouts
SELECTION GUIDE
Voltage Load Interrupting
BIL
Type Class Current Capacity Features
(kV)
(kV) (A) (kA rms)
STANDARD FEATURES
Silver-to-silver contacts (top and bottom) ICX fusetubes are interchangeable with other
—all contacts are silver-plated manufacturers. The ABB ICX fusetube design is
Solid porcelain insulators with cemented mechanically and electrically interchangeable
(potted) steel rods on top, bottom, and back with the S&C Type XS cutout, along with
the Chance Type C cutout (within the same
Five sizes are offered:
voltage class).
BIL Creepage Distance
Choice of terminal connectors—tin-plated
110 9.1 inches (231 mm) for use with aluminum or copper cable
125 12.8 inches (323 mm) • Parallel groove—cable size from
150 18.0 inches (457 mm) No. 8 to 4/0 ACSR or 250 MCM
170/200* 26.2 inches (666 mm) • Large eyebolt—cable size from
170/200* 30.0 inches (762 mm) No. 6 to 4/0 ACSR or 250 MCM
Two different types of fusetubes are available: • Small eyebolt—cable size from
a high-strength glass fusetube or a moisture- No. 8 to 2/0 Stranded
proof fusetube. Common fuse support used at each voltage
Medium-Voltage Products
Copper alloy castings are used on fusetubes rating allows complete interchangeability
and bottom supports. of 100 A and 200 A fuseholders and 300 A
disconnect blades.
298
Non-Loadbreak
NCX
ABB’s NCX cutout has a long history of providing safe, reliable
overcurrent protection. The NCX design provides overcurrent
protection for equipment that may be damaged by a system overload
or fault conditions. The NCX is a non-loadbreak, non-interchangeable
cutout that offers extended interrupting ratings up to 20 kA.
In addition, the NCX offers the user a long list of features, resulting in
application flexibility, outstanding performance, easy installation, trouble-free
operation, and long life.
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
Ratings Style Numbers
Replacement
Type Cap
Voltage Current Parallel Groove Terminal Fuseholder
On Fuse- Eyebolt
Style
Nominal BIL Cont. Interrupting Holder With NEMA Without NEMA Terminal With Number
(kV) (kV) (A) (rms Asym.) Bracket Bracket NEMA Bracket
7.8/15 110 100 12,000 Solid 279C601A03MP 279C601A28 279C602A03 279C606A03
7.8/15 110 100 20,000 Exp 279C601A04 279C601A29 279C602A04 279C606A04
7.8/15 110 200 12,000 Solid 279C601A05 279C601A30 279C602A05 279C606A05
7.8/15 110 200 20,000 Barrel Exp 279C601A06 279C601A31 279C602A06 279C606A06
15 110 100 10,000 Solid 279C601A10MP 279C601A35 279C602A10 279C606A10
15 110 100 16,000 Exp 279C601A11 279C601A36 279C602A11 279C606A11
15 110 200 8000 Solid 279C601A12 279C601A37 279C602A12 279C606A12
15 110 200 10,000 1 4991C51A23 4991C51A24 4991C51A30 279C606A30
Link Ext
15 110 200 12,000 Barrel Exp 279C601A13 279C601A38 279C602A13 279C606A13
15 110 300 Disconnect — 279C601A14 279C601A39 279C602A14 279C606A14
15/27 125 100 10,000 Solid 279C601A17MP 279C601A42 279C602A17 279C606A17
15/27 125 100 16,000 Exp 279C601A18 279C601A43 279C602A18 279C606A18
15/27 125 200 10,000 Solid 279C601A19 279C601A44 279C602A19 279C606A19
15/27 125 200 16,000 1 1C08026A01 1C08026A02 1C08026A03 279C606A48
Link Ext
15/27 2003 100 10,000 Link Ext1 1C08026A05MP 1C08026A06 1C08026A07 279C606A49
15/27 3 100 10,000 Exp 1C08026A09 1C08026A10 1C08026A11 279C606A50
200
20/34.5 150 100 6000 Solid 279C601A22MP 4986C51A35 4986C51A37 279C606A22
20/34.5 150 100 12,000 Exp 279C601A23 279C601A48 279C602A23 279C606A23
20/34.5 150 100 12,000 Link Ext1 4991C51A25MP 4991C51A32 4991C51A34 279C606A31
20/34.5 3 100 12,000 1 4991C51A26MP 4991C51A33 4991C51A35 279C606A32
200 Link Ext
27 125 100 12,000 Exp 5482C66A20 5482C66A21 5482C66A22 279C606A53
27 125 100 12,000 1 4991C51A02MP 4991C51A04 4991C51A05 279C606A25
Link Ext
27 2003 100 12,000 Link Ext1 4991C51A20MP 4991C51A37 4991C51A38 279C606A35
27 125 300 Disconnect — 279C601A58 4986C51A58 4986C51A34 279C606A21
38 150 100 2000 Solid 279C601A56 4986C51A33 4986C51A31 279C606A40
38 150 100 2 1 7191C90A55 7191C90A56 7191C90A51 279C606A54
10,000 Link Ext
38 2003 100 10,000 Link Ext1 1C08026A14 1C08026A15 1C08026A16 279C606A56
38 150 300 Disconnect — 279C601A59 4986C51A59 4986C51A32 279C606A21
1 2 3
Requires removable button-head type fuse links 12 kA Single Shot Extra creep design also available
ABB
IT
All ABB products are Industrial enabled.
Contact your ABB Sales Representative or visit our website at www.abb.com/mediumvoltage.
299
Distribution Cutouts
Non-Loadbreak Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
NCX
SELECTOR GUIDE
Cutout/Arrester Combinations
300
Loadbreak
LBU-II
The ABB LBU-II performs as an outdoor loadbreak switch, as well as a fused
cutout for distribution systems. Loadbreak interruption is accomplished
by means of a self-contained loadbreak arc chute, which confines
the arc and provides a de-ionizing action. The LBU-II offers
extended interrupting ratings up to 20 kA.
Conventional operation loadbreak is accomplished by normal
opening of the cutout by hookstick. There are no parts to replace.
The loadbreak feature lasts the life of the cutout. The self-contained
loadbreak concept enables the linemen to interrupt load current with
a simple hook-stick operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
Ratings Style Numbers
Replacement
Voltage Current Type Cap Parallel Groove Terminal Eyebolt Fuseholder
On Fuse-
Nom BIL Cont. Ldbrk Interrupting With NEMA Without NEMA Terminal With Style
Holder
(kV) (kV) (A) (A) (rms Asym.) Bracket Bracket NEMA Bracket Number
7.8/15 110 100 100 12,000 Solid 279C790A03MP 279C790A38 279C789A03 278C310A03
7.8/15 110 100 100 20,000 Barrel Exp 279C790A04 279C790A32 279C789A04 278C310A04
7.8/15 110 200 200 12,000 Solid 279C790A05 279C790A07 279C789A05 278C310A05
7.8/15 110 200 200 20,000 Barrel Exp 279C790A06 279C790A39 279C789A06 278C310A06
15 110 100 100 10,000 Solid 279C790A10MP 279C789A48 279C789A10 278C310A10
15 110 100 100 16,000 Barrel Exp 279C790A11 279C790A34 279C789A11 278C310A11
15 110 200 200 8000 Solid 279C790A12 279C789A49 279C789A12 278C310A12
15 110 200 200 10,000 1 4992C85A23 4992C85A24 4992C85A25 278C310A30
Link Ext
15 110 200 200 12,000 Barrel Exp 279C790A13 279C790A43 279C789A13 278C310A13
15 110 300 300 Disconnect — 279C790A14 279C790A53 279C789A14 278C310A14
15/27 125 100 100 10,000 Solid 279C790A17MP 279C790A35 279C789A17 278C310A17
15/27 125 100 100 16,000 Barrel Exp 279C790A18 279C790A36 279C789A18 278C310A18
15/27 125 200 200 10,000 Solid 279C790A19 279C789A46 279C789A19 278C310A19
15/27 125 200 200 16,000 1 4992C85A36 4992C85A37 4992C85A43 278C310A48
Link Ext
15/27 125 300 300 Disconnect — 279C790A21 279C789A47 279C789A21 278C310A21
15/27 2 100 100 10,000 1 1C08030A01MP 1C08030A02 1C08030A03 278C310A49
200 Link Exp
15/27 2002 100 100 10,000 Barrel Exp 1C08030A05 1C08030A06 1C08030A07 278C310A50
20/34.5 150 100 100 6000 Solid 279C790A21MP 279C789A44 279C789A22 278C310A22
20/34.5 150 100 100 12,000 Barrel Exp 279C790A23 279C790A49 279C789A23 278C310A23
20/34.5 150 100 100 12,000 1 4992C85A27MP 4992C85A29 4992C85A31 278C310A31
Link Ext
20/34.5 2002 100 100 12,000 Link Ext1 4992C85A28MP 4992C85A30 4992C85A32 278C310A32
20/34.5 150 300 100 Disconnect — 279C790A27 279C789A45 279C789A27 278C310A33
27 125 100 50 6000 Solid 279C790A24MP 279C790A63 279C789A24 278C310A24
27 125 100 50 12,000 Barrel Exp 4986C49A07 4986C49A08 4986C49A09 278C310A53
27 125 100 50 12,000 Link Ext1 4992C85A02MP 4992C85A04 4992C85A05 278C310A26
27 2 100 50 12,000 1 4992C85A33MP 4992C85A34 4992C85A35 278C310A27
200 Link Ext
27 125 300 50 Disconnect — 279C790A26 279C790A64 279C789A26 278C310A34
1 2
Requires removable button-head type fuse links Extra creep design also available
301
ABB
Distribution Cutouts
Loadbreak Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
LBU-II
SELECTOR GUIDE
Cutout/Arrester Combinations
302
Interchangeable
ICX
The ABB ICX interchangeable cutout is designed for use on the
overhead distribution system. It may be used to provide overcur-
rent protection and to provide visible indication of fuse operation.
The ICX can also provide a visible break sectionalizing point for
maintenance personnel and can function as a loadbreak switch
when used in conjunction with a portable loadbreak tool. In
addition, the ICX cutout incorporates the quality approach to
design prevalent in the ABB line of cutouts.
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
Ratings Style Numbers
Voltage Current Type Cap Cap or Link
On Fuse- Replacement
With NEMA Extender
Nominal BIL Cont. Interrupting Holder Fuseholder
Bracket Sold
(kV) (kV) (A) (rms Asym.) w/Cap
Separately
303
ABB
Distribution Cutouts
Interchangeable Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
ICX
SELECTOR GUIDE
Cutout/Arrester Combinations
Cont. Int. Type Arrester
Style Number kV BIL
Curr. Cap (kA) Cap Rating
C11SU*1011 15 110 100 10 Solid 10
C11LU*1011 15 110 100 16 LE 10
304
Special Feature Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
Moisture-Proof Tube
ABB has formulated and patented a state-of-the-art fuseholder made of synthetic fibers
to alleviate moisture absorption problems and extend the life of the fuseholder.
The moisture-proof (MP) tube prevents swelling, reducing problems with interruption.
The submersion test produced no swelling in the inner diameter, allowing the cutout to
fully expel the link and clear the fault.
ABB’s consistent manufacturing process minimizes variability and imperfections, signifi-
cantly extending the life of the tube. They are interchangeable with horn fiber designs.
FEATURES
Advantages
Moisture absorption Source of supply
Horn fiber has a tendency to absorb moisture Currently, only one manufacturer of horn
and swell. When this swelling occurs, it can fiber exists in the United States, thus all
create problems with interruption. Reduced cutout manufacturers are dependent on this
clearance on the inner diameter of the tube may manufacturer. The ABB MP Tube is completely
prevent the cutout from fully expelling the link vertically integrated and does not require any
and subsequently not clearing the fault. material from this source.
The ABB MP fuseholder is not affected by Interchangeability
moisture. In a 24-hour submersion test, per Our state-of-the-art fuse tube is interchangeable
ASTMD570-81, the MP tube had 98% less with our old designs such as the loadbreak
moisture absorption than the horn fiber tube. LBU-II and the non-loadbreak ICX and NCX
Laboratory tests have shown after a 13-day designs. In addition, the ICX design is inter-
submersion test, the inner diameter of the horn changeable with the Chance Type C and the
fiber liner contracted 15.9%. This submersion S&C Type XS designs.
test produced no swelling in the inner diameter Quality and commitment
of the MP tube. ABB manufactures the moisture-proof
Life of the tube fuseholder in their Greensboro, North Carolina
All interruption tests have been successfully facility, the only plant in the world completely
completed on the ICX 100 A tubes and on all dedicated to the manufacture of cutouts.
100 A NCX and LBU-II tubes with solid or link To order, specify as follows
extender caps. In addition, the process involved Moisture absorption in the fuse tube liner shall
in manufacturing the MP tube minimizes be less than 1% per ASTMD619. Test data must
variability and imperfections that can occur in be submitted with quotation.
the manufacture of horn fiber. This consistent
manufacturing process and the materials used
significantly extend the life of the tube.
SPECIFICATIONS
Testing
Samples were subject to:
Interruption testing was conducted at Powertech
Labs per ANSI C37.42. Thermal cycling from -40°C to +80°C at 5 cycles per
test based on ANSI C 37.41 section 13.2.
ABB Electric systems Technology Institute (ETI)
performed thermal cycle and dust/fog tests on the Electrical thermal cycling from 20°C at 60% RH to
MP Tube assembly. The MP tube successfully passed 45°C at 90% RH based on ANSI C 37.41 section 11.2.
all tests. Dust/fog test based on ASTMD2132-89.
305
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Distribution Switches
SELECTION GUIDE
307
ABB
Single Insulator Disconnect
Distribution Switches
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
LSID
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings BIL Continuous Loadbreak Style # with
(kV) (kV) Current Amperes Standard Bracket
308
Single Insulator Disconnect
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
SID
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings BIL Continuous Style # with
(kV) (kV) Current Standard Bracket
309
ABB
Distribution Single-Phase Disconnect
Distribution Switches
DCD
DESIGN FEATURES
Base—Strengthened channel of galvanized steel for
corrosion protection and solid operation. Base has
holes in each end for dead-ending.
Back Strap—Galvanized steel for corrosion
protection. Hardware includes two 8" or 10" — 3/8"
OPERATION
carriage bolts. ABB’s disconnect switches include
loadbreak hooks for use with a portable
Insulators—Available in 2.25" bolt circle porcelain
loadbreak tool (not shown here). Positive
or epoxy designs.
latching is provided. Silver plated contacts
Contacts—Silver to silver contacts to assure long life. enhance efficient current transfers.The
Blade Design—Plated copper blades pull ring activates the latch as a pry-out
Loadbreak Hooks—Galvanized steel for corrosion lever for easy opening and ice breaking.
protection, to be used with loadbreak tool.
Bypass Stud—Copper bypass studs can be used for
bypassing connected circuits.
Blade Stop—Latch used to hold bypass blade in
90 or 160 degree position. Blade stop prevents switch
from closing under high momentary current.
Terminal Options
1. Standard two-hole NEMA tin-plated pad
Medium-Voltage Products
310
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SELECTOR GUIDE
Choose one character from each description.There should be a total of 10 characters.
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
Description Maximum Continuous Peak Withstand
kV BIL
Voltage (kV) Current (A) Current (kA)
Epoxy/Porcelain 15 110 600/900 65
311
ABB
Inline Tension Disconnect
Distribution Switches
ITD
DESIGN FEATURES
Insulators—Silicon insulator provides extra leakage
distance and BIL ratings to ensure inline switches are
not the flashover point.
Blade Design—Copper blades with stainless steel
shoulder pins. Standard blade opening is 90 or 160
OPERATION
degrees with stop pin removed. All ABB ITD disconnect switches include
loadbreak hooks. To open the switch under
Loadbreak Hooks—Galvanized steel for corrosion
load, use a loadbreak device designated for
protection, to be used with loadbreak tool.
use with this type of switch.The pull ring can
Terminal Options be utilized for easy opening and ice breaking.
1. Standard two-hole NEMA tin-plated pad The hook portion of the contact-casting
2. Optional two-piece parallel groove terminal matches the blade latch for positive closure.
3. Optional captive hardware
Mounting—Inline
Medium-Voltage Products
312
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SELECTOR GUIDE
Choose one character from each description.There should be a total of 10 characters.
Unused N Nothing
Unused N Nothing
6 600 A
Continuous Current
9 900 A
Example: To purchase a standard ABB non-loadbreak ITD Distribution Class Inline Tension Disconnect
Switch, the catalog code would be: T1NNNN6000
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
Description Maximum Continuous Peak Withstand
kV BIL
Voltage (kV) Current (A) Current (kA)
313
ABB
Distribution Bypass Disconnect
Distribution Switches
RBD
DESIGN FEATURES
Base—Strengthened channel of galvanized steel for
corrosion protection and solid operation.
Back Strap—Galvanized steel for corrosion OPERATION
protection. Hardware included two 8" or 10" — 1/2"
carriage bolts. In normal operation, the bypass blade is
open and the two disconnect blades are
Insulators—Available in 2.25" bolt circle porcelain or closed, allowing the unit to be energized.
non-porcelain epoxy designs. When maintenance, testing, repair, or
Contacts—Silver to silver contacts to assure long life. removal is required, first close the bypass
Blade Design—Plated copper blades blade to provide a parallel current path.
Loadbreak Hooks—Galvanized steel for corrosion Then, open the unit. Last, open both
protection, to be used with loadbreak tool. disconnect blades of the bypass switch.
In this way, service continuity is main-
Bypass Blade—Copper blade, left- or right-hand tained and the unit is isolated from the
operation. line.To put the unit back in service,
Blade Stop—Latch used to hold by-pass blade in reverse the process.
90 or 160 degree position. Prevents switch from
closing under high momentary currents and offers
varied mounting configurations.
Medium-Voltage Products
Terminal Options
1. Standard two-hole NEMA tin-plated pad
2. Optional two-piece parallel groove
(#2 — 500 MCM)
3. Optional captive stainless steel bolts: 0.5 — 13"
with lock washer, flat washer, and bronze or
stainless steel nut (1.75" long minimum)
Mounting—Vertical or under hung; polemount,
single or double crossarm
314
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
SELECTOR GUIDE
Choose one character from each description.There should be a total of 10 characters.
Example: To purchase a standard ABB Type RBD Distribution Bypass Switch, the catalog code
would be: R1NPNSNR60
SPECIFICATIONS
Ratings
Description Maximum Continuous Peak Withstand
kV BIL
Voltage (kV) Current (A) Current (kA)
Porcelain/Epoxy 15 110 600/900 65
315
ABB
Services
Switchgear Field Services
316
ABB Inc.
Florence, SC
FEATURES
ABB CBTS provides a full complement of New product orientation and maintenance
field services: training to get the best support from customer
maintenance staff
Commissioning and startup service
• Convenient field-based training for operation,
• Expert onsite support assures systems
inspection, and basic maintenance
available for operation ontime
Extended warranties provide long-term
Routine switchgear inspection, maintenance,
assurance and minimize risk
and repairs
• Field inspection, evaluation, repairs
• Timely, professional support from factory
(if applicable), and warranty extension
trained and certified technicians
Switchgear and circuit breaker life extension
Emergency response to switchgear and
• Cleaning and refurbishment of switchgear,
breaker problems
bus, controls, relays, and circuit breakers
• Fast response from a national network
• Restoration of breakers with testing and full
of service centers
factory warranty, as well as upgrade to the
• Supported by an extensive warehouse
most advanced technologies for circuit
of spare parts
breakers and trip units
• Backed by a responsive factory capable
• Support for switchgear and circuit breakers
of meeting urgent and demanding needs
from virtually any supplier
Lineup extension and performance upgrades
Circuit breaker management programs
to avoid costly switchgear replacement
• Complete management of installed breaker
• Extend lineups to add new incoming or
inventory, spares, and replacement parts
feeder sections
• Inspection, monitoring, maintenance, repairs
• Rating upgrades by installing modern circuit
• Recommendations on timing and advantages
breakers and new primary bus
of equipment upgrades
• Relay panel upgrades and SCADA additions
• For a single site or an entire regional or
national network of installations
ISO Certifications
• ISO 9001:2000 and ISO 14001:1996
317
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
High-Voltage
Products
Surge Arresters
Services
ABB
High-Voltage Products
Power Circuit Breakers
Dead-Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Type PM/PMI 38 kV — 72 kV . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Type PM/PMI 123 kV — 170 kV . . . . . . . . . 326
Type PMR/PMRI 245 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Type PMG 245 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Type PMI 362 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Type PM 550 kV — 800 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Special Feature
Synchronous Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Live-Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
LTB D1/B SF6 (72.5 kV — 170 kV) . . . . . . . 341
LTB E SF6 (245 kV — 420 kV). . . . . . . . . . . 342
HPL SF6 (72.5 kV — 800 kV) . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Surge Arresters
Distribution Class
POLIM-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Intermediate Class
PEXLIM-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Station Class
EXLIM-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
XPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
EXLIM-Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
EXLIM-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
EXLIM-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Transmission Line
PEXLINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Services
High-Voltage Product
Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Products
Services
Systems
Dead-Tank Power Circuit Breakers
321
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
SELECTION GUIDE
Inter- Chopped
Maxi- Contin- BIL Features
rupting 60 Hz Wave
Product mum uous kV, (breaker ratings available for
kA, kV, rms kV, Crest
kV, rms A, rms Crest -55°C to +50°C ambient)
rms 2µ
1200
31.5 Uses FSA-2 spring-drive operating mechanism.
38PM31/40 1600
38 40 80 200 258 Ships fully assembled. HMB and spring drive
38PMI31/40 2000
63 are available.*
3000
1200
31.5
48PM31/40 1600 Uses FSA spring-drive operating mechanism.
48.3 40 105 250 322
48PMI31/40 2000 Ships fully assembled.*
63
3000
1200
31.5
72PM31/40 1600 Uses FSA spring-drive operating mechanism.
72.5 40 160 350 452
72PMI31/40 2000 Ships fully assembled.*
63
3000
1200 20 FSA spring-drive mechanism used at 40 kA;
2000 40 HMB hydraulic spring mechanism used at
121PM20/40/50/63
123 3000 50 260 550 710 50/63 kA. 40 kA interrupting capacity and
121PMI
4000 63 40 kA short-line fault switching without
5000 80 capacitors. Ships fully assembled.*
1200 20 FSA spring-drive mechanism used at 40 kA;
2000 40 HMB hydraulic spring mechanism used at
145PM20/40/50/63
145 3000 50 310 650 838 50/63 kA. 40 kA interrupting capacity and
145PMI
4000 63 40 kA short-line fault switching without
5000 80 capacitors. Ships fully assembled.*
FSA spring-drive mechanism used at 40 kA;
2000 40
HMB hydraulic spring mechanism used at
169PM40/50 3000 50
170 365 750 968 50 kA. 40 kA interrupting capacity and
169PMI 4000 63
40 kA short-line fault switching without
5000 80
capacitors. Ships fully assembled.*
1200 242PMR, HMB-1.8 hydraulic spring-operating
242PMR 2000 20 900 mechanism used. 242PMRI, HMB-2S hydraulic
245 425 1160
242PMRI 3000 40 1050 spring-operating mechanism used.
4000 Both ship fully assembled.
1200
40 HMB-11 hydraulic spring mechanism used.
2000
50 900 AHMA-11 is used for 80 kA. Ships fully
242PMG/PMI 245 3000 425 1160
63 1050 assembled, except the operating mechanism
High-Voltage Products
4000
80 is detached.
5000
40 HMB-8 hydraulic spring mechanisms used.
2000
50 Single-frame design construction with all electrical
362PMI 362 3000 555 1300 1680
63 and mechanical connections made at the factory.
4000
80 Breaker shipped with bushings installed.
40
2000 HMB hydraulic spring mechanisms used.
50
550PM 550 3000 860 1800 2320 Closing resistors optional. Ships fully assembled,
63
4000 except for bushings.
80
322
FEATURES
Operating Mechanisms • Hydraulic fluid as an energy carrier
• Very long-life cylinder piston unit for
ABB circuit breakers are equipped with one of two
energy transition
mechanism types that perform the opening and closing
operation. The type of mechanism used depends on • Integral hydraulic damping
the model and rating of the circuit breaker. • No external pipe connections in the hydraulic
systems, reducing potential oil leakage
FSA-2 Spring-Drive Operating Mechanism • Hermetically sealed system, minimizing the
This mechanism uses two pairs of springs for possibility of corrosion
both opening and closing. An internal hydraulic HMB-1 Series
shock absorber dampens the closing and opening In this mechanism series, a stack of disk springs
operations, protecting the mechanism and breaker serves as an energy storage system and affords
from undue mechanical stress. Operations as fast O-CO-CO energy storage capability and three-cycle
as three cycles are performed by this mechanism. operation. During both the opening and closing
The principle behind the operation is as follows: operations, hydraulic oil drives the piston/pullrod
Initial Charging (actuator) of the mechanism, consuming energy
A universal charging motor “charges” a pair of from the storage springs, which are charged using
closing springs via a reduction and worm gear. a hydraulic pump. This stored energy provides
These closing springs are connected to a switch the driving force for hydraulic oil as the breaker
that disconnects power to the charging motor is opened and closed. After complete depletion
after the springs are charged. of the energy in the springs, total recharge time
is about 45 seconds.
Closing Operation
When the closing coil is energized, the closing HMB-1S
solenoid releases the closing springs, which rotate These mechanisms are used for independent pole
the main shaft. The main shaft, in turn, moves the operation and for synchronous switching. In this
drive shaft through a cam. The drive shaft, which design, three independent hydraulic actuators are
is connected to the moving contacts of the breaker, driven by a single-disk spring assembly. The storage
turns and closes the breaker. The opening springs springs, pump, and oil reservoir are shared, result-
are charged during this closing operation. The motor ing in a unit that is much smaller and more cost-
re-charges the closing springs within 10 seconds of effective than three separate mechanisms. This unit
the closing operation. provides three-cycle operation with an O-CO-CO
stored energy capability.
Opening Operation
When the trip coil is energized, the trip solenoid HMB-4, -8, -11 Series
releases the drive shaft and latch. This allows the This mechanism series offers higher energy and
opening spring to rotate the drive shaft and open higher speeds than the smaller versions of HMB
the breaker. mechanisms. Interruption times as fast as two
In the event of a power loss, a breaker in the normal cycles can be attained through a pilot valve that
closed position can complete an open-close-open moves the changeover valve via hydraulic pressure.
cycle with the energy stored in the mechanism. Energy storage is accomplished with the aid of
The mechanism can also be manually charged with a disk spring assembly. Mechanisms in this series
a hand crank. are equipped with either O-C-O or C-O-CO stored
energy capability. Long-term stability, reliability, and
Hydraulic Spring-Operating Mechanisms temperature independence are the primary advan-
tages of HMB systems, along with high efficiency
This mechanism type combines the advantages
and modular components for easy maintenance.
of hydraulic operation with the advantages of
These mechanisms are also used for synchronous
mechanically stored energy. It offers:
switching applications. The cover of the mecha-
• Mechanically stored energy
nism is easily removed and provides quick access
• Long-term stability and temperature to the electrical monitoring and control elements.
independence of the energy storage system
323
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Dead-Tank
Type PM/PMI 38 kV — 72 kV
FEATURES
Interrupter Design
The advanced interrupter design uses a combina-
tion of puffer and “self-blast” principles, which
lower mechanical stresses and result in reduced
foundation requirements, lower maintenance, and OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
longer life. The interrupter operates as a puffer
High-creep and high-altitude bushings
breaker on low currents. For high-current inter-
ruptions, the arc generates pressure when the Polymeric bushings
arcing contacts open. The resulting gas pressure Synchronous closing for point-on-
surge enables the current to be interrupted. wave switching
40 kA interrupting capability
Standard Seismic bracing
Dead-tank design 3000 A option
Three-tank construction Condition monitoring
Spring or spring-hydraulic operating mechanism
Single interrupter per phase
Three-cycle interruption (up to 31.5 kA)
High-Voltage Products
325
FROM
60 80
PSIG 100
40
56" (1422)
120
20
SPECIFICATIONS
TOP OF PIER
140
DENSITY MONITOR
DETAIL X DETAIL D
GROUND PAD
TYPICAL RIGHT FRONT AND LEFT REAR DETAIL C
PRESSURE GAUGE
C OF BREAKER
66 7/8" (1698) 29 1/2" (750) C OF BUSHINGS
MIN. METAL CLEARANCE TO REMOVE INTERRUPTER METAL TO METAL
12"
6-4-2
(305)
TO GRD.
6"
5/1
19 91)
(4
1 1/4" (32) DIA. HOLES
43" (1092)
RUPTURE FOR ANCHOR BOLTS
36 5/32" (918.4)
DISK C OF BUSHINGS
FILL
1 3/4"
13"
CONNECTION
(330)
80 60
100 PSIG
40
120
20
140
DENSITY MONITOR
SEE
DETAIL C
7" 13"
ASEA BROWN BOVERI
L2
L1
CABINET
31 7/8" (810)
33 11/16" (856)
129 13/32" (3287) INSTALLED HEIGHT TO TOP OF BUSHINGS
LEG EXTENSIONS
BOT. OF CONTROL
12"
(305) SEE DETAIL B
Mt. Pleasant, PA
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Dead-Tank
FEATURES
Interrupter Design
The advanced interrupter design uses a combina-
tion of puffer and “self-blast” principles, which
lower mechanical stresses and result in reduced
foundation requirements, lower maintenance,
and longer life. The interrupter operates as a OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
puffer breaker on low currents. For high-current High-creep and high-altitude bushings
interruptions, the arc generates pressure when the
Porcelain bushings
arcing contacts open. The resulting gas pressure
surge enables the fault current to be interrupted. Synchronous closing for point-on-
wave switching
50 kA and 63 kA interrupting capability
Standard
Seismic bracing
Dead-tank design
4000 and 5000 A options
Three-tank construction
Condition monitoring
Spring or spring-hydraulic operating mechanism
Single interrupter per phase
High-speed interruption
40 kA interrupting capability
3000 A continuous
High-Voltage Products
Polymeric bushings
Six (6) bushing current transformers
Adjustable auxiliary switches that can be
converted from “a” to “b” contacts
Out-of-phase switching
Shipped fully assembled and tested
Reduced foundation requirements
Reduced installation time
Minimal maintenance
326
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Mt. Pleasant, PA
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
TINNED COPPER
TOP OF PIER
(44) (101)
(1461) FROM
1/2"-13 UNC-2B
4"
2-HOLES CLAMPING
RING
1 3/4"
60 80
PSIG 100
40
120
20
140
DENSITY MONITOR
IKE
STR
HING
(117 " BUS
1 5/8"
3 FRONT
(41)
/8
4
SHIPPING HEIGHT
3
2)
4 REAR
46 1
INSTALLED HEIGHT
5 FRONT 1 FRONT
6 REAR 2 REAR
(5081)
143 3/8"
“E” “E”
(3642)
MINIMUM PORCELAIN HEIGHT
178 1/2"
"P"
(4535)
60 80
PSIG 100
40
120
20
140
DENSITY MONITOR
118 3/8" (3008)
HEIGHT TO C OF BREAKER
RUPTURE
(TOP OF TERM. PAD)
DISC
157 1/8" (3991)
“C”
HEIGHT OF COUNTER &
“L2”
“L1”
POSITION INDICATOR
72 3/4" (1848)
“A” “A”
(1778)
70"
LEG EXTENSIONS
CONTROL CAB.
97 3/4"
33 1/4" (845)
(2484)
BOT. OF
LOCATION OF
31" (787)
EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL
OUTLET WHEN REQ’D.
60 1/4" (1530)
LOCATION OF MOUNTING BOLTS
1 3/4" 1 3/4"
(44) (44)
LOCATION OF MOUNTING BOLTS
7 1/4"
(184)
(44)
GRD. PAD
(330)
13"
51 11/16"
(1313)
25"
2 1/8" (635)
(54)
SECTION “A-A”
327
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Dead-Tank
FEATURES
Interrupter Design
The PMR and PMRI breakers utilize ABB’s SD
interrupter. The SD interrupter is a single-pressure,
single-break, SF6 gas puffer and self-blast unit
capable of interrupting 40 kA faults within three
cycles. The speed-doubling gear and rack drives
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
the arcing contact plug with an equal and
opposite velocity to the arcing contact fingers. High-creep and high-altitude bushings
The design results in a small interrupter with Continuous current ratings up to 4000 A
high-speed capacitor switching capability.
Condition monitoring
Synchronous closing (PMRI only) for
Standard capacitor switching energization
Dead-tank design
Three-tank construction
Hydraulic spring-operating mechanism
Single interrupter per phase
Speed-doubling interrupter design
40 kA interrupting capability
High-Voltage Products
without capacitors
3000 A continuous
Polymeric bushings
Integrated bushing current transformers
Adjustable auxiliary switches that can be
converted from “a” to “b” contacts
Out-of-phase switching
Capacitor bank switching
Shipped fully assembled and tested
Reduced foundation requirements
Reduced installation time
Minimal maintenance
5
171" (4348)
SHIPPING AND INSTALLED WIDTH
106" (2692)
94 1/2" (2400) MAX. DIM. FOR BUSHING REMOVAL
MAX. DIM. FOR BUSHING REMOVAL ADDITIONAL HEIGHT
REQUIRED FOR 35" (889)
BUSHING REMOVAL 101" (2565)
Standard Design Dimensions
METAL
METAL TO
12"
(305)
TRIKE
ING S
5 FRONT 3 64" 4
6 REAR 3 FRONT
1 FRONT
4 REAR
BUSH (1625)
2 REAR 18"
SEE VIEW N-N (457)
"E" "E"
60 80 60 80 80 60
PSIG 100 PSIG 100 PSIG
40 100
40 40
RUPTURE
DISC
15" “C”
82 1/2" (2095)
66"
78" (1981)
(1676)
MOTOR COUNTER
96 1/2" (2451)
5'10" (1778)
122" (3099) MINIMUM BUSHING HEIGHT
64 3/8" (1635)
(1149)
45 1/4"
46 1/4" (1175)
96" 96"
(2438) (2438)
CENTERLINE OF
TWO FURTHEST
ENERGIZED PARTS
ABB Inc.
Manufactured at
Mt. Pleasant, PA
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Dead-Tank
FEATURES
Interrupter Design
The PMG breaker utilizes ABB’s SP interrupter.
The SP interrupter is a second-generation puffer
design enclosed in a reinforced epoxy tube.
This design uses a high-performance nozzle,
which provides an additional pressure surge
for successful interruption of the arc.
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Standard High-creep and high-altitude bushings
Dead-tank design Porcelain bushings
Three-tank construction Condition monitoring
Hydraulic, spring-operating mechanism Synchronous closing (245PMI only)
Single interrupter per phase 4000 and 5000 A continuous options
63 kA interrupting capability
3000 A continuous
Polymeric bushings
High-Voltage Products
330
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Mt. Pleasant, PA
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
867 E
IK
P 23 G STR
)
REE
0
BUS 6" (257
POLE 1
HIN
3/1
101
CORONA
RING
120 5/16" MIN. PORCELAIN HEIGHT
2-
(6034.2)
(6715.9)
R 4-REAR 1-F REA
(5232.4)
EA T RO R
206"
88 7/8" C OF BREAKER
PRESSURE GAUGE,
37 FLARE GAS
(3055.9)
MOTOR COUNTER
A A LOCATION OF
BOTTOM OF CAB.
(1241.4)
48 7/8"
38 15/16"
INSIDE DOOR
(988.5)
SEE DETAIL B
C C
CENTER PHASE
“Z”
41" 55 1/4"
(1041.4) (1404.1) 143 1/4"
140 5/16" (3639)
(3564.1)
CLEARANCE TO REMOVE INTERRUPTER
37 3/8" DOOR
LOCATION OF MOUNTING BOLTS
22 7/8"
(581)
GRD. PAD
34 7/8"
DETAIL C
(948.9)
(1771.7)
(508)
69 3/4"
20"
(2692.1)
106"
37 3/8" DOOR
4" (101.6)
(948.9)
(1476.7)
1 3/4" (44)
58 1/4"
GRD. PAD
DETAIL B
TYPICAL 4 PLACES
331
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Dead-Tank
Standard
Dead-tank design
Three-tank construction
Hydraulic, spring-operating mechanism
Single interrupter per phase
63 kA interrupting capability
3000 A continuous
Polymeric bushings
High-Voltage Products
332
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Mt. Pleasant, PA
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
867 E
IK
P 23 G STR
)
REE
0
BUS 6" (257
POLE 1
HIN
3/1
101
CORONA
RING
120 5/16" MIN. PORCELAIN HEIGHT
2-
(6034.2)
(6715.9)
R 4-REAR 1-F REA
(5232.4)
EA T RO R
206"
PRESSURE GAUGE,
37 FLARE GAS
(3055.9)
MOTOR COUNTER
A A LOCATION OF
BOTTOM OF CAB.
(2257.5)
BREAKER NAMEPLATE
(1241.4)
48 7/8"
38 15/16"
INSIDE DOOR
(988.5)
SEE DETAIL B
C C
CENTER PHASE
“Z”
41" 55 1/4"
(1041.4) (1404.1) 143 1/4"
140 5/16" (3639)
(3564.1)
CLEARANCE TO REMOVE INTERRUPTER
37 3/8" DOOR
LOCATION OF MOUNTING BOLTS
22 7/8"
(581)
GRD. PAD
34 7/8"
DETAIL C
(948.9)
(1771.7)
(508)
69 3/4"
20"
(2692.1)
106"
37 3/8" DOOR
4" (101.6)
(948.9)
(1476.7)
1 3/4" (44)
58 1/4"
GRD. PAD
DETAIL B
TYPICAL 4 PLACES
333
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Dead-Tank
FEATURES
Interrupter Design OPTIONS AND
The PM breaker utilizes ABB’s SP interrupter. ACCESSORIES
The SP interrupter is a second generation puffer Closing resistors
design enclosed in a reinforced epoxy tube.
This design uses a high-performance nozzle that High-creep and high-altitude bushings
provides an additional pressure surge for successful Porcelain bushings
interruption of the arc. On the multiple-break Condition monitoring
designs, each interrupter has grading capacitors Synchronous closing
across its contact gap.
80 kA available upon request
Standard
Dead-tank design
Three-tank construction
Hydraulic, spring-operating mechanism
Two PM interrupters for 550PM, two per
phase, and three for 800PM
High-Voltage Products
63 kA interrupting capability
3000 A continuous
Polymeric bushings
Integrated bushing current transformers
Plug-and-play (pre-wired) interphase
connections
Out-of-phase switching
Capacitor bank switching
Reduced foundation requirements
Reduced installation time
Minimal maintenance
No external capacitance required up to 63 kA
5
335
SEE DETAIL "D"
18'-8 3/16" (5694)
24'-1 3/4" (7360) 24'-1 3/4" (7360) 17'-6 5/8" (5350)
SPECIFICATIONS
TRIKE
20
60
PSIG
80
25'-7 1/2" (7811) HEIGHT REQUIRED TO REMOVE BUSHING
DENSITY
100
120
140
MONITOR
30"
(762)
DENSITY
9'-1 5/8" (2786)
MONITOR
5'-7" (1704)
5'-10" (1778)
30"
(762)
(700)
27 1/2"
GAS FILL AND
RUPTURE DISK VACUUM CONNECTION
(FAR SIDE) 1 1/4"(31.7) - 37 FLARED
FITTING 1 5/8" (41.3) - 12UN)
A 6'-10 5/8" (2098) “X”
SEE DETAIL “E” SEE DETAIL “B” 21'-6" (6555) PRESSURE GAGE
SECTION “A-A”
ABB Inc.
Manufactured at
Mt. Pleasant, PA
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Special Feature
STANDARD FEATURES
Low temperature cold-start and operation
tested at -40°C
High temperature tested at 66°C
Seismic qualified
Surge withstand capability in compliance
with ANSI/IEEE C62.41, IEC 801-4, and 801-5
Radio frequency interference tested
(SAM PMC 33.1-1978)
High-Voltage Products
336
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Mt. Pleasant, PA
SPECIFICATIONS
Power supply voltage: Current input burden: 1.25 mVA
48 Vdc (28 to 56 Vdc range) Minimum load current:
125 Vdc (70 to 140 Vdc range) 1 A on primary of SCU CTs
250 Vdc (140 to 280 Vdc range) Synchronizing accuracy: 3σ ≤ 1 ms
Power supply burden: 15 VA
Phase voltage inputs: 40 to 140 Vac Requirements
Phase voltage burden:
4.5 mA @ 110 Vac ABB dead-tank circuit breakers with HMB-S
3 mA @ 70 Vac hydraulic spring mechanism.
APPLICATIONS
Applications and Benefits
Synchronous Transmission Close at Greatly reduced voltage and current switching transient
Closing Lines/Cables voltage zero levels (comparable or better than pre-insertion resistors)
Shunt Capacitor across breaker
Banks (single and Improved power quality
back-to-back
switching) Reduced stress on equipment insulation
Synchronous Shunt Reactors Open with Further reduces already low probabilities of re-strike
Opening Load Switching maximum and re-ignitions
Capacitor Switching arcing time
Line Dropping Added protection for system equipment from severe
re-strikes and re-ignition transients
337
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Live-Tank Power Circuit Breakers
Designed for application at 72.5 through 800 kV Live-tank breakers up to 245 kV, 50/63 kA can
and rated interrupting currents up to 80 kA be supplied for gang-operation.
Operated by a simple and dependable Low cost installation and testing can normally
motor-charged, spring-operating mechanism be accomplished in a single day with a crew
Delivered with, or without, free-standing of three.
current transformers equipped with two to Live-tank breakers require the least amount of
four relay cores and/or one metering core. SF6 gas of any breaker design.
For up to 170 kV, current transformers can be Live-tank breakers are of a modular concept with
mounted on brackets cantilevered from the common interchangeable parts and modules.
circuit breaker stands.
Low weight and foundation area results in easy
Ratings up through 245 kV, 63 kA require a installation with low foundation costs.
single breaking element that is part of a sealed
Live-tank circuit breakers are used as basis for
unit containing an interrupting chamber,
Configurable Switchgear Solutions.
support column, and the mechanism housing.
339
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
SELECTION GUIDE
HPL 170B1 170 4000 750 one for three-pole operation, three for single-pole
63 315
operation. Ships as fully-assembled pole units.
Uses BLG spring-drive operating mechanism;
50 425
HPL 245B1 245 4000 900 one for three-pole operation, three for single-pole
63 350
operation. Ships as fully-assembled pole units.
Uses three BLG spring-drive operating mechanisms.
50
HPL 420B2 362 4000 555 1300 Poles ship as two units: breaker-head and support
63
column.
Uses three BLG spring-drive operating mechanisms.
50
HPL 550B2 550 4000 860 1800 Poles ship as two units: breaker-head and support
63
column.
Uses six BLG spring-drive operating mechanisms.
50
HPL 800B4 800 4000 960 2050 Poles ship as four units: two breaker-heads and
63
two support columns.
5
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
North Brunswick, NJ
LTB D1/B SF6 (72.5 kV — 170 kV)
STANDARD FEATURES
Very low probability of restrike on interruption
of capacitive currents
High dielectric strength even at atmospheric
pressure
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Low operating noise level
High seismic withstand capability Gray or brown porcelain insulators
Low operating forces Increased creep to 31 mm/kV
Separate arcing contacts Operation to –40° and –50°C, mixed gas
High security against gas leaks where required
Reliable components Terminal pads for different standards
Designed for extreme environmental conditions Rupture discs
Easy installation and commissioning Mounting brackets for IMB current transformer
Operated by motor-charged spring operating
Primary connections between IMB and circuit
mechanism or Motor Drive mechanism
breaker
Meets IEC (50 and 60 Hz) and ANSI (60 Hz)
specifications Special phase distances (3-pole operated circuit
Operational down to –30°C breakers only)
Gray silicone rubber insulators Controlled (synchronous) switching
Creep: 25 mm/kV
Aluminum terminals drilled per ANSI/IEC
One gas density monitor per breaker Design
Poles mounted on common beam, with two The three poles can be mounted on separate
support legs structures or on a common supporting frame.
The breaker uses a single operating mechanism
for three-pole operation or three individual
SPECIFICATIONS mechanisms for single-pole operation. For three-
pole operation, the breaker poles are linked by
Rated voltages: 72.5, 145, and 170 kV
pull rods for spring operating mechanisms and
Continuous current: 3150 A per IEC; rotary shafts when Motor Drive is used.
3000 A per ANSI
Each breaker pole is a sealed unit, which includes
Interrupting current: 40 kA
the interrupting chamber, the support insulator,
Crest closing current: 100 kA per IEC
and the mechanism housing. The breaker poles
or 108 kA per ANSI
are shipped as complete units filled with SF6 gas
Closing time: 40 ms to a pressure slightly above normal atmospheric
Opening time: 20 to 25 ms pressure. The breaker can be filled to the required
Clearing time: 45 ms working pressures without the necessity of gas
Minimum dead time: 300 ms treatment in the field and without releasing SF6
Rated reclosing time (60 Hz): 20 cycles into the atmosphere.
341
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Live-Tank
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
North Brunswick, NJ
LTB E SF6 (245 kV — 420 kV)
STANDARD FEATURES
Very low probability of restrike on interruption
of capacitive currents
High dielectric strength even at atmospheric
pressure
Low operating noise level
High seismic withstand capability SPECIFICATIONS
Low operating forces Number of breaks per pole: one at 72.5 to
Separate arcing contacts 245 kV and two at 362 to 420 kV
High security against gas leaks Rated voltages: 72.5, 145, 170, 245, 362, and 420 kV
Reliable components Continuous current: 4000 A
Designed for extreme environmental conditions Interrupting current: 50 kA at 50 Hz, 40 kA at
Easy installation and commissioning 60 Hz at 245 kV or lower, and 50 kA at 362 to
420 kV
Operated by motor-charged spring operating
Crest closing current: 125 kA at 50 Hz, 108 kA
mechanism
at 60 Hz at 245 kV or lower, and 135 kA at
Meets IEC (50 and 60 Hz) and ANSI (60 Hz) 362 to 420 kV
specifications
Closing time: < 55 ms at 245 kV or lower and
Operational down to –30°C < 60 ms at 362 to 420 kV
Brown porcelain insulators Opening time: 17± 2 ms at 245 kV or lower and
Creep: 25 mm/kV 19± 2 ms at 362 to 420 kV
Aluminum terminals drilled per ANSI/IEC Clearing time: 40 ms
One gas density monitor per pole Minimum dead time: 300 ms
One support structure per pole Rated reclosing time (60 Hz): 20 cycles
Design
The 245 kV breaker uses a single-operating
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES mechanism for three-pole operation or three
High-Voltage Products
343
ABB
Power Circuit Breakers
Live-Tank Sourced through
ABB Inc.
North Brunswick, NJ
HPL SF6 (72.5 kV — 800 kV)
SPECIFICATIONS
Design
HPL circuit breakers with one breaking unit per The breaker can be filled to the required working
phase are shipped as complete units filled with SF6 pressures without the necessity of gas treatment in
gas to a pressure slightly above normal atmospheric the field and without releasing SF6 into the atmos-
pressure. Breakers with two breaking units per phase phere. Erection at the work site can be completed
are shipped as the breaker head and the support in less than one day.
insulator. Each breaker is routinely tested in the
factory before shipping.
344
Surge Arresters
SELECTION GUIDE
Voltage Energy Capability
(kJ/kV of rating)3 Protective Pressure-Relief Housing Product
Type Rating
Level4 Class (kA) Type Bulletin
(kV)2
1-Shot IEC
Distribution Class
POLIM-D 3 — 30 1.2 2.8 3.2 20 All Ratings Silicone 38 — 155
Intermediate Class
PEXLIM-A 3 — 120 2.6 2.4 2.97 20 All Ratings Silicone 38 — 325
Station Class
65 (3 — 39 kV)
EXLIM-R1 3 — 1925 2.5 5.0 2.67 Porcelain 38 — 320
80 (45 — 120 kV)
XPS 3 — 2405 4.5 7.4 2.35 65 All Ratings Silicone 35 — 337
65 (3 — 39 kV)
EXLIM-Q 3 — 360 4.5 7.4 2.35 Porcelain 38 — 330
80 (45 — 360 kV)
EXLIM-P 54 — 4445 7.0 12 2.275 80 All Ratings Porcelain 38 — 340
EXLIM-T 5 10.0 15.4 2.20 65 All Ratings Porcelain 38 — 350
110 — 612
Transmission-Line
PEXLINK 12 — 216 2.6 2.4 2.97 20 All Ratings Silicone 38 — 250
1
Ratings 45 kV and above are supplied with a 10-inch mounting bolt circle.
2
See table on page 336 for standard voltage ratings and the corresponding MCOV ratings.
3
1-Shot—design performance rating (4 msec. duration), 2-Shot, per IEC 99-4 Clause 7.5.5
4
Typical protective level, varies by rating
5
Contact factory for ratings not described
345
ABB
Surge Arresters
FEATURES
Minimum Recommended ABB Arrester MCOV for Various System Voltages
3
Maximum system line-to-line voltage continuously
346
FEATURES (continued)
Surge Arrester Characteristics
and Capabilities
Maximum continuous operating voltage Energy absorption capabilities may
[MCOV] is the key application criteria to make be required to absorb energy generated by
sure the arrester can survive under normal switching overvoltages and/or energy stored
system conditions. Proper selection of MCOV, in the power system. The effects of capacitor
along with the other following protective criteria, banks, multiple or long transmission lines, and
will result in proper arrester application. The circuit breaker switching operation must be
MCOV is the maximum designated root-mean analyzed to assure proper application.
square [rms] value of power frequency voltage No standard explicitly defines what is meant
that may be applied continuously between the by energy capability of an arrester. The only
terminals of the arrester. Selection of the system measure of energy capability that is specified
voltage and its grounding provisions from in standards is the line discharge class per IEC.
the previous table will list the lowest MCOV ABB presents energy capability in kJ/kV of duty
recommended for the selected application. cycle rating. This is done in two different ways:
Maximum temporary overvoltage capability Two line discharge impulses—This is the energy
[TOV] is the maximum designated root-mean the arrester has been subjected to during the
square [rms] value of power frequency voltage switching surge operation duty test as per
that may be applied for a designated period IEC or ANSI, whichever is highest, followed
of time between the terminals of the arrester. by thermal stability.
TOV curves are available on all types of arresters
Single impulse energy—This is the maximum
published in the technical product bulletins.
permissible amount of energy that the arrester
TOV duration ranges from a few milliseconds may be subjected to in one single impulse with
to many hours (for example, depending on 4 ms duration. This is published as the 1-shot
fault-clearance time). energy capability in the selection guide.
The most common form of TOV occurs on the Pressure-relief capability is the ability of
unfaulted phases of a system during a ground the arrester, in the event of its overloading due
fault involving one or two phases. Other sources to any reason, to conduct the resulting system
of TOV are ferro-resonance and load-rejection. short circuit current through it without a
Protective characteristics are published for violent explosion, which may damage nearby
each arrester type. Protective levels are published equipment or injure personnel. After the
in table form in (kA). These protective levels operation of the pressure-relief, the arrester
must be compared to the voltage withstand level must be replaced.
of the equipment or system to be protected in The short circuit current may be high or low,
order to achieve insulation coordination. depending on the system impedance and/or
grounding conditions. Hence, the pressure-
relief capability is verified by both high and
low current tests.
347
ABB
Surge Arresters
Distribution Class
POLIM-D
SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
The POLIM-D features a silicone polymer housing
that, when compared to other polymeric
1.65
materials, has the highest resistance to pollution, (42)
particularly in severe environmental conditions. .47 x .91
(12 x 23) 1.65
(42)
4.57 (116) .47 x .91
3.43 (87) (12 x 23)
4.57
(116)
H
H
High-Voltage Products
L S T T
348
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Youngwood, PA
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Electrical Characteristics
3 2.55 14.50 16.00 11.70 12.40 13.10 14.00 15.90 10.40 10.80 11.10
6 5.10 21.70 24.00 17.50 18.50 19.60 21.00 23.90 15.60 16.10 16.60
9 7.65 28.90 32.00 23.30 24.70 26.10 28.00 31.80 20.80 21.50 22.20
10 8.40 32.20 35.60 25.90 27.50 29.00 31.20 35.40 23.20 23.90 24.70
12 10.20 36.10 39.90 29.10 30.80 32.60 35.00 39.80 25.90 26.80 27.70
15 12.70 50.50 55.90 40.70 43.20 45.60 49.00 55.70 36.30 37.50 38.80
18 15.30 57.70 63.90 46.50 49.30 52.10 56.00 63.60 41.50 42.90 44.30
21 17.00 64.90 71.90 52.30 55.50 58.60 63.00 71.60 46.70 48.20 49.80
27 22.00 79.40 87.80 64.00 67.80 71.70 77.00 87.40 57.00 59.00 60.90
30 24.40 86.60 95.80 69.80 74.00 78.20 84.00 95.40 62.20 64.30 66.40
3 6.0 (153) 2.9 (73) 3.9 (100) 5.7 (144) <.37 (0.8)
9 6.0 (153) 3.8 (96) 4.8 (121) 5.7 (144) <.37 (0.8)
9/10 12.0 (306) 4.6 (118) 5.6 (143) 7.5 (191) <.55 (1.2)
12 12.0 (306) 5.5 (140) 6.5 (165) 7.5 (191) <.55 (1.2)
15 18.1 (460) 7.2 (184) 8.2 (208) 9.4 (239) <.74 (1.6)
18 18.1 (460) 8.1 (207) 9.1 (230) 9.4 (239) <.74 (1.6)
21 18.1 (460) 9.0 (229) 9.9 (251) 9.4 (239) <.74 (1.6)
27 24.0 (610) 10.8 (274) 11.6 (295) 11.3 (286) <1.02 (2.2)
30 24.0 (610) 11.7 (296) 12.4 (316) 11.3 (286) <1.02 (2.2)
*National and local requirements have priority and may be used.
349
ABB
Surge Arresters
Intermediate Class
PEXLIM-A
The PEXLIM-A polymer arrester has been verified to meet or exceed interme-
diate class requirements of ANSI C62.11 (IEEE Standard for Metal Oxide Surge
Arresters for AC Power Circuits) and Line Discharge Class 1 per IEC standards.
The PEXLIM-A arrester is designed to meet the following performance criteria:
Energy capability (kJ/kV of duty cycle rating):
• Single impulse: Design performance rating (4 msec. duration)—2.6 kJ/kV
• Line discharge impulse: Per IEC 60099-4 within 1 min.—2.4 kJ/kV
Protective level @ 10 kA:
• Per unit of voltage rating—2.97
Pressure-relief capability:
• 20 kA
Service conditions:
• Altitude—0 -10,000 ft. (3048 m)
• Ambient temperature— - 40ºC to +45ºC
STANDARD FEATURES
Construction—ABB’s type PEXLIM-A arrester
consists of high-performance, metal oxide disks
in a shatterproof, polymer housing. SPECIFICATIONS
Reduced electrical clearance—Polymer Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
construction results in much smaller housing
dimensions in comparison with porcelain units
of the same voltage rating.
Lightweight—The type PEXLIM-A arrester is
less than 25% of the weight of its porcelain
counterpart, which results in easier handling
and installation.
High-Voltage Products
Damage-resistant—Polymer construction
reduces possible shipping and handling
damage as well as damage due to vandalism.
Safety—Shatterproof construction provides
greater safety for personnel as well as
nearby equipment.
Polymer Arrester
3 — 120 kV
350
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Youngwood, PA
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Electrical Characteristics
351
ABB
Surge Arresters
Station Class
EXLIM-R
The type EXLIM-R porcelain, gapless, metal oxide arrester meets or exceeds all
station class requirements of ANSI C62.11 (IEEE Standard for Metal Oxide Surge
Arresters for AC Power Circuits) and Line Discharge Class 2 per IEC standards.
The EXLIM-R arrester is designed to meet the following performance criteria:
Energy capability (kJ/kV of duty cycle rating):
• Single impulse: Design performance rating (4 msec. duration)—2.5 kJ/kV
• Line discharge impulses: Per IEC 60099 within 1 min.—5.0 kJ/kV
Protective level @ 10 kA:
Per unit of duty cycle rating—2.67
Pressure-relief capability:
Metal top—3 to 39 kV—65 kA; 45 to 120 kV—80 kA
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical Characteristics
Duty MCOV TOV1 (kV-rms) Maximum Discharge Voltage
Switching Impulse 8 x 20 Microsecond Wave FOW3
Cycle Rating for for Surge2 kV-Crest
(kV-rms) (kV-rms) 1 sec 10 sec 1.5 kA 3 kA 5 kA 10 kA 15 kA 20 kA 40 kA
3.0 2.55 3.6 3.4 6.7 7.4 7.7 8.0 8.8 9.2 9.5 10.9 9.5
4.5 3.80 5.4 5.1 9.7 10.7 11.2 11.7 12.5 13.4 13.9 15.9 13.8
6.0 5.10 7.2 6.8 13.3 14.7 15.4 16.1 17.2 18.4 19.1 21.8 19.0
7.5 6.40 9.0 8.5 16.4 18.1 19.0 19.8 21.2 22.7 23.5 26.9 23.4
9.0 7.65 10.8 10.2 18.6 20.5 21.5 22.4 24.8 25.7 26.6 30.5 26.5
10.0 8.40 12.0 11.4 21.7 23.9 25.1 26.2 28.0 30.0 31.1 35.6 30.9
12.0 10.20 14.3 13.6 26.1 28.8 30.2 31.5 33.7 36.1 37.4 42.8 37.2
15.0 12.70 17.9 17.0 32.9 36.3 37.9 39.6 42.4 45.4 47.1 53.8 46.9
18.0 15.30 21.5 20.4 37.2 41.0 43.0 44.9 48.0 51.4 53.3 61.0 53.0
21.0 17.00 25.1 23.8 43.4 47.9 50.1 52.4 56.0 59.9 62.2 71.1 61.9
24.0 19.50 28.7 27.2 49.6 54.7 57.3 59.8 64.0 68.5 71.0 81.3 70.7
27.0 22.00 32.3 30.6 55.8 61.6 64.4 67.3 72.0 77.0 79.9 91.4 79.6
30.0 24.40 35.9 34.1 64.3 71.0 74.3 77.6 83.0 88.8 92.1 105.0 91.7
36.0 29.00 43.0 40.9 74.4 82.1 85.9 89.8 96.0 103.0 107.0 122.0 105.0
High-Voltage Products
39.0 31.50 46.6 44.3 82.2 90.6 94.9 99.1 106.0 113.0 118.0 135.0 117.0
45.0 36.50 53.8 51.1 92.9 103.0 107.0 112.0 120.0 128.0 133.0 152.0 132.0
48.0 39.00 57.4 54.5 100.0 110.0 115.0 121.0 129.0 138.0 143.0 154.0 143.0
54.0 42.00 64.5 61.3 112.0 123.0 129.0 135.0 144.0 154.0 160.0 183.0 159.0
60.0 48.00 71.7 68.1 124.0 137.0 143.0 150.0 160.0 171.0 177.0 203.0 177.0
72.0 57.00 86.0 81.7 149.0 164.0 172.0 179.0 192.0 205.0 218.0 244.0 212.0
90.0 70.00 107.6 102.2 186.0 205.0 215.0 224.0 240.0 257.0 266.0 305.0 265.0
96.0 76.00 114.7 109.0 198.0 219.0 229.0 239.0 256.0 274.0 284.0 325.0 283.0
108.0 84.00 129.1 122.6 223.0 246.0 268.0 269.0 288.0 308.0 320.0 366.0 318.0
120.0 98.00 143.4 136.2 248.0 274.0 286.0 299.0 320.0 342.0 355.0 406.0 353.0
1
Temporary overvoltage with no prior energy surge
2
Switching surge with a time to actual crest of 45 to 60 microseconds. 500 A switching surge current wave for ratings 3 — 120 kV.
3
Equivalent front-of-wave producing a voltage crest in 0.50 microseconds. Protective level is maximum discharge voltage for 10 kA impulse current wave.
5
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weight
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Figure 1
Creepage
Rating Dimension A Weight
Style Distance
(kV-rms) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Inches (mm)
R108XA084A 108.0 53.0 (1346) 132.4 (3363) 206 (93) Metal Top
45 — 120 kV
R120XA098A 120.0 53.0 (1346) 132.4 (3363) 212 (96)
353
ABB
Surge Arresters
Station Class
XPS
The type XPS polymer surge arrester is designed for the protection of
transformers, switchgear, and other equipment from damaging overvoltages.
The arrester is a gapless, metal oxide design that meets or exceeds station class
per ANSI C62.11; Class 10 kA, per IEC; and Line Discharge Class 3, per IEC.
The silicone rubber housing features high-tracking and arc-resistance, excellent
hydrophobic properties, and resistance to weathering, UV radiation, and pollution.
Energy capability (kJ/kV of duty cycle rating):
• Single impulse: Design performance rating (4 msec. duration)—4.5 kJ/kV
• Line discharge impulses: Per IEC 60099 within 1 min.—7.4 kJ/kV
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical Characteristics
Duty MCOV TOV1 (kV-rms) Maximum Discharge Voltage
Switching Impulse 8 x 20 Microsecond Wave FOW3
Cycle Rating for for Surge2 kV-Crest
(kV-rms) (kV-rms) 1 sec 10 sec 1.5 kA 3 kA 5 kA 10 kA 15 kA 20 kA 40 kA
3 2.55 3.5 2.9 8.8 9.5 9.9 10.3 10.8 11.5 11.9 13.3 11.7
4 3.40 4.7 4.5 9.0 9.7 10.1 10.5 11.0 11.7 12.1 13.5 11.9
5 4.25 5.9 5.6 11.8 12.7 13.2 13.7 14.4 15.3 15.8 17.7 15.6
6 5.10 7.0 6.7 12.3 13.2 13.8 14.3 15.0 16.0 16.5 18.5 16.2
7 5.95 8.2 7.8 17.7 19.1 19.9 20.5 21.6 23.0 23.8 26.6 23.3
8 6.80 9.4 9.0 18.0 19.4 20.2 20.9 22.0 23.4 24.2 27.1 23.8
9 7.65 10.6 10.1 18.5 19.9 20.8 21.5 22.6 24.1 24.9 27.8 24.4
10 8.40 11.7 11.2 20.4 22.1 23.0 23.8 25.0 26.6 27.5 30.8 27.0
12 10.20 14.1 13.4 24.5 26.5 27.6 28.5 30.0 32.0 33.0 36.9 32.4
15 12.70 17.6 16.8 30.7 33.1 34.5 35.6 37.5 39.9 41.3 46.1 40.5
18 15.30 21.1 20.2 36.8 39.7 41.4 42.8 45.0 47.9 49.5 55.4 48.6
21 17.00 24.7 23.5 41.7 45.0 46.9 48.5 51.0 54.3 56.1 62.7 55.1
24 19.50 28.2 26.9 47.1 50.8 52.9 54.7 57.6 61.3 63.4 70.8 62.2
27 22.00 31.7 30.2 53.3 57.5 59.9 61.9 65.2 69.4 71.7 80.2 70.4
30 24.40 35.2 33.6 58.9 63.5 66.2 68.4 72.0 76.7 79.2 88.6 77.8
36 29.00 42.3 40.3 70.6 76.2 79.4 82.1 86.4 92.0 95.0 106.0 93.3
39 31.50 45.8 43.7 76.5 82.6 86.0 88.9 93.6 99.7 103.0 115.0 101.0
45 36.50 52.8 50.4 88.3 95.3 99.0 103.0 108.0 115.0 119.0 133.0 117.0
48 39.00 56.4 53.8 93.4 101.0 105.0 109.0 114.0 122.0 126.0 141.0 123.0
54 42.00 63.4 60.5 105.0 113.0 118.0 122.0 129.0 137.0 141.0 158.0 139.0
60 48.00 70.4 67.2 116.0 125.0 131.0 135.0 142.0 151.0 156.0 175.0 154.0
72 57.00 84.5 80.6 139.0 151.0 157.0 162.0 171.0 182.0 188.0 210.0 184.0
90 70.00 106.0 101.0 174.0 188.0 196.0 203.0 213.0 227.0 235.0 262.0 230.0
High-Voltage Products
96 76.00 113.0 108.0 186.0 201.0 209.0 216.0 228.0 242.0 250.0 280.0 246.0
108 84.00 127.0 121.0 209.0 226.0 235.0 243.0 256.0 273.0 282.0 315.0 276.0
110 88.00 129.0 123.0 214.0 231.0 241.0 249.0 262.0 279.0 288.0 322.0 283.0
114 91.00 134.0 128.0 221.0 238.0 248.0 257.0 270.0 288.0 297.0 332.0 292.0
120 98.00 141.0 134.0 232.0 251.0 261.0 270.0 284.0 303.0 313.0 350.0 307.0
132 106.00 155.0 148.0 256.0 276.0 287.0 297.0 313.0 333.0 344.0 385.0 338.0
144 115.00 169.0 161.0 288.0 301.0 314.0 324.0 341.0 363.0 375.0 420.0 369.0
168 131.00 197.0 188.0 333.0 348.0 363.0 375.0 395.0 421.0 435.0 486.0 427.0
172 140.00 202.0 193.0 344.0 359.0 374.0 387.0 407.0 433.0 448.0 501.0 440.0
180 144.00 211.0 202.0 357.0 373.0 389.0 402.0 423.0 450.0 465.0 520.0 457.0
192 152.00 225.0 215.0 381.0 399.0 415.0 429.0 452.0 481.0 497.0 556.0 488.0
216 173.00 254.0 242.0 429.0 448.0 467.0 483.0 508.0 541.0 559.0 625.0 549.0
228 180.00 268.0 255.0 452.0 473.0 493.0 509.0 536.0 571.0 590.0 659.0 579.0
234 187.00 275.0 262.0 464.0 485.0 505.0 523.0 550.0 586.0 605.0 677.0 594.0
240 190.00 282.0 269.0 476.0 497.0 518.0 536.0 564.0 601.0 620.0 694.0 609.0
1
Temporary overvoltage with no prior energy surge
2
Switching surge with a time to actual crest of 45 to 60 microseconds. 500 A switching surge current amplitude for ratings 3 — 132 kV. 1000 A switching surge
current amplitude for ratings above 132 kV.
3
Equivalent front-of-wave producing a voltage wave cresting in 0.5 microseconds. Protective level is maximum discharge voltage for a 100 kA impulse current wave.
5
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Creepage
Rating Dimension A Weight
Style Distance
(kV-rms) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Inches (mm)
16.0 (406)
Q027SA022A 27 19.6 (498) 42.0 (1066) 30 (14)
23.6 (600)
Q030SA024A 30 19.6 (498) 42.0 (1066) 30 (14)
Q036SA029A 36 19.6 (498) 42.0 (1066) 30 (14)
Q039SA031A 39 27.5 (698) 66.7 (1694) 45 (21)
Q045SA037A 45 27.5 (698) 66.7 (1694) 45 (21) 31.5 (800)
355
ABB
Surge Arresters
Station Class
EXLIM-Q
The type EXLIM-Q porcelain, gapless, metal oxide arrester meets or exceeds all
station class requirements of ANSI C62.11 (IEEE Standard for Metal Oxide Surge
Arresters for AC Power Circuits) and Line Discharge Class 3 per IEC standards.
The EXLIM-Q arrester is designed to meet the following performance criteria:
Energy capability (kJ/kV of duty cycle rating):
• Single impulse: Design performance rating (4 msec. duration)—4.5 kJ/kV
• Line discharge impulses: Per IEC 60099 within 1 min.—7.4 kJ/kV
Protective level @ 10 kA:
Per unit of duty cycle rating—2.35
Pressure-relief capability:
Metal top—3 to 39 kV—65 kA; 45 to 360 kV—80 kA
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical Characteristics
Voltage MCOV TOV1 (kV-rms) Maximum Discharge Voltage
Switching Impulse 8 x 20 Microsecond Wave FOW3
Rating Rating
for for Surge2 kV-Crest
(kV-rms) (kV-rms)
1 sec 10 sec 1.5 kA 3 kA 5 kA 10 kA 15 kA 20 kA 40 kA
3 2.55 3.6 3.4 8.8 9.5 9.9 10.3 10.8 11.5 11.9 13.3 11.7
4 3.40 4.8 4.6 9.0 9.7 10.1 10.5 11.0 11.7 12.1 13.5 11.9
5 4.25 6.0 5.7 11.8 12.7 13.2 13.7 14.4 15.3 15.8 17.7 15.6
6 5.10 7.2 6.8 12.3 13.2 13.8 14.3 15.0 16.0 16.5 18.5 16.2
7 5.95 8.4 8.0 17.7 19.1 19.9 20.5 21.6 23.0 23.8 26.6 23.3
8 6.80 9.6 9.1 18.0 19.4 20.2 20.9 22.0 23.4 24.2 27.1 23.8
9 7.65 10.7 10.2 18.5 19.9 20.8 21.5 22.6 24.1 24.9 27.8 24.4
10 8.4 11.9 11.4 20.4 22.1 23.0 23.8 25.0 26.6 27.5 30.8 27.0
12 10.2 14.3 13.7 24.5 26.5 27.6 28.5 30.0 32.0 33.0 36.9 32.4
15 12.7 17.9 17.1 30.7 33.1 34.5 35.6 37.5 39.9 41.3 46.1 40.5
18 15.3 21.5 20.5 36.8 39.7 41.4 42.8 45.0 47.9 49.5 55.4 48.6
21 17.0 25.1 23.9 41.7 45.0 46.9 48.5 51.0 54.3 56.1 62.7 55.1
24 19.5 28.7 27.3 47.1 50.8 52.9 54.7 57.6 61.3 63.4 70.8 62.2
27 22.0 32.2 30.7 53.3 57.5 59.9 61.9 65.2 69.4 71.7 80.2 70.4
30 24.4 35.8 34.1 58.9 63.5 66.2 68.4 72.0 76.7 79.2 88.6 77.8
36 29.0 43.0 41.0 70.6 76.2 79.4 82.1 86.4 92.0 95.0 106.0 93.3
39 31.5 46.6 44.4 76.5 82.6 86.0 88.9 93.6 99.7 103.0 115.0 101.1
45 36.5 53.7 51.2 88.3 95.3 99.0 103.0 108.0 115.0 119.0 133.0 117.0
48 39.0 57.3 54.6 93.4 101.0 105.0 109.0 114.0 122.0 126.0 141.0 123.0
54 42.0 64.5 61.5 105.0 113.0 118.0 122.0 129.0 137.0 141.0 158.0 139.0
60 48.0 71.6 68.3 116.0 125.0 131.0 135.0 142.0 151.0 156.0 175.0 154.0
72 57.0 86.0 81.9 139.0 151.0 157.0 162.0 171.0 182.0 188.0 210.0 184.0
90 70.0 107.0 102.0 174.0 188.0 196.0 203.0 213.0 227.0 235.0 262.0 230.0
96 76.0 115.0 109.0 186.0 201.0 209.0 216.0 228.0 242.0 250.0 280.0 246.0
108 84.0 129.0 123.0 209.0 226.0 235.0 243.0 256.0 273.0 282.0 315.0 276.0
110 88.0 131.0 125.0 214.0 231.0 241.0 249.0 262.0 279.0 288.0 322.0 283.0
120 98.0 143.0 137.0 232.0 251.0 261.0 270.0 284.0 303.0 313.0 350.0 307.0
High-Voltage Products
132 106.0 158.0 150.0 256.0 276.0 287.0 297.0 313.0 333.0 344.0 385.0 338.0
144 115.0 172.0 164.0 288.0 301.0 314.0 324.0 341.0 363.0 375.0 420.0 369.0
168 131.0 201.0 191.0 333.0 348.0 363.0 375.0 395.0 421.0 435.0 486.0 427.0
172 140.0 205.0 196.0 344.0 359.0 374.0 387.0 407.0 433.0 448.0 501.0 440.0
180 144.0 215.0 205.0 357.0 373.0 389.0 402.0 423.0 450.0 465.0 520.0 457.0
192 152.0 229.0 218.0 381.0 399.0 415.0 429.0 452.0 481.0 497.0 556.0 488.0
216 173.0 258.0 246.0 429.0 448.0 467.0 483.0 508.0 541.0 559.0 625.0 549.0
228 180.0 272.0 259.0 452.0 473.0 493.0 509.0 536.0 571.0 590.0 659.0 579.0
234 187.0 279.0 266.0 464.0 485.0 505.0 523.0 550.0 586.0 605.0 677.0 594.0
240 190.0 287.0 273.0 476.0 497.0 518.0 536.0 564.0 601.0 620.0 694.0 609.0
258 209.0 308.0 294.0 532.0 535.0 558.0 577.0 607.0 646.0 668.0 747.0 656.0
264 212.0 315.0 300.0 545.0 548.0 571.0 590.0 621.0 661.0 683.0 764.0 671.0
276 220.0 330.0 314.0 569.0 572.0 596.0 617.0 649.0 691.0 714.0 798.0 701.0
288 230.0 344.0 328.0 594.0 597.0 622.0 643.0 677.0 721.0 745.0 833.0 731.0
294 235.0 351.0 335.0 606.0 609.0 635.0 656.0 691.0 736.0 760.0 850.0 746.0
300 240.0 358.0 341.0 618.0 622.0 648.0 670.0 705.0 751.0 776.0 867.0 761.0
312 245.0 373.0 355.0 644.0 647.0 675.0 697.0 734.0 782.0 807.0 903.0 793.0
336 272.0 401.0 382.0 693.0 697.0 726.0 751.0 790.0 841.0 869.0 972.0 853.0
360 291.0 430.0 410.0 742.0 746.0 777.0 804.0 846.0 901.0 931.0 1041.0 914.0
1
Temporary overvoltage with no prior energy surge
2
Switching surge with a time to actual crest of 45 to 60 microseconds. 500 A switching surge current amplitude for ratings 3 — 132 kV. 1000 A switching surge current amplitude
for ratings 144 — 240 kV. 2000 A for ratings above 240 kV.
3
Equivalent front-of-wave producing a voltage wave cresting in 0.5 microseconds. Protective level is maximum discharge voltage for a 10 kA impulse current wave.
5
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Creepage
Rating Dimension A Weight Figure 1 Figure 2
Style Distance
(kV-rms) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Inches (mm)
Q003MA002A 3 15.8 (401) 7.5 (191) 40 (18)
Q004MA003A 4 15.8 (401) 7.5 (191) 41 (19)
Q006MA005A 6 15.8 (401) 7.5 (191) 42 (19)
Q007MA006A 7 15.8 (401) 7.5 (191) 43 (20)
Q008MA007A 8 18.5 (470) 15.6 (396) 47 (21)
Q009MA008A 9 18.5 (470) 15.6 (396) 48 (22)
Q010MA008A 10 18.5 (470) 15.6 (396) 49 (22)
Q012MA010A 12 18.5 (470) 15.6 (396) 50 (23)
Q015MA012A 15 21.8 (554) 24.0 (610) 58 (26)
Q018MA015A 18 21.8 (554) 24.0 (610) 59 (27)
Q021MA017A 21 21.8 (554) 24.0 (610) 60 (27)
Q024MA019A 24 21.8 (554) 24.0 (610) 61 (28)
Q027MA022A 27 26.3 (668) 39.0 (991) 73 (33)
Q030MA024A 30 26.3 (668) 39.0 (991) 74 (34) Metal Top Metal Top
Q036MA029A 36 26.3 (668) 39.0 (991) 80 (36) 3 — 39 kV 45 — 132 kV
Q039MA031A 39 26.3 (668) 39.0 (991) 82 (37)
Q045XA037A 45 29.3 (744) 54.0 (1372) 112 (51) Figure 3 Figure 4
Q048XA039A 48 29.3 (744) 54.0 (1372) 113 (51)
Q054XA042A 54 29.3 (744) 54.0 (1372) 115 (52)
Q060XA048A 60 40.7 (1034) 90.0 (2286) 136 (62)
C
Q072XA057A 72 40.7 (1034) 90.0 (2286) 146 (66)
Q090XA070A 90 40.7 (1034) 90.0 (2286) 155 (70) B
Q096XA076A 96 45.5 (1156) 105.9 (2690) 176 (80)
Q108XA084A 108 53.0 (1346) 132.4 (3363) 220 (100)
Q110XA088A 110 53.0 (1346) 132.4 (3363) 221 (100)
Q120XA098A 120 53.0 (1346) 132.4 (3363) 228 (103)
Q132XA106A 132 53.0 (1346) 132.4 (3363) 239 (108)
Q144XA115A 144 65.7 (1669) 144.0 (3658) 270 (122)
Q168XA131A 168 77.1 (1958) 180.0 (4572) 290 (132)
Q172XA140A 172 77.1 (1958) 180.0 (4572) 300 (136)
Q180XA144A 180 81.9 (2080) 195.9 (4976) 310 (141)
Q192XA152A 192 81.9 (2080) 195.5 (4976) 320 (145)
Q228XA180A 228 94.2 (2393) 283.3 (6053) 349 (158)
144 — 258 kV 264 — 360 kV
Q240XA190A 240 101.7 (2583) 264.9 (6728) 369 (167)
Q258XA209A 258 101.7 (2583) 264.9 (6728) 378 (171)
Q264XA212A 264 119.3 (3030) 292.4 (7427) 482 (219)
Base Mounting Details
Q276XA220A 276 119.3 (3030) 292.4 (7427) 486 (220) Ratings 39 kV and below:
Q288XA230A 288 119.3 (3030) 292.4 (7427) 496 (225) 3 slots for .5 (12.7) hardware on a
Q294XA235A 294 123.2 (3129) 301.8 (7666) 506 (230) 8.75 (222.25) or 10 (254) dia. bolt circle.
Q300XA243A 300 123.2 (3129) 301.8 (7666) 516 (234)
Ratings 45 kV and above:
Q312XA245A 312 143.0 (3632) 370.8 (9418) 548 (249)
3 slots for .562 (14.2) dia. on
Q336XA272A 336 143.0 (3632) 370.8 (9418) 556 (252)
a 10 (254) bolt circle.
Q360XA291A 360 143.0 (3632) 370.8 (9418) 564 (256)
357
ABB
Surge Arresters
Station Class
EXLIM-P
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical Characteristics
Maximum Discharge Voltage
Voltage MCOV TOV1 (kV-rms) Switching Impulse 8 x 20 Microsecond Wave FOW3
Rating Rating
Surge2 kV-Crest
(kV-rms) (kV-rms) for 1 sec for 10 sec 1.5 kA 3 kA 5 kA 10 kA 15 kA 20 kA 40 kA
54 42 64.5 61.5 102 109 113 117 123 131 135 148 134
60 48 71.6 68.3 114 122 126 130 137 146 150 164 150
72 57 86.0 81.9 136 145 151 156 164 175 180 197 179
90 70 107.0 102.0 170 182 189 195 205 218 225 246 224
96 76 115.0 109.0 182 194 201 208 219 233 240 263 239
108 84 129.0 123.0 204 218 226 234 246 262 270 295 269
110 88 131.0 125.0 208 223 231 238 251 267 276 301 274
120 98 143.0 137.0 226 242 251 259 273 291 300 328 298
132 106 158.0 150.0 250 267 277 286 301 321 330 361 329
144 115 172.0 164.0 281 291 302 312 328 349 360 394 359
168 131 201.0 191.0 328 340 352 364 383 408 421 460 419
172 140 205.0 196.0 336 348 361 372 392 417 430 470 428
180 144 215.0 205.0 351 364 377 390 410 437 450 492 448
192 152 229.0 218.0 375 388 402 415 437 465 480 524 478
216 173 258.0 246.0 422 436 453 467 492 524 540 590 538
228 180 272.0 259.0 445 460 477 493 519 553 570 623 567
234 187 279.0 266.0 457 473 490 506 533 568 585 640 583
240 190 287.0 273.0 468 484 502 519 546 581 600 655 597
258 209 308.0 294.0 521 521 540 558 587 625 645 704 642
High-Voltage Products
264 212 315.0 300.0 533 533 553 571 601 640 660 721 657
276 220 330.0 314.0 557 557 578 597 628 669 690 754 686
288 230 344.0 328.0 582 582 604 623 656 699 720 787 717
294 235 351.0 335.0 593 593 615 636 669 712 735 803 731
300 240 358.0 341.0 606 606 628 649 683 727 750 820 747
312 245 373.0 355.0 630 630 653 675 710 756 780 852 776
336 272 401.0 382.0 679 679 704 727 765 815 840 918 836
360 291 430.0 410.0 726 726 753 778 819 872 899 983 895
396 318 473.0 451.0 799 799 829 856 901 960 989 1081 1045
420 335 501.0 478.0 848 848 880 908 956 1018 1050 1147 1109
444 353 530.0 505.0 897 897 930 960 1011 1077 1110 1213 1173
1
Temporary overvoltage with no prior energy surge
2
Switching surge with a time to actual crest of 45 to 60 microseconds. 500 A switching surge current amplitude for ratings 54 — 132 kV. 1000 A switching surge
current amplitude for ratings 144 — 240 kV. 2000 A for ratings above 240 kV.
3
Equivalent front-of-wave producing a voltage wave cresting in 0.5 microseconds. Protective level is maximum discharge voltage for a 10 kA impulse current wave.
358
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Youngwood, PA
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weight
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Creepage
Rating Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Weight
Style Distance
(kV-rms) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Inches (mm)
P054XA042A 54 29.3 (744) — — 54.0 (1372) 121 (55)
P060XA048A 60 40.7 (1034) — — 90.0 (2286) 143 (65)
P072XA057A 72 40.7 (1034) — — 90.0 (2286) 154 (70)
P090XA070A 90 40.7 (1034) — — 90.0 (2286) 165 (75)
P096XA076A 96 45.5 (1156) — — 105.9 (2690) 187 (85)
P108XA084A 108 53.0 (1346) — — 132.4 (3363) 232 (105)
P110XA088A 110 53.0 (1346) — — 132.4 (3363) 234 (106)
P120XA098A 120 53.0 (1346) — — 132.4 (3363) 242 (110)
P132XQ106A 132 53.0 (1346) — — 132.4 (3363) 254 (115)
P144XA115A 144 65.7 (1669) 23.6 (600) 11.6 (295) 144.0 (3658) 287 (130)
P168XA131A 168 77.1 (1958) 23.6 (600) 11.6 (295) 180.0 (4572) 309 (140)
P172XA140A 172 77.1 (1958) 23.6 (600) 11.6 (295) 180.0 (4572) 320 (145)
P180XA144A 180 81.9 (2080) 31.5 (800) 15.8 (400) 199.2 (5060) 331 (150)
P192XA152A 192 81.9 (2080) 31.5 (800) 15.8 (400) 199.2 (5060) 342 (155)
P228XA180A 228 94.2 (2393) 35.5 (902) 25.6 (650) 238.3 (6053) 375 (170)
P240XA190A 240 101.7 (2583) 35.5 (902) 25.6 (650) 264.9 (6728) 397 (180)
P258XA209A 258 101.7 (2583) 35.5 (902) 25.6 (650) 264.9 (6728) 408 (185)
P264XA212A 264 119.3 (3030) 58.0 (1473) 37.4 (950) 292.4 (7427) 512 (232)
P276XA220A 276 119.3 (3030) 58.0 (1473) 37.4 (950) 292.4 (7427) 518 (235)
P288XA230A 288 119.3 (3030) 58.0 (1473) 37.4 (950) 292.4 (7427) 529 (240)
P29XA235A 294 123.2 (3129) 58.0 (1473) 37.4 (950) 301.8 (7666) 540 (245)
P300XA243A 300 123.2 (3129) 58.0 (1473) 37.4 (950) 301.8 (7666) 551 (250)
P312XA245A 312 143.0 (3632) 58.0 (1473) 37.4 (950) 370.8 (9418) 584 (265)
P336XA272A 336 143.0 (3632) 58.0 (1473) 37.4 (950) 370.8 (9418) 595 (270)
P360XA291A 360 142.0 (3616) 58.0 (1473) 37.4 (950) 367.0 (9368) 1051 (477)
359
ABB
Surge Arresters
Station Class
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Youngwood, PA
EXLIM-T
The type EXLIM-T porcelain, gapless, metal oxide arrester meets or exceeds
all station class requirements of ANSI C62.11 (IEEE Standard for Metal Oxide
Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits) and Line Discharge Class 5 per IEC standards.
The EXLIM-T arrester is designed to meet the following performance criteria:
Energy capability (kJ/kV of duty cycle rating):
• Single impulse: Design performance rating (4 msec. duration)—10.0 kJ/kV
• Line discharge impulses: Per IEC 60099 within 1 min.—15.4 kJ/kV
Protective level @ 10 kA:
Per unit of duty cycle rating—2.20
Pressure-relief capability:
65 kA-rms symmetrical
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical Characteristics
Creepage
Rating Dimension A Dimension B Weight
Style Distance
(kV-rms) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Inches (mm)
T360TA288A 360 165.9 (4214) 105.3 (2673) 430.0 (10,922) 1227 (557)
T396TA318A 396 173.9 (4417) 113.3 (2876) 466.0 (11,836) 1281 (581)
T420TA335A 420 181.9 (4620) 121.3 (3080) 492.0 (12,496) 1322 (604)
T444TA353A 444 195.0 (4953) 142.4 (3616) 506.9 (12,875) 1440 (653)
T468TA372A 468 210.8 (5353) 150.2 (3813) 555.4 (14,107) 1561 (708)
T588TA470A 588 For dimensions and weights, contact factory
T612TA485A 612 For dimensions and weights, contact factory
360
Transmission Line
PEXLINK
STANDARD FEATURES
The silicone rubber housing features high-
tracking and arc-resistance, excellent
hydrophobic properties, and resistance
to weathering, UV radiation, and pollution.
361
ABB
Surge Arresters / Services
Transmission-Line Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Youngwood, PA
PEXLINK
SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical Characteristics
Nominal Maximum Discharge Voltage
MCOV Voltage TOV1 (kV-rms) Switch-
System Impulse 8 x 20 Microsecond Wave FOW3
Rating Rating ing
Voltage for for kV-Peak
(kV-rms) (kV-rms) Surge2 1.5 kA 3 kA 5 kA 10 kA 15 kA 20 kA 40 kA
(kV-rms) 1 sec. 10 sec.
12 — 14 10.2 12 13.9 13.4 27.3 29.9 31.3 32.8 35.6 38.4 39.9 45.9 40.5
14 15.3 18 20.9 20.1 40.9 44.8 46.9 49.2 53.3 57.6 59.7 68.7 60.6
20 — 26 19.5 24 27.9 26.8 54.6 59.7 62.6 65.6 71.1 76.8 79.6 91.6 80.8
26 — 36 24.4 30 34.9 33.5 68.2 74.6 78.1 81.9 88.8 95.9 99.5 115.0 101.0
36 29.0 36 41.8 40.2 82.2 89.9 94.2 98.7 107.0 116.0 120.0 138.0 122.0
46 39.0 48 55.8 53.6 110.0 121.0 126.0 132.0 143.0 155.0 161.0 185.0 163.0
46 — 69 48.0 60 69.7 67.0 137.0 150.0 157.0 165.0 178.0 193.0 200.0 230.0 203.0
69 57.0 72 83.6 80.3 165.0 180.0 184.0 198.0 214.0 232.0 240.0 276.0 244.0
115 76.0 96 111.0 107.0 219.0 240.0 251.0 263.0 285.0 308.0 320.0 368.0 324.0
115 & 138 98.0 120 139.0 133.0 274.0 299.0 314.0 329.0 356.0 385.0 399.0 459.0 405.0
138 & 161 106.0 132 153.0 147.0 301.0 328.0 345.0 361.0 391.0 423.0 438.0 504.0 445.0
161 115.0 144 167.0 160.0 342.0 359.0 376.0 394.0 427.0 462.0 479.0 550.0 485.0
230 144.0 180 209.0 200.0 427.0 448.0 469.0 492.0 533.0 576.0 597.0 687.0 606.0
230 154.0 192 223.0 214.0 455.0 478.0 501.0 525.0 569.0 615.0 637.0 733.0 647.0
230 173.0 216 250.0 241.0 512.0 538.0 564.0 591.0 640.0 692.0 717.0 825.0 728.0
1
Temporary overvoltage with no prior energy surge
2
Switching surge with a time to actual crest of 45 to 60 microseconds. 500 A switching surge current amplitude for ratings 12 — 132 kV. 1000 A switching surge
current amplitude for ratings above 132 kV.
3
Equivalent front-of-wave producing a voltage wave cresting in 0.5 microseconds. Protective level is maximum discharge voltage for a 10 kA impulse current wave.
FEATURES
ABB has unmatched capabilities to provide Re-manufacturing—Re-manufacturing
the best solutions to customer needs through a in our shops in Mt. Pleasant and Carson
comprehensive range of products and services. returns the equipment to a “like new”
These include: condition, while incorporating the latest
Parts—These replacement components are safety features. The rebuilt breakers carry
manufactured to the precise dimensions and a new 12-month warranty.
test requirements of the original equipment Field Service—ABB Factory Field Service
specifications. These replacements incorporate Engineers provide the expertise and experience
the latest design modifications and materials to handle the turnkey installation of new breakers
that improve the original design. and the entire range of life extensions, uprates,
Life Extension Kits—These kits include all and retrofits.
of the parts necessary to replace those items Training—Both “in-house” and “on-site” training
subject to wear, adding another 20-25 years to is available on the operation and general mainte-
the equipment life. nance for the full lineage of breakers supported.
Upratings—The interrupting and continuous The training can be tailored to the specific
current capabilities of many circuit breakers needs of the customer.
can be uprated to meet increased system ABB Product Support can help you get the
requirements at a significant savings versus most for your equipment.We have the experience
the fully installed cost of new breakers. to help you reach the right decision for your
Retrofits—Control voltage changes and particular equipment and system.
current transformer additions or changeouts
are two common retrofits performed to extend
the life of breakers. Retrofitting old “two-
pressure” breakers with current “puffer”
technology is another life extension project
for older breakers.
363
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Instrumentation, Protection,
and Control
Instrumentation
Protective Relays
Control Systems
ABB
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
Instrumentation Control Systems
IT
Field Turbine Control and Automation System
Actuators and Positioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Turbine Control and Condition
Flow Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Monitoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Pressure Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Power Plant Controls and Automation System
Temperature Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Symphony and IndustrialIT DCS. . . . . . . . . . 402
IT
Analyze Power Plant Optimization
Analytical Instruments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Carbon in Ash Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
ControlIT Flame Scanner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Process Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Optimax® Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
InformIT Optimax® Boiler Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Recorders and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Combustion Optimizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Revenue and Cost Manager (RCM) . . . . . . . 408
Condition Assessment and
Protective Relays Vibration Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Generation Water and Wastewater Plant Control
GPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 and Automation System
Transformer IndustrialIT, Symphony,
TPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 and SCADA Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Transmission Water and Wastewater Monitoring
REL 512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 and Diagnostics
REL 350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 PumpVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
REL 352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 IndustrialIT Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
REL 356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Symphony—Enhanced with IndustrialIT . . . . . . 415
Phasor Measurement for
Wide Area Monitoring Systems System Engineering Tools
Composer Series Engineering Tools . . . . . . 416
RES 521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Distribution Human System Interface
Conductor Series/OperateIT . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
DPU 1500R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
DPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Controllers, I/O Interfaces
MSOC-Microshield O/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Symphony/Harmony Area Management
and Control Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Test Switches
FT-1, FT-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Solid State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Services
Substation Systems and Protective Relays . 395
Products
Services
Systems
Instrumentation
ABB
For more information and to locate your local ABB Instrumentation Sales Representative
visit www.abbinfozone.com and click on the “Rep Locator” or call 1-800-829-6001.
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled.
367
Instrumentation
FieldIT
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Warminster, PA
Actuators and Positioners
Our valve automation family of products is designed to meet the simplest to the
most demanding applications. As a global product supplier, our offering includes
conventional as well as advanced Fieldbus solutions to satisfy all levels of process
control application needs. Our I/P converters are designed to be immune to
shock and vibration of 10g. We have the world’s first electrical control linear
actuator for continuous positioning, and with over 750,000 positioners installed
worldwide, our application experience is unbeatable.
Damper Actuators
ABB offers the most comprehensive line of damper drive actuators
on the market today. The UP and Contrac range of damper actuators
have long been the industry standard. Technically advanced part-turn
and linear, electric, and electro-pneumatic actuators feature digital
control, diagnostics, data logging, and communications. Built on
50 years of experience, these actuators offer virtually wear-free
operation combined with high positioning accuracy and stability.
Valve Positioners
Our multi-industry scope and product depth makes ABB the solution
provider of choice. For any environment you can expect high per-
formance and reliability. From digital and pneumatic positioners to
I/P and P/I converters, ABB offers industry leading technology to
link the control system to the valve. Features include a range of
Fieldbus communications and explosion-proof housings.
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
Electro-Pneumatic Positioners
The family of ABB positioners includes a full range of conventional
AV positioners and digital positioners featuring TZID-C—the digital
solution at a conventional price. The TZID-C standard offering, with
mechanical position indicator and LCD display, can be specified for
both linear and rotary applications.
For more information and to locate your local ABB Instrumentation Sales Representative
visit www.abbinfozone.com and click on the “Rep Locator” or call 1-800-829-6001.
6
368
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Warminster, PA
Flow Measurement
Electro-Magnetic Flowmeters
As one of the most popular ranges on the market today, ABB’s
magmeters have been providing innovative technology and high
accuracy for many years. Used across all industries and in munici-
palities, their success is a result of breadth of offering and reliability.
Wedgemeters
ABB’s Wedgemeter is the only device that can make accurate, stable
flow measurements for viscous fluids and slurries with Reynolds
numbers as low as 500. It is virtually maintenance free and features
no critical surface dimensions to wear out.Wedgemeters measure
liquids, gas, and steam with high accuracy (±0.5% of rate) and
minimum upstream and downstream piping requirements.
Calibration Services
Our NIST Traceable Calibration Lab provides water calibration for
flowmeters up to 30" in diameter. As one of the few NIST certified
labs in the United States, we help keep customers’ flowmeters
accurate, regardless of brand.
ABB
For more information and to locate your local ABB Instrumentation Sales Representative
visit www.abbinfozone.com and click on the “Rep Locator” or call 1-800-829-6001.
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled.
369
Instrumentation
FieldIT
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Warminster, PA
Pressure Measurement
Our proven range of reliable electronic pressure transmitters and sensors are
designed to provide our customers with numerous choices.We manufacture
and stock many different types of smart or pneumatic transmitters, remote seals,
and draft ranges.Whether you need absolute, gauge, or differential pressure;
pneumatic, electronic, or multivariable; remote seals, direct mount, or safety
critical, we offer the right pressure measurement solution.
Smart Transmitters
Pick the performance that meets your application.With accuracy 0.04 or 0.075,
HART, PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, or MODBUS communications.
Measurement in gauge, absolute, differential, level, flow, multi-variable, and
remote seals.
Multivariable Transmitters
Choose the multivariable transmitter for your air, gas, or stream mass flow
applications and your multiple input needs. Transmitters have a variety of
primary flow elements pre-configured.
Differential Pressure
Available with high-static working pressure option for power plants, pipelines,
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
or oil and gas production. Fast response time for compressors and turbines.
Remote Seals
All-welded construction for vacuum applications. Wide selection of diaphragm
materials including anti-stick and anti-corrosion.
Accessories
The STT04 Smart Transmitter Terminal is a battery-powered, portable communi-
cation device that configures, calibrates, monitors, modifies, troubleshoots, and
validates operation of HART devices and ABB FSK smart devices.
Level Transmitters
Liquid level transmitters of both conventional and submersible designs,
including specialty devices for interface level and density measurements.
For more information and to locate your local ABB Instrumentation Sales Representative
visit www.abbinfozone.com and click on the “Rep Locator” or call 1-800-829-6001.
6
370
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Warminster, PA
Temperature Measurement
Temperature Transmitters
ABB is a world leader in temperature transmitter applications for a wide range of
industries such as power, chemical, ceramics, and food and beverage, just to name a
few. We offer Smart transmitters with FOUNDATION Fieldbus, PROFIBUS, and HART
Communication protocols as well as analog transmitters. All of our transmitters
have a very high MTBF and most models are designed to withstand 100% relative
humidity. The transmitters are available in many mounting configurations: inside a
stand-alone enclosure, direct mounted to a sensor, or mounted on a DIN rail. No
matter what your application is, there is an ABB transmitter that is right for you.
Temperature Sensors
ABB is the only manufacturer who can meet the challenge of providing sensor designs
that resolve many industrial applications. RTD and thermocouple assemblies with
or without thermowells, as well as multipoint and high temperature ceramic sensors,
are just a few of our standard designs. ABB also offers a new direct immersion RTD
design, which cuts mounting time in half and features quick-fit connectors.
Multi-Barriers
ABB offers a cascadable, intrinsically safe barrier which can connect up to four
devices. The barrier can be used universally for Fieldbus protocols, including
FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS.
Configuration Software
Smart Vision® is a universal, device management software tool for intelligent field
instruments and provides intuitive handling. It supports HART, FOUNDATION
Fieldbus, and PROFIBUS instruments. The software can be installed on a laptop or
PC, and along with an interface adapter, it can be used to configure, monitor, or test
field instruments.
ABB
For more information and to locate your local ABB Instrumentation Sales Representative
visit www.abbinfozone.com and click on the “Rep Locator” or call 1-800-829-6001.
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled.
371
Instrumentation
AnalyzeIT
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Warminster, PA
Analytical Instruments Carson City, NV
Conductivity
From high purity water to aggressive chemical applications, ABB offers a broad
range of conductivity sensors with flexible mounting configurations to fit virtu-
ally every application. Fully featured transmitters offer a user-friendly interface
and supports FOUNDATION, PROFIBUS, and HART Communication protocols.
pH/Redox
Whether your application is in pure water, stock preparation, petrochem, or
chemical processing and beyond, ABB has the right solution. ABB has the
widest range of pH/ORP (Redox) sensors available from any industrial
analytical supplier.
the SMA 90. Its close-coupled design consolidates sensor and electronics
instrumentation into a unified analyzer design.
Water Analyzers
From a company that developed the world’s first online industrial sodium
analyzer, ABB offers two unique solutions for measuring sodium in steam
raising plants. Also available are turbidity systems, hydrazine monitors,
fluorides, ammonia, nitrate analyzers, silica monitors, and phosphate monitors.
For more information and to locate your local ABB Instrumentation Sales Representative
visit www.abbinfozone.com and click on the “Rep Locator” or call 1-800-829-6001.
6
372
ControlIT
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Warminster, PA
Process Controllers
Our range of process controllers give you more control choices—from simple
single-loop to more advanced multi-loop control requirements, with a wide
range of standard features and options to match your application. Our mission
is simple—process controller solutions that are tough, reliable, flexible,
upgradeable, and comprehensible.
Single-Loop Controllers
ABB’s long experience in many application areas allows us to bring
to you a unique range of single-loop controllers that offer unmatched
functionality. In many models, the field upgradeable design helps
protect investments, simplifies modification, and eliminates the need
to keep multiple units on hand.
Multi-Loop Controllers
ABB offers various industrial controllers with high contrast vacuum
fluorescent or gas plasma displays. Convenient, easy-to-understand
user guidance through clear text instructions. Up to eight control
loops with math, logic, and sequencing functions. Built-in, modular,
and remote I/O to fit virtually any application. Inherent features to
protect process, personnel, and profits. Configuration menus for
standard applications.
ABB
For more information and to locate your local ABB Instrumentation Sales Representative
visit www.abbinfozone.com and click on the “Rep Locator” or call 1-800-829-6001.
All ABB products are IndustrialIT enabled.
373
Instrumentation
InformIT
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Warminster, PA
Recorders and Indicators
Digital Indicators
Panel-mounted process indicators, universal wall/pipe-mounted
process indicators, and panel-, wall-, and post-mounted level
indicators.The ABB’s universal process indicators are highly
versatile 5- and 6-digit industrial display indicators with high
visibility LED displays and 0.1 measurement accuracy.
Videographic Recorders
ABB’s paperless video recorders feature state-of-the-art data storage
and security technologies. Up to 36 universal analog inputs can
be recorded and displayed in a variety of views on a large color
display.They also offer flash memory and unsurpassed environmental
protection.
For more information and to locate your local ABB Instrumentation Sales Representative
visit www.abbinfozone.com and click on the “Rep Locator” or call 1-800-829-6001.
6
374
Protective Relays
SELECTION GUIDE
Features
Generation
GPU 2000R Multifunction protection for synchronous generators
Transformer
TPU 2000R Differential and overcurrent protection for power transformers
Transmission
REL 512 Transmission line distance protection system relay
REL 350 Transmission line segregated phase comparison protection relay
REL 352 Transmission line phase comparison protection relay
REL 356 Transmission line current differential protection relay
Wide Area Measurement
Phasor measurement terminal for use in wide area systems to better match
RES 521
stability limits with the thermal limits of power lines
Distribution
Multifunction overcurrent protection with optional reclosing for medium
DPU 2000R/DPU 1500R
voltage feeders
Microprocessor-based unit designed to provide three-phase and ground
Microshield O/C
overcurrent protection and optional circuit breaker auto reclosing
Test Switches
Complete line of easy to use relay test switches for use in measuring
FT-1, FT-19
instrumentation and protective devices
Electromechanical and Solid-State
Electromechanical A complete and comprehensive line of electromechanical relays and FT-1 switches
Solid State A complete range of solid-state relays
Substation Systems and Services
ABB has a long history in supplying world-class, customer-specified,
Engineered Protection Systems
substation protection, automation, and communication systems.
Relay Services Engineering and technical support specializing in every aspect of system protection
375
ABB
Protective Relays
Generation
GPU 2000R
FEATURES
Standard Protective Functions
Complete multifunction protection 589T series:
Programmable logic inputs (8) and outputs (6) • Under and overvoltage (27/59)
A 4-line by 20-character liquid crystal display
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
376
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
Coral Springs, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Front View
Note: Front panel illustrated here is for the 589T series units.
Dimensions are the same for all 589 series.
Top View
Note: Bezel and cover assembly available for panel mounting
applications. Refer to factory for panel cutout dimensions.
377
ABB
Protective Relays
Transformer
TPU 2000R
FEATURES
Standard Protective Functions
Four (4) selectable percentage restraint Two or three winding, three-phase differential
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
378
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
Coral Springs, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Front View
Top View
Note: Bezel and cover assembly available for panel mounting
applications. Refer to factory for panel cutout dimensions.
379
ABB
Protective Relays
Transmission
REL 512
STANDARD FEATURES
Impedance measuring zones Loss of current monitoring with blocking
Four (4) forward, one reverse, phase and ground and/or alarm logic
zones with independent timers for step distance Negative sequence fault detector for greater
and pilot protection schemes sensitivity to phase-to-phase faults
Complete, comprehensive pilot protection logic Directional or nondirectional negative sequence
for POTT, PUTT, Blocking, and Unblocking inverse time overcurrent back-up
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Front View
Top View
381
ABB
Protective Relays
Transmission
REL 350
FEATURES
Standard RS-232C Communications Port (RS-232 PONI)
Ease-of-use programming with new Windows- Continuous communication channel
based WinRCP remote communications program delay measurement
Numerical processing (fully digital) Single 4 kHz channel operation (9600 bps audio
tone option)
Multiple microprocessor design
Oscillographic data storage capability
Phase-comparison algorithm for each
phase and ground
Current change (∆I) detectors and selectable Protective Functions
voltage change (∆V) detector FT-14 test switches
Four (4) low-set overcurrent detectors for Zone 2 and 3 distance relay function-time
open breaker delayed trip for phase faults
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
Four (4) high-set overcurrent units for direct trip Zone 2 and 3 distance relay or directional
Fault locator function overcurrent function-time delayed trip for
Self-checking function ground faults
Sampling techniques: Dual power supply
• Seven (7) incoming analog waveforms Single-pole trip function
• Twelve (12) samples per cycle Direct transfer trip (56/84 kbps option)
High-speed operation RS-232C Product Operated Interface (PONI),
Local target data availability which can be replaced with an Integrated
Local man-machine interface Communications (INCOM®) PONI when
(vacuum fluorescent display) networking is desired. This requires an INCOM
Multi-Access Controller (IMAC™) to act as
19-inch rack mounting; 4 rack units high master controller.
Loss of potential supervision Communications interface to:
Loss of current monitoring • 9600 bps audio tone output (requires a 3002,
Reclose into fault detection C2 conditioned telephone circuit or equivalent)
• 56/64 kbps direct digital channel output
1 or 5 A current transformer operation
• 56/64 kbps fiber optic 850 nm, ST connector
50 or 60 Hz operation multimode cable
Meets and/or exceeds ANSI/IEC standards • 56/64 kbps fiber optic 1300 nm,
Contact outputs for: ST connector, single-mode cable
• Breaker trip general start • Optional G.703 Interface
• Breaker failure initiate system failure alarm
• Reclose initiate channel alarm
• Reclose block trip alarm
6
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Front View
Top View
383
ABB
Protective Relays
Transmission
REL 352
FEATURES
Standard
Ease-of-use programming with new Windows- RS-232C Communications Port PONI
based WinRCP remote communications program Adaptive communication channel
Numerical processing (fully digital) delay measurement
Multiple microprocessor design Oscillographic data storage
Phase-comparison protection algorithm Local man-machine interface
Current change (∆I) detectors and selectable 19-inch rack mounting; 4 rack units high
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Front View
Top View
385
ABB
Protective Relays
Transmission
REL 356
FEATURES
Standard
Ease-of-use programming with new Windows- RS-232C Communications Port PONI
based WinRCP remote communications program Adaptive communication channel
Numerical processing (fully digital) delay measurement
Multiple microprocessor design Oscillographic data storage
Current differential protection algorithm Local man-machine interface
Current change (∆I) detectors and selectable 19-inch rack mounting; 4 rack units high
voltage change (∆V) detectors
Direct transfer trip
Optional
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Front View
Top View
387
ABB
Protective Relays Phasor Measurement for
Wide Area Monitoring Systems
Manufactured by
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
RES 521 Coral Springs, FL
STANDARD FEATURES
Time tagged AC phasors, positive sequence One normally open output contact each for
voltages, and currents as real and imaginary abnormal frequency, rate of change of frequency,
quantities, for local or remote applications undervoltage, and overcurrent pick-up
Frequency and rate of change of frequency Change over output contact for loss of DC and
Data transfer rate is selectable to 1 per cycle, internal self-monitoring
1 per 2 cycles, or 1 per 4 cycles. A specific Eight binary inputs can be freely connected to
anti-aliasing filter has been designed for each the IEEE 1344 synchrophasor data format
transfer rate, to capture an optimum of the Remote communication port 10/100 Base Tx
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
power system dynamics. for TCP/IP and streaming data in IEEE 1344 or
Synchronized sampling of terminals in different PC37.118 synchrophasor format
substations, by the use of GPS-based time signals Optionally additional optical remote communica-
Time tagging accuracy down to one µ second tion ports 100 Base Fx for TCP/IP and streaming
Highly accurate voltage and current data in IEEE 1344 or PC37.118 synchrophasor
measurement format
Highly accurate phase angle calculation Front-mounted menu-driven display for display-
ing positive sequence voltage and current
Six analog current inputs and three analog
measurements as amplitude and phase angle.
voltage inputs
The angle reference is selectable to any phasor
Optionally additional six analog current inputs or the GPS time reference.
and three analog voltage inputs
Continuous self-monitoring and diagnostics
Two settable pick-up levels for frequency, two
Protective relay technology and EMC noise
settable pick-up levels for rate of change of
suppression
frequency, two settable under-voltage pick-up
levels, and four settable overcurrent pick-up Available for 19-inch rack mounting in a panel,
levels are available. surface or flush mounting
Hardware options: On/Off switch for DC
supply—Mounting details for IP40 and
IP54-Ring lug terminals
388
Distribution
FEATURES
Standard Protective Functions
Models with ANSI or IEC nomenclature and In each setting group (Primary, Alternate 1, and
time overcurrent characteristic curves provide Alternate 2), the following protection is provided:
greater flexibility. Phase-time overcurrent protection (51 P)
Optional user-programmable curves accom- Phase-instantaneous overcurrent protection
modate special coordination requirements. (50 P-1, 50 P-2, 50 P-3)
Isolated communication ports provide superior Ground overcurrent protection (51 N)
remote communications. Ground-instantaneous overcurrent protection
Multiple communication protocols support (50 N-1, 50 N-2, 50 N-3)
(DNP 3.0, MODBUS, MODBUS Plus, and UCA) Negative sequence overcurrent protection (46)
Two choices of Operator Control Interface Phase- and ground-directional overcurrent
(standard and enhanced) protection (67 P, 67 N)
Calendar clock keeps time even during Two (2) frequency-shed and optional-restore
power-down. sequences with undervoltage block (81 S, 81 R)
Event records and logs are not lost by Undervoltage and overvoltage control and alarm
resetting of targets. (27/59 and new 59-3)
Protection is user-selectable to be based on New four-zone step distance (21)
RMS or fundamental values.
Negative sequence voltage protection (47)
Front and rear communication ports for
Optional, sensitive-earth fault function for
simultaneous local and remote access
systems with all line-to-line connected loads
Programmable logic inputs and outputs with
Elements not needed for a particular application
time delays
are easily disabled in the settings process.
Test mode allows logic monitoring of the
unit’s functions.
Windows-based WinECP configuration software
389
ABB
Protective Relays
Distribution
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
DPU 1500R, DPU 2000R Coral Springs, FL
APPLICATIONS
All medium-voltage feeder protection application
Subtransmission line protection with non-pilot step distance
Breaker reclosing with or without synchrocheck
Applications requiring full metering
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
18.88
(479.6)
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
5.22
Front View
2.25
(132.6) (57.2)
.2
(15)
1.49
(37.8)
7.375
(187.3) Top View
9.00
(229.0) Note: Bezel and cover
1.00 assembly available for
(25.4) panel mounting applica-
.15 1.625 tions. Refer to factory for
(4) (42) panel cutout dimensions.
17.12
(434.8)
390
Distribution
MSOC—MICROSHIELD O/C
FEATURES
Standard Protective Functions
All DC voltages are supported and can also Fully featured, three-phase, and ground-time
be AC powered (with optional module). instantaneous overcurrent protection
ANSI or IEC time overcurrent curves Selection of ANSI or IEC time curves
Provides RMS response
Programmable input and output contacts The MSOC contains the protective elements
Optional four-shot recloser necessary for medium-voltage circuit overcurrent
protection. Its applications can include distribution
Small size and available bezel kits easily retrofit
feeder protection, line back-up protection, motor
electromechanical and solid-state relays.
overcurrent protection, and transformer overcur-
Optional front RS-232 and rear RS-485 rent protection. The dual-phase time overcurrent
communication ports elements allow the user to design a composite
Resident communication protocols include curve; for example, motor protection applications
MODBUS and ASCII. provide locked-rotor and overload protection.
Complete current, voltage, power, and A summary of the elements are as follows:
frequency metering package with kWhr, Three-phase time overcurrent elements
kvarhr, and power factor (51 P, 51 LT)
Demand values Ground-time overcurrent protection (51 N)
Fault recording Phase-instantaneous overcurrent
Event capture protection (50 P)
Standard LCD display and full-function keypad Ground-instantaneous overcurrent
protection (50 N)
Draw-out unit and CT shorting
ANSI trip and reset times conform to
Meets all applicable ANSI C37.90 and
IEEE C37.112.
IEC 255 standards
UL recognition and CE mark
Configured with Windows-based WinECP
(same tool as used for DPU 1500Rs,
DPU 2000Rs, and TPU 2000Rs)
391
ABB
Protective Relays
Distribution Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
MSOC—MICROSHIELD O/C Coral Springs, FL
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
APPLICATIONS
Three-phase and ground over-current
protection for medium-voltage feeders
Back-up protection for transformers
Locked rotor and overload protection
for motors
Circuit breaker reclosure
Top View
392
Test Switches
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
FT-1, FT-19 Coral Springs, FL
FEATURES
Standard for FT-1 and FT-19R Standard for FT-19R
• Match all standard connections provided by • Up to 30 circuit terminals
test equipment manufacturers • One to three FT-1 switches
• Increased connection capability including: • Cost-effective, multi-circuit test assembly using
– Standard banana plugs proven FT switches
– Spade lugs • Pre-drilled to easily mount on 19" rack panels
– Ring lugs or switchgear
– Meter test probes or wire connections • Standard FT test plugs available for testing
each circuit
– Custom or standard cables and harnesses
• Thumb nuts for easy and secure cover Optional for FT-1 and FT-19R
removal • A clear cover over all switch positions allows
• Make before break contacts for quick and safe switches to remain fully visible in either open
circuit isolation or closed position.
• Up to ten circuits per FT-1 switch • Individual covers over each switch are optional
• Meter type lead seal feature • Colored handles may be specified on
each switch
• Rated 600 V and 30 A
• Extended rear terminal connection versions
• UL recognized, ANSI/IEEE C37-90
for ease in panel wiring.
393
ABB
Protective Relays
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
Electromechanical and Solid State Coral Springs, FL
Electromechanical
ABB continues to support its extensive product
line of traditional electromechanical relays.
Solid State
ABB offers the industry’s broadest range of
single-function, solid-state protective relays
primarily for medium-voltage applications.
STANDARD FEATURES
Electromechanical
High dependability
Long life
Flexitest™ drawout case construction Electromechanical
Transmission protection
Distribution protection
UL listed models
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
Solid State
Single-phase and three-phase models
Low burden
Easy to set
UL listed models
High seismic rating
Nuclear class 1E qualified models
Solid-State
394
Services Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Substation Systems and Protective Relays Allentown, PA
Coral Springs, FL
FEATURES
Installation and Commissioning standard forms. The inspection team and electrical
New relay equipment installations require team responsibilities are well-defined, and checklist
a complete and thorough checklist, testing, forms are provided. ABB personnel can follow
procedures provided by the customer or supply
and calibration. ABB uses separate teams for
procedures with ABB instruction.
installation and commissioning jobs. The
inspection team is responsible for equipment ABB performs a system ringout utilizing wiring
diagrams. Errors are corrected and any changes
verification per the bill of materials, terminal
to the wiring are reflected on customer drawings.
block identification, wire identification, wire The final job is dielectric testing of the panels, if
gauge, and wire terminations. required, per ANSI C37.21 and C37.90. In all cases,
ABB can supply total turnkey services for new discrepancies are documented and a complete
construction, retrofit, and upgrades of existing checklist is submitted.
facilities. Onsite services determine the most The electrical team performs acceptance tests
cost-effective solution for the customer’s relay- and calibration on all relays per the instruction
ing application. ABB’s project engineers can book and records the information on a relay test
design and specify the complete installation. form.They verify fuse ratings and test CTs, PTs,
Test Equipment and Procedures and associated equipment per manufacturers’
ABB provides its own test equipment for use on specifications. Functional testing is performed
the job site. Each piece of equipment is tested electrically and manually to assure proper
and calibrated per the National Bureau of operation of all components. Trip checks, reclose
Standards on a regular basis to ensure accuracy. sequences, and operate relays are performed
ABB utilizes modern test equipment from several to initiate annunciator and alarm circuits. After
manufacturers and can supply maintenance satisfactorily completing all tests, the relaying is
procedures and field test reports for use on ready for inservice testing.
395
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Special Feature
Power RichSystem©
STANDARD FEATURES
Distributed Scalable Architecture—The Unsolicited messaging is supported in DNP 3.0.
PowerRichSystem is a distributed Client-Server Where low bandwidths would normally cause
architecture based on a task server structure. delays, unsolicited messaging realizes high
Basic tasks are data input and output (I/O), efficiency event and alarm annunciation.
alarm handling, trend recording, report genera- Performance—The PowerRichSystem uses
tion, and data display. This architecture allows dynamic optimization to maximize system per-
for a variety of system designs rather than lock- formance. Small or large systems have similar
ing into one method. This architecture allows high-performance statistics; usually field changes
the system to grow with expanded require- are seen at the I/O Server and Clients in seconds.
ments, preserving the initial investment.
Ease of Use—Designed into the PowerRichSystem
Data between computers is transmitted via interface is a fixed HEADER on every page,
standard local area network (LAN) infrastruc- standardized quick meters, standardized full
ture. Display tasks are capable of accessing metered value device displays with built-in
multiple I/O Servers to compile a custom custom grouped trend buttons, and error-free
display for the user. This approach to data operator usage of the system.
acquisition and transmission allows efficient
Unique features—Matrix security allows exact
network use, extreme scalability, and system
definitions of permissions with the option of
expansions without the need for changing
overlap of access rights between individual
existing hardware. The system uses Logical
users or user groups. This is a feature commonly
Transparent Data Access (Single Global Database)
missing in strictly hierarchical security systems.
with “unlimited” data point on any I/O Server.
Connectivity—More than 170 protocols are
built in the system. The PowerRichSystem is
capable of communicating to multi-vendor intel-
ligent electronic device (IED) units, multi-vendor
RTU, and other computer systems through direct
protocols including OPC Server and Client.
397
ABB
Power Monitoring and Control
Special Feature Sourced through
ABB Inc.
© Lake Mary, FL
Power RichSystem
APPLICATIONS
The PowerRichSystem is used in all power applica-
tions with utilities and industrial sites. In addition, the
system expands to cover other applications like water,
wastewater, steam, building automation, fire panel
annunciation, security annunciation, and other applica-
tions that start with power monitoring. The primary
market is for switchgear, outdoor breakers and reclosers,
and transformers monitor and control that is covered
in Substation Automation and Distribution Automation.
398
PRICOM™
PRICOM is a Power Information, Communication, and
Control system that is primarily designed to automate
electrical substation equipment in a true multi-tasking,
multi-user, UNIX®/LINUX® environment. The system
conforms to the X Windows® Graphical User Interface
(GUI) specifications using Motif window management.
It complies with all applicable IEEE and IEC specifica-
tions for automation systems. All required networking
software is included, and applications software such as
a word processor or spreadsheet can be incorporated
into the system, if necessary.
STANDARD FEATURES
Connections—PRICOM systems are delivered historian database can be plotted and displayed
with a server that can be configured to commu- in multiple simultaneous plots. The plots can be
nicate on multiple communications networks expanded or compressed, and the time axis may
simultaneously, using a different communica- be shifted. A value marker can be positioned by
tions protocol on each network. In addition to the pointing device anywhere on the plot curve
Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs), such as to display the actual numerical value of the data
microprocessor-based relays, meters, and other at that point.
devices, the system is capable of communicating The PRICOM database is designed to capture
with Remote Terminal Units (RTUs), Program- and display ALL data available from the con-
mable Logic Controllers (PLCs), and Supervisory nected IED. For example, the following data
Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) systems. from a DPU-2000R relay is available for display,
PRICOM systems can be configured with control, and other operations:
Ethernet and RS-232/RS-485 serial ports as • Real-Time Analog Values (per phase and total
needed. Multiple users on the various ports current, voltage, real and reactive power)
can access the system simultaneously. Users can
• Real-Time Status Values (breaker status,
make a remote connection to the systems using
all targets)
X-Windows technology to access data and
displays that are resident on the local server. • Protective Settings (Primary, Alt 1,
The system can accept and respond to SQL Alt 2 settings) (read, modify, save)
queries from other DCS platforms over the • User Logical Inputs and Outputs
Ethernet connection using TCP/IP. Additional (read, modify, save)
platforms connected to the Ethernet can also • Fault and Operations Records
log into the Host Server.
• Min-Max and Load Profile Data
Databases—Field devices report by exception
• Oscillography
to the real-time database. The system can be
configured so that each parameter in the real- Real-time parameters can be time-stamped
time database can be individually configured with a time resolution of up to 1 millisecond.
to also be written to a historian database for The actual accuracy depends on the device
long-term retention. The historian database that generates the data. PRICOM can process
can be periodically downloaded to longer-term high-speed data acquisition, such as waveform
storage devices (magnetic tape or optical disk) capture, as well as upload data from remote
as necessary. Any parameter in the real-time or terminals with time stamps.
399
ABB
Power Monitoring and Control/Control Systems
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
PRICOM™ Coral Springs, FL
Operations—The operations of the PRICOM The PRICOM system also tracks all events via a
system is intuitive to the user. All operations are message database. Events include such activities
conducted via the pointing device (mouse), and as setting changes, supervisory control activities,
the screen displays lead the user to the informa- alarm acknowledgments, user-defined parameter
tion that is desired. set points, security violation attempts, user
The user displays are clear and concise. The login and logout, and use of system configura-
“top” display provides a quick status overview tion utilities. All such events can be configured
of the entire substation via a single-line diagram. to be retained in the message database on an
Essential summary data is indicated, such as individual basis.
breaker and disconnect status, power system PRICOM can send commands to IEDs connected
variables, and miscellaneous points (recloser, to the communications networks. The commands
ground relay status, etc.) A simple “click” on a take precedence over the scan process and are
breaker position expands that portion of the immediately sent to the device. Of course, the
display to allow operations such as trip or close user attempting to send commands must be
of the breaker or disconnects, changing recloser authorized by the security level of the login.
or ground relay status, adding tags or operator Typical commands are a multi-step process:
notes and an additional expandable window (1) select the command; (2) verify the unit
into more real-time and historical data. identification (usually a password-protected
The tagging function includes the ability to step); (3) command the operation; and
assign different priority tags, indicate the name (4) verify the operation.
of the tag holder and the purpose for the tag, Each IED that is implemented in the PRICOM
and data and time. Multiple tags can be applied system may be accessed by a menu screen that
to a device; this is indicated on the device in is specific to that device. Most features and
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
the overview display. Depending on the tag capabilities of the device are accessible from
type, an applied tag will disable control to the the menu screen in the PRICOM-UE system.
tagged device. Operator notes are completely In the PRICOM-CE and PRICOM-SE systems,
free-form and can be added and deleted at will most features and capabilities of an IED are
to convey special information regarding a supported with the exception of access to and
device. the ability to edit protective device settings.
The multi-tasking capability of the system allows Utilities—The PRICOM systems include config-
continuous scanning of the power system para- uration utilities to allow the user to reconfigure
meters, regardless of what other operations are or modify the system displays and database
being conducted by the simultaneous users of to account for changes in the monitored and
the system.The server updates the real-time data- controlled equipment. Separate utilities are
base on an exception basis and detects, records, provided to export any selected data to
and tracks alarm conditions as they occur. The another computer for further analysis or to
alarms are tracked in a queue containing all run applications such as a word processor or
alarms in the system. In addition, a message spreadsheet, while continuing to operate the
database file keeps a chronological record of all PRICOM application.
alarm-related events each day. This database can Security—PRICOM systems provide multiple
be viewed or printed as needed. Alarms can be levels of security. The operating system enforces
acknowledged individually or all at one time. data integrity and security access through
Four priorities of alarms can be defined. password entry protection.
400
Turbine Control and Automation System
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Natrona Heights, PA
Turbine Control and Condition Monitoring Systems
Plant Network/Intranet
S800M S800M
Controller Controller
APPLICATIONS
FEATURES
Turbine Control
Completely integrated with ABB DCS system • Utility steam turbine
Control systems available for all • Utility auxiliary steam turbine
major turbine manufacturers • Combustion turbine
Triple redundant overspeed protection • Industrial steam turbine
Automatic valve calibration, Condition Assessment
both online and offline • Vibration monitoring and TSI
Integrated turbine supervisory • Turbine vibration condition assessment
instrumentation (TSI) • BOP expert diagnostic system
Unit master connectivity
Sophisticated online diagnostics
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Turbine condition audits
Rotor stress
Automatic turbine startup
Mechanical governor to
electrohydraulic conversions
Turnkey installation services
Electronic documentation and
training packages
401
ABB
Power Plant Controls and Automation System
Control Systems
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
IT Wickliffe, OH
Symphony and Industrial DCS
ABB designs, manufactures, and installs integrated, plant-specific control and optimization
systems for all types of power plants, including conventional oil-, gas-, or coal-fired plants;
fluidized beds; combined cycle; and coal gasification units. The systems include automa-
tion from fuel handling to switchyard with all subsystems in between.
Ethernet
AC800M Controllers
with S800 I/O
Infinet ControlIT
Peer to Peer
Gateway FF (H1)
Foundation
Fieldbus and
PROFIBUS Devices
PROFIBUS and I/O
S800 I/O
Connectivity to
Harmony
402
Power Plant Optimization
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, OH
Carbon in Ash Monitor
ABB’s Carbon in Ash Load Instrument marks the latest
technology in the measurement of unburned carbon
in ash.
Its patented real-time, non-extractive monitoring system
incorporates advanced microwave technology for reliable,
accurate measurement of carbon.
It is the only measurement system of its kind that can
be integrated into a closed-loop optimization control
system. This approach offers plant personnel real-time
opportunities to improve efficiencies and enhance
plant profitability.
In addition, the Carbon in Ash Load Instrument measures
the quality of ash you produce. Quality ash can be sold
as a profitable by-product.
FEATURES
For instance, a typical 170 mW unit can generate
230 tons/day of ash during the non-ozone season.
This translates to a total of $800,000 in ash sales per
year, or an ROI of 2 months.
The instrument is designed for easy installation and
minimal maintenance. Other benefits include:
Unique online measurement technique
Highly accurate measurements in real-time
Complete in-situ measurement method
Unique closed-loop control capability SPECIFICATIONS
Potential reduction of unburned carbon in ash by
1 — 5% when tied to a control system Operating Principle:
Microwave absorption non-extractive
Instrument Size: 30" x 33" x 30"
(each side of unit)
APPLICATIONS
Power Requirements: 120 Vac/5 A
The monitoring system uses a device that is mounted on
the boiler back-pass via existing access door openings Plant Air: 80 — 110 psi/15 scfm x 2
or reinforced duct work installation.This makes costly (15 scfm per side max.)
boiler tube modifications unnecessary. Purge Air: 200 scfm @ 0.5 psi > duct pressure
In addition, duct gas/LOI stratification or ash hopper Range: 0 — 20% carbon in ash by weight
carbon distribution is not a problem because the Accuracy: Better than ±1% absolute
instrument is not dependent on point sampling.
Update Interval: Programmable (as fast
These factors help to make this unique system the as 1 minute average, based on less than
industry’s lowest cost and most effective alternative 1 second data)
for the measurement range covered.
Output: 4 — 20 mA current loop
Users can view data graphically via their DCS or plant
(CIA% or carbon g/m3)
information management system. Data can also be
integrated with an ABB (or other) closed-loop control Maintenance: Clean and recalibrate annually
system for advanced combustion optimization.
403
ABB
Power Plant Optimization
Control Systems
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, OH
Flame Scanner
Flame Scanners are a crucial part of a boiler’s
safety system. Their primary function is to identify
potentially dangerous “flame out” conditions where
ignition has ceased and continued addition of fuel
could cause an explosion. Because of the flame
scanners’ importance, they must be extremely
reliable and rugged.
Safe FlameTM technology has been reliably in
use since 1982 with over nine thousand (9000)
scanners installed. Safe Flame DFS (Digital Flame
Scanner) is the newest generation of this technology.
It incorporates the speed and precision of digital
signal processing, which makes it the finest flame
scanner available.
The Safe Flame DFS scanner detects the presence of
flame in utility and industrial boilers. It can measure
the characteristics of infrared (IR), ultraviolet (UV),
or visible light emitted by the flame.
The system is designed for either wall-fired and/or
tangentially fired systems. It is recommended for
new installations, and it is also available as an
upgrade to existing systems.
404
Power Plant Optimization
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
® Wickliffe, OH
Optimax Performance
Optimax Performance is an online thermal information
system which represents ABB’s state-of-the-art
Performance Monitoring program. It is intended for
use by plant operators, engineers, and management to
improve power plant operational efficiency.
APPLICATIONS
FEATURES
Optimax Performance calculates actual
Detection of non-optimized operation: values and expected values for current
Higher efficiency operating conditions. These reference
Early detection of damage: Higher availability values are derived from design curves
Proposals to improve plant performance or process models. Any deviation is
by operator intervention: Higher availability indicated as to its impact on the overall
generation costs.
Simulation of different operating modes:
Increased efficiency Optimax Performance uses real-time plant
data to conduct performance monitoring
(heat rate deviation) and cycle analysis
calculations. Its design provides maximum
flexibility in reconfiguring or dynamically
modifying system parameters, even during
system operation. Calculation develop-
ment is an offline process, which allows
the performance engineer to create,
modify, test, and delete calculations
without disturbing or interrupting other
activities already in progress.
405
ABB
Control Systems
Power Plant Optimization
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
® Wickliffe, OH
Optimax Boiler Cleanliness
The Optimax Boiler Cleanliness module calculates
sectional surface cleanliness values in real-time, as well
as the temperature of gas entering each section.The
model is configured/tuned to unit-specific boiler data.
The results obtained from this module will support
plant operators and engineers in optimizing the
current plant sootblowing strategy. This can translate
into significant heat rate savings while minimizing
tube erosion.
FEATURES
The Optimax Boiler Cleanliness module contains the
following configuration tools:
Convective heat exchanger performance module
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
406
Power Plant Optimization
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, OH
Combustion Optimizer
ABB’s Combustion Optimizer System (COS) improves
boiler efficiency, reduces air emissions, and lowers
operating costs, enabling power generators to compete
more effectively in a deregulated market with changing
environmental regulations.
As part of an ABB automation product suite designed
to improve power plant profitability, the Combustion
Optimizer can be used as a stand-alone system or in
conjunction with other optimization solutions, such
as ABB’s Optimax Performance Monitoring System or
the real-time Carbon in Ash Load Instrument (CIA).
APPLICATIONS
FEATURES
The heart of ABB’s COS solution is the
Some of the benefits that you can expect from the Combustion Optimizer. It consists of neu-
ABB Combustion Optimizer: ral net modeling software, which allows
Reduced NOx by 5 — 35% the best operational practices of your
Improvement in heat rate: plant to be modeled and then locked-in
• 0.25 — 1.5% at base load for various operational goals, including:
• 1.5 — 2.5% at swing load NOx reduction
Continuous arbitration of key control variables Heat rate improvement
to achieve maximum benefit with minimum Excess oxygen control
compromise (HR vs. NOx vs. CO)
The system can be tuned to achieve opti-
ROI in 6 — 18 months mal plant targets, using both primary and
Savings of $800,000, based on a 1% improvement secondary targets for performance. For
in heat rate for a 500 MW coal-fired plant added flexibility, open-loop control or
(source: EPRI) closed-loop control modes are available.
Savings through NOx credits into the millions Both modes of operation provide
of dollars, depending upon the current value of increased accuracy for boiler efficiency
NOx credits in your location and reduced operating costs.The closed-
loop control mode offers the greatest
return on investment by reducing the
need for human intervention.
ABB’s Combustion Optimizer offers
dynamic control capabilities, providing the
highest level of real-time optimization
available in the industry.
It simultaneously optimizes multiple con-
trol variables, which typically include heat
rate, NOx, CO, and LOI, according to limits
and goals established by the user.
407
ABB
Control Systems
Power Plant Optimization
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, OH
Revenue and Cost Manager (RCM)
Power plant managers now require real-time production,
costing, and revenue information as well as tools that
integrate information to support operational decisions
and planning. This information allows the management to
take advantage of profitable opportunities and minimize
costs. ABB’s RCM solution provides integrated real-time
information and tools to support this new environment.
APPLICATIONS
FEATURES
This solution provides plant managers
The RCM solution provides the following functions: and users with the ability to perform these
Budgeting functions in real-time, including a real-time
Production planning view of the plant’s total bus bar cost.
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
408
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Natrona Heights, PA
Condition Assessment and
Vibration Monitoring System
Condition Assessment and Vibration Monitoring product line
includes hardware and software products for the monitoring
and diagnosing of rotating equipment vibration.
Expert Advisor—Automated analysis software package
for turbines
Expert Alert—Automated analysis software for balance-
of-plant rotating equipment
Analyst—Graphical software for manual vibration analysis
CMM11—Condition Monitoring DCS module
DCX Data Collector
APPLICATIONS
FEATURES
Steam turbine monitoring and protection
One system spans all equipment
Combustion turbine monitoring
Integrated with your plant network and protection
Automated diagnostics Balance-of-plant rotating machinery
Increase vibration analysts efficiency monitoring
409
ABB
Control Systems Water and Wastewater Plant Control
and Automation System
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
IT Wickliffe, OH
Industrial , Symphony, and SCADA Systems
800C RTUs
Pump control
Leak detection
Alarm reporting
Power consumption
FEATURES Modeling
A comprehensive set of professional services Filter rate-of-flow control and
complements ABB’s delivery of integrated backwash control
solutions for strategic enterprise management. Chemical pacing and control
These services include network design, system
integration, consulting, configuration, installation DO control
supervision, installation, start-up, and maintenance. RAS and WAS control
Additional services are available for software And many others
integration, advanced control, process simulation,
and training.
410
Water and Wastewater Monitoring and Diagnostics
PumpVision
FEATURES
Website access with pre-configured displays—
contains current and historical data and alarms
Uses existing telephone line
Ability to use cell phone modem
Utility uses existing Internet provider
Diagnostic information is accessed on
user’s computers
Only equipment needed: one current sensor per
pump, sump pump, and one small node box
User’s
Computers
Control Panel
ABB Redundant
Database Servers Lift Station
or Pumping
Station
411
ABB
Control Systems Water and Wastewater Monitoring
and Diagnostics Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, OH
PumpVision
SPECIFICATIONS
Remote Node Box
Power: 100 — 240 Vac; 1.3 A (max @ 110 Vac), 50 — 60Hz
8.00"
Battery: 12 Vdc 7AH Sealed Lead Acid Alarm Battery
Enclosure: JIC Type NEMA 12 (before box penetration)
A NEMA 4 or NEMA 4X box with similar dimensions is also
available. All boxes have available key lock or padlock.
Operating Temperature: –10°F to 140°F
Pump Current Sensors: Maximum of four 12.75" 12.00"
Communication Options
Land Line: Standard phone line using standard RJ11 connector.
If phone line is shared with other equipment (e.g. alarm sys-
tems), a line restriction switch is provided. This will allow alarm
systems to take control of the phone line from the Node Box.
Cellular: (available if required) AMPS analog cellular service.
The cellular provider needs the box cellular modem’s ESN# to
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
412
IndustrialIT comprises solutions for all essential Engineer IT—Takes unnecessary costs and uncertainty
automation processes, from plant design to mainte- out of system engineering. (Engineering Studio,
nance and from general management to production Control Builder A, Control Builder M, Control
supervision: Builder F, Graphic Builder, and Fieldbus Builder)
Control IT—ABB’s controllers range from small, Optimize IT—An integrated software suite that
compact units to powerful controllers in terms provides for predictive maintenance, on-line and
of memory, speed, and communication capability. off-line optimization of all enterprise assets. (Real
(The contollers AC 800M/C, AC 800F, and also Time Production Intelligence, Asset Optimizer)
S800 I/O and S900 I/O)
Field IT—Fieldbus Solution, the widest choice of
Operate IT— The industry’s most productive operator fieldbus enabled instrumentation, compatible with
interface software. (Process Portal™, SCADA Portal™, FOUNDATION fieldbus, PROFIBUS, and HART.
and Process Panel™ Series)
Consult IT—Product Consulting for Industrial
IT
Produce —Tightly integrated production manage- Automation. Know-how and experience will help
ment applications that deliver unmatched production users to successfully setup, execute, and fine-tune
quality and consistency. (Batch Processing) their Industrial IT projects.
Inform IT—Information Manager collects, stores, and These solutions provide Measurable Productivity
retrieves historical and process business data and Improvements for our customers. These technolo-
turns it into meaningful information to be used for gies are sold both through third-party channels
significant KPI (Key Performance Indicator) improve- (OEM’s, system integrators, distributors) and through
ments. (Information Manager Software) the ABB end-user divisions.
ABB’s award winning suite of integrated IndustrialIT
solutions addresses the challenges that automation
customers face in today’s global marketplace—these
products deliver greater productivity and profits to
our automation customers.
This comprehensive automation portfolio integrates
products, services, real-time asset optimization, and
business information under a common architecture to
provide the most direct path to profitability for your
manufacturing operations. This unified architecture
improves productivity, provides higher asset optimiza-
tion, and allows for better control and more informed
decision making.
413
ABB
Control Systems
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, OH
APPLICATIONS
FEATURES
Our latest IndustrialIT control systems
Industrial IT System Benefits are used in a wide range of process
Integrated Information applications, including:
• An integrated DCS and information • Power plants
management system
• Water treatment plants
• A single window to plant information
• Pharmaceutical plants
Highly Scalable • Pulp and paper mills
• Suits all applications, large and small
• Food and beverage plants
• Users “pay for what they need”
Improved Productivity
• Increased plant and equipment efficiency
Efficient Engineering
• Integrated engineering tools
• Automated “object” creation
• Easy application re-use
Open Communication
• Uses standard system and commodity
components
• Common fieldbus technologies
Investment Protection
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
414
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
IT Wickliffe, OH
Symphony—Enhanced with Industrial
FEATURES
Versatile Enterprise Spanning Architecture— Scalability—The scalable SYMPHONY
Making real-time business decisions to prevent architecture allows for easy integration of ABB
or limit process upsets requires a consistent IndustrialIT components, such as OperateIT,
infrastructure for data, operations, configuration, ProduceIT, InformIT, and OptimizeIT. In addition,
and maintenance across the entire enterprise. non-traditional DCS functional areas, such as
SYMPHONY architecture delivers on the field device management and PLC controls,
IndustrialIT mission by employing an open, simply “plug-and-produce” in the SYMPHONY
enterprise-wide architecture that supports a architecture via other ABB IndustrialIT compo-
seamless communications fabric to every level nents, such as EngineerIT and ControlIT.
of control—from field I/O to plant-wide and
multi-plant systems. SYMPHONY’s essential
security and proven availability at the control
level are integrated with enterprise network
strategies for total enterprise communication.
415
ABB
System Engineering Tools
Control Systems
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, OH
Composer Series Engineering Tools
416
Human System Interface
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
IT Wickliffe, OH
Conductor Series/Operate
Conductor Series
Conductor provides an incremental series of platforms
for HSI that complement the inherent functionality
of the control system with the basic suite of opera-
tor-directed features and functions. These versatile
features and functions are ergonomically designed to
facilitate process monitoring, control, fault mitigation,
and optimization. They offer more than just a way
for operators to interact with machines.They provide
system users with expanded dynamic access to all
plant-wide or enterprise-wide information through
open system connectivity.
OperateIT Process Portal
OperateIT is a feature rich, web-enabled HSI designed
as a native Windows-based product. A managed including graphical user interface, process data col-
Windows workplace within a web browser environ- lection, storage and analysis tools, an advanced alarm
ment supports its users with intuitive navigation management system, a comprehensive historian, and
and compatible integration with other ABB and an advanced reporting package. The flexibility and
third party web-enabled applications, allowing users consistency of using a common HSI for IndustrialIT
to efficiently access and monitor information flow and other ABB systems provides a unified interface
through the control system, the process, the plant, for all users. Supported systems include Harmony,
and the entire enterprise. Providing the versatility Melody, INFI 90 OPEN, Contronic P, Freelance 2000,
needed to meet ever changing operational and AC800F with ControlIT, and Advant/MOD. As part
process needs, OperateIT supports custom navigational of an open system, OperateIT embraces OPC™ to
toolbars and user profiles for defining appropriate provide a standard interface method with third
workspace behavior. OperateIT supports the full party devices and incorporates OPC client and
spectrum of plant and enterprise personnel needs, OPC server connectivity.
FEATURES
Aspect Views
OperateIT provides all of the traditional human
system interface functionality, such as event and
alarm management, custom graphic displays,
faceplate and tuning displays, trending, and
reporting. Through the use of ABB’s unique
Aspect Object™ technology, OperateIT provides
integrated information access and sharing, intuitive
navigation, and efficient engineering. An Aspect
Object represents a physical or logical part of the
automation installation, such as a valve, pump, or
actual batch, but also process units or combina-
tions of hardware units. All information, or aspects,
belonging to those objects is structured in func-
tional windows called aspect views. Examples of
aspects are historical data, process signal data, or
technical specifications.
417
ABB
Controllers, I/O Interfaces
Control Systems
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, OH
Symphony/Harmony Area Management
and Control Products
The Harmony product series consists of a family of
process controllers, communication couplers, and
I/O interfaces. 32-bit processing, coupled with modular
scalability, make the Harmony family a powerful and
versatile performer. Harmony controllers feature an
extensive library of over 240 pre-defined, advanced
control algorithms and user-definable functions. These
functions provide the power to easily design complex
control strategies to fit any control application, including
continuous, sequential, batch, “function code” implemen-
tation, Harmony controllers support batch language,“C”
programming, and even multi-variable control. Available
in both rack and block packaging, the multifaceted
Harmony controllers communicate simultaneously with
numerous field communication protocols. Harmony I/O,
available in rack and remote form factor options, provide
a wide variety of input/output and signal conditioning
capability, ranging from standard analog and digital I/O
to specialty I/O, such as turbine control and fieldbus.
Modular I/O packaging options and high-speed field
communications allow for remote I/O distances in excess
of 2KM. Redundant I/O, at the channel level, redundant
power and redundant communications provide the
highest level of I/O availability in the DCS industry.
SYMPHONY’S control products support ABB’s Evolution
through Enhancement strategy by providing backward
Instrumentation, Protection, and Control
418
Transmission and
Substation Systems
Conventional Substations
Modular Substations
Power Systems
Services
ABB
Transmission and Substation Systems
Power Systems Overview . . . . . . . . . . 421
Conventional Substations
EXK-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
ELK-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
ELK-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
ELK-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Modular Substations
PS-1 Substation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
MODULA Substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Power Systems
High-Voltage, Direct Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
HVDC Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Reactive Power Compensation/FACTS
Series Capacitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Static Var Compensator (SVC) . . . . . . . . . . 443
SVC Light (STATCOM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Power Systems Customer Support . . . . 446
Services
High-Voltage Power Transmission Lines. . . . . . 458
Products
Services
Systems
HVDC
HVDC (High-Voltage Direct Current) technology is
used to transmit electricity over long distances by
overhead transmission lines or submarine cables.
It is also used to interconnect separate power
systems where traditional methods cannot be used.
ABB offers both the HVDC and HVDC
Light technology.
HVDC is used to transmit power over long
Substations distances, 500 -1500 miles. (see page 437)
HVDC Light is well suited for small-scale power
ABB has provided turnkey services for all types of
applications. (see page 439)
electrical substations.Typical substations include:
Conventional air-insulated substations from 69 kV
to 500 kV up to 300 MVA (see page 422)
Modular substations from 34.5 kV to 170 kV
up to 150 MVA (see page 430)
PS-1 substations from 69 kV to 170 kV up to
70 MVA (see page 428)
Gas-insulated substations from 34.5 kV to 500 kV
up to 300 MVA (see page 422)
In addition, ABB now offers Modular Capacitor Banks
from 34.5 kV to 170 kV up to 100 MVAr for customer
voltage stabilization.
421
ABB
Conventional Substations
FEATURES
Advantages
Minimum space required
Low weight
High reliability
Long life
Virtually maintenance-free
ELK-3 Substation
No exposed life parts
Equipment of consistent modular design
Short delivery time
A turnkey systems solution allows installation and testing
Transmission and Substation Systems
422
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
North Brunswick, NJ
423
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Modular Substations
SELECTION GUIDE
Modular Substation
Technical Guide
High- Medium- Transformer
Substation High-Voltage Tech-
Voltage Voltage Ratings Features
Type Configurations nology
Range (kV) Range (kV) (MVA)
H1, H2L1, H3L, R4 Pre-engineered standardized
(or other with max modular design focusing on
PS-1 69 — 170 5 — 34.5 10 — 70 AIS/GIS
2 lines and max project speed, cost,
2 transformers) and functionality
Functional Guide
Speed of Pre-Engineered Factory Flexible
Substation Lowest Risk System
Delivery and and Designed Assembly Engineering
Type Cost Reduction Functionality
Installation Modules and Testing and Design
PS-1 +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +
MODULA ++ ++ ++ ++ +++ +++ ++
Conventional
+ + + + + +++ +++
Design
425
ABB
Modular Substations
Pier Foundations
Deliver to Site
Final Assembly
Commissioning
426
Commercial
Design
Conventional Manufacturing
ABB MODULA Civil Works
Installation
ABB PS-1
Test &
Commissioning
Months
0 6 12
427
ABB
Modular Substations
PS-1 Substation
428
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
STANDARD FEATURES
SPECIFICATIONS
Concentrating on functionality requires
modern technology…
ABB high-voltage substations are available 69/115/170 kV
Traditional
Traditional
functional requirements 100%
Minimized construction and processes
Up to 50% time savings
50%
Best combination of function, speed, and cost!
Modular Modular
APPLICATIONS
There are good reasons for choosing
a PS-1 substation…
ABB guarantees the same reliable functionality for the
PS-1 substations as for conventional substation solutions.
The functionality of a PS -1 substation is equal to a
typical distribution station with up to two connected
high-voltage lines, a maximum of two power trans-
formers, and up to twelve medium-voltage outputs.
Due to the complete standardization of all process steps
and equipment, a PS -1 substation project can usually
be completed in half the time required for a compar-
able traditional project.
429
ABB
Modular Substations
MODULA Substation
MODULA Substation—
a flexible solution for most every problem
You need to get on-line—fast and without sacrificing
quality. You need seamless integration into your
existing systems. But qualified construction person-
nel is scarce and expensive. ABB has developed
an innovative solution to these problems—the
MODULA substation. Flexibility through modular design
The MODULA is a modular, skid-mounted substation
MODULA substations come in a variety of ratings and
that combines high quality, flexibility, and depend-
configurations. Simple substation layouts are realized
ability. The modular approach enables ABB to assem-
on a single skid, more complex substations are
ble more complex layouts using pre-assembled and
composed of standardized modules. Each module
tested modules. MODULA substations are delivered
is completely assembled, wired, and tested at the
directly to your site, providing for higher quality and
factory before it is shipped to your site. In this
simplified logistics. ABB can also offer witness testing
way, ABB can accommodate virtually any require-
and training on the entire substation at the factory.
ment without compromising the advantages of
factory assembly.
MODULA Substation—
a new way of building substations
The modular design of the MODULA substations can
Transmission and Substation Systems
431
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Switchgear Systems Integration
433
Switchgear Integration Systems
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
Primary and Secondary Unit Substations
SPECIFICATIONS
Arrangements
Single-ended (or radial) unit substations are arranged Secondary section choices include: MaxSG
with a single primary device, a single step-down UL - listed low-voltage power switchgear for
transformer, and one outgoing section. Double-ended secondary unit substations; and SafeGear, or
unit substations provide added reliability for critical ADVANCE metal-clad switchgear, or 5 kV motor
loads by using two transformers connected in a sym- control centers for primary unit substations.
metrical arrangement in two areas: to independent Substation monitoring and automation is available
power sources on the primary sides and to a com- with the optional PowerRichSystem, which
mon switchgear line-up with a main-tie-main breaker concentrates information management and system
arrangement on the secondary sides of the trans- control functions for all unit substation equipment
formers. All loads can be independently powered into a single location. PowerRichSystem allows
from both transformers in open-tie operation or information from all low- and medium-voltage
from one transformer in a closed-tie mode while the switchgear devices, including protective relays,
other transformer and primary circuit are isolated meters, circuit breaker trip units, and other
for maintenance. intelligent electronic devices, to be displayed on
Primary section choices include SafeGear arc- a graphic user interface (GUI) in the switchgear
resistant, metal-clad switchgear, standard Advance control room or at various remote locations.
switchgear, or UL-listed primary entrance units Activities such as trend analysis, histograms,
with fused or unfused load interrupter switches. alarms, settings, load analysis, and programming
Duplex switches are often used to select from can be conveniently handled at the GUI. Options
alternate power sources. include fully redundant processor units and com-
Transformer choices consist of a full selection of munications capabilities that coordinate with
technology-leading products from ABB. Products common industrial communication protocols.
include VPI and VPE dry types, cast coil, liquid-
filled, and new Resibloc transformers with a full
Transmission and Substation Systems
434
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Lake Mary, FL
Power Distribution Centers
435
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
APPLICATIONS
Most HVDC transmission systems are point-to-point A multi-terminal HVDC transmission system is
using overhead lines, submarine cables, or both one with more than two converter stations. Such a
combined. Many of the cable systems are monopolar system is more complex than an ordinary point-to-
with only one metallic conductor between the point transmission. In particular, the control system
converter stations, using the ground or sea as the is more elaborate and the telecommunication
return path for the current. requirements between the stations are larger.
Most overhead line transmission systems are bipolar; The reasons for choosing HVDC instead of AC in a
i.e., they use two conductors of opposite polarity specific case are often numerous and complex.
(one positive and one negative). A bipolar system is a Each individual project will have its own set of
double circuit, since one pole can continue to trans- reasons justifying the use of HVDC, but the most
mit power when the other pole is out of service. common arguments favoring HVDC are:
There are many back-to-back stations in operation Lower investment cost
where both the rectifier and the inverter are located Long distance water crossing
in the same station.The back-to-back configuration is Lower losses
normally used for asynchronous interconnections Asynchronous interconnection
between two separate AC networks, which could Controllability
have the same or different frequencies. Reduced short circuit currents
Monopolar
Back-to-Back
Bipolar Multiterminal
437
ABB
Power Systems
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
High-Voltage, Direct Current
APPLICATIONS (continued)
HVDC Technology
Conventional HVDC
Y v
An HVDC converter station uses thyristor valves to convert from AC
Y
to DC and vice versa. The 12-pulse converter valve bridge is connect-
ed to the AC system by means of converter transformers. The valves
are normally placed in a building, and the converter transformers are
located just outside (see drawing).
The converter produces current harmonics (11th, 13th, 23rd, 25th,
35th, 37th, etc.) on the AC side. These harmonics are absorbed by AC
filters that also produce a part of the reactive power consumed by
the converter.
The converter also produces voltage harmonics on the DC side (12th,
24th, 36th, etc.). A large inductance (smoothing reactor) is always
installed on the DC side to reduce the ripple in the direct current.
In addition, a DC filter is also normally needed to reduce the level of
harmonic currents in the DC overhead line that may otherwise cause
interference to telephone circuits in the vicinity of the DC line.
HVDC 2000
The key feature of HVDC 2000 is the utilization of Capacitor
Commutated Converters (CCCs), a well-known circuit concept.
The CCC is now an innovative solution due to ABB’s development
of continuously tuned AC filters (ConTune). These filters can be built
to generate small quantities of reactive power but still provide good
filtering. These properties match the characteristics of the CCC,
which inherently derives part of its reactive power requirements
Transmission and Substation Systems
Back-to-Back CCC
Converter Station
7
HVDC Light
HVDC Light is an alternative to conventional AC
transmission or local generation in many situations.
Possible applications include the feeding of distant
loads and the connection of distant generation plants.
By feeding a remote load from the main grid, it is
feasible to shut down small, expensive, and possibly
polluting local generation plants, as well as eliminate
the associated fuel transport. This makes HVDC Light
a very attractive choice from an environmental
point of view.
FEATURES
HVDC Light Cable Advantages
For environmentally sensitive areas, the HVDC Light Voltage source converters (VSC) for HVDC trans-
transmission line can utilize either underground or mission have the inherent ability to not only con-
submarine HVDC Light cables. The cable insulation trol active power but also control reactive power,
is made of an extruded polymer that is particularly thereby permitting independent control of AC
resistant to DC voltage. Polymeric cables are the voltage. This behavior is like having a synchronous
preferred choice for HVDC, mainly because of condenser or a Static Var Compensator (SVC) at
their excellent mechanical strength, flexibility, each station.
and low weight. The VSCs, in combination with DC cables, offer
HVDC Light cables can be ploughed into the four main advantages:
ground by a tractor equipped with a cable plough, Rapid control of both active and reactive power,
making installation fast and economical. Submarine giving a high level of power quality
HVDC Light cables can be buried below ground or
Minimal environmental impact
laid on the bottom.
Connection to weak networks
Preassembled enclosures, which reduce civil
work, installation, and commissioning to an
absolute minimum.
439
ABB
Power Systems
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
HVDC Light
APPLICATIONS
HVDC Light is a new transmission or subtransmission
technology, based on voltage source converters (VSC)
with a series connection of a modern semiconductor
device, the IGBT. This technology extends the econom-
ical power range for DC transmission downwards from
a hundred or more MW to just a few MW.
A VSC converter for HVDC Light is compact and
robust, both electrically and mechanically. The main
equipment is contained in small movable housings
and is delivered factory tested and fully assembled.
The IGBT is used because its higher switching
frequency capability permits use of pulse width
modulation (PWM).
HVDC Light converters are currently available in
ratings up to 330 MW. Further developments in semi-
conductor technology will lead to larger converter
ratings in the future.
440
Reactive Power Compensation/FACTS
Series Capacitors
The benefits of reactive power compensation are well
established. By reducing the negative impact of reactive
power demand in high-voltage AC networks, the capacity
of transmission systems can be dramatically increased.
This means greater reliability and better utilization of existing
lines. One means of supplying the reactive power demand
of the transmission network is through the use of series
capacitors. Series capacitors compensate for part of the
inductive reactance of long distance lines and are an effective
and economical method of increasing stable power transfer.
The benefits of series compensation in transmission lines are:
Increased power transfer capability
Improved system stability
Better voltage regulation with loading changes
Optimized load sharing between parallel lines
Reduced system losses
APPLICATIONS
Unlike a shunt capacitor, a series capacitor can see of the spark gap or closing of the bypass breaker.
several times its voltage rating during faults on the However, for severe faults, which are usually confined
AC network due to the passage of fault current. In to those on the compensated line section, the spark
early series capacitor bank designs, this overvoltage gap is triggered followed by closure of the bypass
was limited by a parallel spark gap. In modern series breaker. During the deionization time of the line
capacitor banks, a parallel non-linear resistor (varis- fault, the gap recovers and the bypass breaker is
tor) of zinc oxide (ZnO) limits the voltage across the opened; when the line breakers reclose, the bank is
series capacitor during a fault. For locations with restored to service.
high short circuit capability, the energy absorption In the ABB series capacitor, current sensing for
duty on the varistor can be high for nearby faults. protection and monitoring is via optical CTs, and
This energy duty can be reduced by using a parallel, all control and protection equipment is located
fast-acting, triggered spark gap which operates for in the control building. There is no control and
the more severe faults. In most faults the varistor protection equipment nor power supplies on the
action reinserts the bank immediately on termination high-voltage platform.
of the fault current without necessitating the firing
441
ABB
Power Systems
Reactive Power Compensation/FACTS Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
Series Capacitors
APPLICATIONS (continued)
442
Reactive Power Compensation/FACTS
APPLICATIONS
SVCs are usually deployed for one or more of the Thyristor Controlled Reactor (TCR)
following reasons:
A reactor and a thyristor valve are incorporated
To stabilize voltage in weak systems in each single-phase branch. The reactive power
To reduce transmission losses is changed by controlling the current through the
To increase the transmission capacity, thus reactor by means of the thyristor valve. The on-state
delaying the need for new lines interval is controlled by delaying the firing of the
thyristor valve in relation to the natural current zero.
To increase the transient stability limit
A TCR is used together with a fixed-capacitor bank
To increase damping of small disturbances when reactive power generation is required.
To improve voltage control and stability
To damp power swings
The characteristics of ABB’s static var compensators
are flexibility, dependability, and exceptional control-
lability. ABB has an SVC solution for every situation.
The SVC can be used for symmetrical, three-phase
control or phase-by-phase control.
443
ABB
Power Systems
Reactive Power Compensation/FACTS Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
Static Var Compensator (SVC)
APPLICATIONS (continued)
444
Reactive Power Compensation/FACTS
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
SVC Light (STATCOM)
APPLICATIONS
The STATCOM consists of a voltage source Static compensator, comprising VSC,
converter operating as an inverter with a capacitor coupling transformer T, and control
as the DC energy source. It is controlled to regulate
the voltage in much the same way as an SVC.
A coupling transformer is used to connect to the VT
transmission voltage level. In this application only
the voltage magnitude is controlled, not phase Coupling
angle. By controlling the converter output voltage Transformer Ig
Supplies Q
Vi > VT
relative to the system voltage, reactive power is Ig Vi
absorbed. If the VSC AC output voltage is higher Vx
Voltage Source
than the system voltage, reactive power is produced. Converter Absorbs Q
Vi < VT
Idc = 0
+ Vdc _
445
ABB
Power Systems/Power Cables and Accessories
Power Systems Customer Support
ABB Inc.
The Dalles, OR
446
HV and EHV Power Cable Systems
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensburg, PA
STANDARD FEATURES
Advantages
Minimizes size of right-of-way for route
Environmentally-friendly, low EMF
Simplifies the permit procedure
Increases general reliability of transmission
system, e.g. considering lightning and pollution
For heavily populated areas and water crossings,
cables are often the only solution.
SPECIFICATIONS
Mass-impregnated, paper-insulated
APPLICATIONS cable for HVDC, 400 kV — 500 kV,
typically 600 MW
Power cable systems ranging 100 — 3000 MW
Solid dielectric, cross-linked, polyeten-
Complete AC land cable systems for transmissions (XLPE) insulated land cable for AC
in HV and EHV (up to 500 kV) up to 500 kV
All types of submarine connections from 69 kV Solid dielectric, cross-linked, polyeten-
and higher, such as for sea windmill parks (XLPE) insulated land cable, three-phase
Cable connections of new production units to up to 138 kV
existing transmission grid with a short lead time Solid dielectric, cross-linked, polyeten-
Retrofit of existing oil-paper cables with XLPE cables (XLPE) insulated, heavy Cu- or
lowers investments costs, reduces maintenance Al-conductor up to 2000 mm2
costs, and improves the environmental situation. Solid dielectric, cross-linked,
Replacing overhead lines by cables, land of interest polyeten- (XLPE) insulated land cable,
for alternative use can be released. HVDC Light, typically 150 MW
HVDC Classic and Light cables for long distances
or special requirements, such as control of For more complete Specifications
reactive power contact your ABB Sales Representative.
447
ABB
Power Cables and Accessories
HV and EHV Cable Accessories
APECB 841
cable clamp
APECB 841
APECB 1452
Transmission and Substation Systems
448
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensburg, PA
SELECTOR GUIDE
Voltage Creepage Distance Min Weight
Designation Insulating
(kV) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)/Item
SPECIFICATIONS
Prepared Insulation
PEX Diameter
Voltage ø Inches (mm) Outer Sheath
(kV) ø Inches (mm)
min max
≤170 1.8 (45.5) 4.2 (107) 4.7 (120)
ø ø
449
ABB
Power Cables and Accessories
HV and EHV Cable Accessories
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
Benefits APEGA is suitable for installations in
Reliable which the termination must be used as
a fixed connection point in gas-insulated
Tested switchgear or transformers without a
Time-saving screw technique separate cable box or where the cable
Can be assembled horizontal on box is filled with transformer oil.
the ground before installation Standards: Meets the requirements of
SS, IEC, and IEEE
450
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensburg, PA
SELECTOR GUIDE
Voltage Weight
Designation Standard
(kV) Lbs. (kg)/Item
SPECIFICATIONS
XLPE Diameter
Voltage ø Inches (mm) Outer Sheath
(kV) ø Inches (mm)
min max
84 1.2 (30.0) 2.6 (66) 3.3 (85)
451
ABB
Power Cables and Accessories
HV and EHV Cable Accessories
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
Benefits SMPGB and SMPGB-C are suitable for
the jointing of XLPE or EPR insulated
Prefabricated for safe and easy installation
cables with Al and Cu conductors and
Safe connection with screw technique different sheath types.
Easy jointing of cables with different sizes Standard: Meets the requirements of
SS, IEC, and IEEE
Integrated screen separation for
cross-bonding of cable screens
Available for cable with integrated
optical fiber.
452
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensburg, PA
SELECTOR GUIDE
Designation* Designation* Voltage XLPE Diameter Installation
Tool
SMPGB SMPGB-C (kV) ø Inches (mm) Cone
SMPGB 1231 SMPGB-C 1231 123 1.9 — 2 (48 — 51) 4209.2384 RKM 170
SMPGB 1232 SMPGB-C 1232 123 2 — 2.1 (50 — 53) 4209.2385 RKM 170
SMPGB 1233 SMPGB-C 1233 123 2 — 2.2 (52 — 56) 4209.2386 RKM 170
SMPGB 1234 SMPGB-C 1234 123 2.2 — 2.3 (55 — 59) 4209.2387 RKM 170
SMPGB 1235 SMPGB-C 1235 123 2.3 — 2.4 (58 — 62) 4209.2388 RKM 170
SMPGB 1701 SMPGB-C 1701 170 2.4 — 2.6 (61 — 65) 4209.2331 RKM 170
SMPGB 1702 SMPGB-C 1702 170 2.5 — 2.7 (63 — 68) 4209.2332 RKM 170
SMPGB 1703 SMPGB-C 1703 170 2.6 — 2.8 (66 — 71) 4209.2333 RKM 170
SMPGB 1704 SMPGB-C 1704 170 2.7 — 3 (69 — 76) 4209.2334 RKM 170
SMPGB 1705 SMPGB-C 1705 170 2.9 — 3.2 (74 — 82) 4209.2335 RKM 170
SMPGB 1706 SMPGB-C 1706 170 3.1 — 3.6 (80 — 91) 4209.2336 RKM 170
SMPGB 1707 SMPGB-C 1707 170 3.5 — 3.9 (89 — 100) 4209.2337 RKM 170
SMPGB 1708 SMPGB-C 1708 170 3.9 — 4.2 (98 — 107) 4209.2400 RKM 170
SMPGB 3622 — 362 3.1 — 3.5 (80 — 88) 4209.2378 RKM 362
SMPGB 3623 — 362 3.4 — 3.7 (86 — 95) 4209.2379 RKM 362
SMPGB 3624 — 362 3.7 — 4.1 (93 — 103) 4209.2380 RKM 362
SMPGB 3626 — 362 4.3 — 4.7 (109 — 120) 4209.2382 RKM 362
* For lead and poly Al-sheathed cable, add Pb (lead) or PAL (poly Al) to the type designation (Ex. SMPGB 1701 Pb, SMPGB 1701 PAL).
SPECIFICATIONS
XLPE Diameter
Voltage ø Inches (mm)
(kV)
min max
123 1.9 (48) 2.4 (62)
453
ABB
Power Cables and Accessories
HV and EHV Cable Accessories
Installation angle
Type of cable connection
Screw
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
Dry; no insulating oil needed TOS-A is suitable for installations in which
Reliable the termination must be used as a fixed
connection point and also where there is a
Proven technology
risk of continuously high creepage currents.
Time saving screw technique The cable termination is completely dry and
Can be assembled horizontally on the ground self supporting.
before installation Standards: Meets the requirements of IEC.
Versatile; will fit different types of cables
Short length cable preparation
Low weight
454
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensburg, PA
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
13.78
(350)
11.02
(280)
min. 2.44 (62)
29.25 (743)
ø 8.11 (206)
Attachment to bracket:
Non-insulating mounting:
Four holes — .71" (18) for M16 bolts.
Insulated mounting:
Four holes — .87" (22) for M20 bolts.
455
ABB
Power Cables and Accessories
HV Cable Accessories
456
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensburg, PA
SPECIFICATIONS
Type A/B Type C
2
Conductor Cross-Section* 185 — 2000 mm 95 — 800 mm2
Rated Voltage 110/132/150 kV 60/110 kV
457
ABB
Services
High-Voltage Power Transmission Lines
458
Power Quality
Capacitors
Specialty Capacitors
Capacitor Fuses
ABB
Power Quality
Power Quality Solutions Capacitor Fuses
Reactive Power Compensation Indoor
Harmonic Filter System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 CLN, 600 V, Current-Limiting,
MINICOMP® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Non-Indicating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
SVC-Q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 CLC, Current-Limiting, 1.2 - 3.0 kV . . . . . . . 498
SVC Light® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 CIL, Current-Limiting, Expulsion
Series Voltage Restorer (SVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 (Metal-Enclosed Equipment) . . . . . . . . . . 499
Dynamic Voltage Restorer (DVR) . . . . . . . . . . . 469 High-Voltage, Current-Limiting,
Power Quality Customer Support . . . . . . . . . . 470 Fuse Links Type CEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
High-Voltage, Current-Limiting, Fuse Link
Capacitors for MOTOR Circuit Applications
Type CMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Capacitor Units
Capacitor Unit Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Outdoor
Single-Phase Capacitor Unit— CXP, High-Voltage, Expulsion . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Externally Fused, Type 2GUA . . . . . . . . . 473 COL, Current-Limiting, Expulsion . . . . . . . . 505
CLXP, High-Energy, Current-Limiting,
Capacitor Banks Expulsion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Open-Stack Substation Capacitor Bank . . . 477
Polemounted Capacitor Bank, Type 2GUP . 478
Metal-Enclosed Capacitor Bank
SIKAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Harmonic Filter Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Specialty Capacitors
Surge Capacitors
Type 2GUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Three-Phase Units
Type 2GUW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Assembled Banks
Type 2GUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Induction Heating and Melting Applications . . . 489
Motor Surge Protection
Type MSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
products
Services
Systems
Power Quality Solutions
SELECTION GUIDE
Ratings Voltage Voltage Harmonic Flicker Sag & Swell
System
(MVA) (kV) Regulation Mitigation Suppression Mitigation
Series Voltage
0.5 — 2.5 0.4 — 0.6 Yes No No Yes
Restorer (SVR)
Dynamic Voltage
10 — 100 4.16 — 34.5 Yes No No Yes
Restorer (DVR)
461
ABB
Reactive Power Compensation
Power Quality Solutions
462
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
463
ABB
Reactive Power Compensation
Power Quality Solutions
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
® New Berlin, WI
MINICOMP
If you have a problem with voltage regulation on your electric
grid, ABB can offer a reliable, economical, and high-performance
solution. ABB’s MINICOMP line of static var compensators
(SVC) uses recent developments in voltage source converter
and control technologies for superior performance at reduced
cost.Voltage source converter technology is a means of dynamic
voltage regulation, flicker mitigation, and reactive power
compensation for utility and industrial applications. The new
MINICOMP models use IGBT- and IGCT-based PEBBs (Power
Electronics Building Blocks), which are also used in a number
of other applications. In this way ABB is able to offer an
economical and modular product line-up.
PT
480 V
AC SPECIFICATIONS
Control
Fixed
Capacitor
DC Rated voltage:
Bank VSC 400 — 600 V, 4.16 kV — 132 kV
Output rating:
Bus Configuration
±300 kvar up to ±20 MVAr
Indoor, Outdoor
FEATURES Installation options:
Non-walk in enclosure –30°C to +40°C
MINICOMP has been optimized to meet the
(a derating of 1.5%/K applies up to 50°C)
most stringent requirements for fast, dynamic
22°F to 104°F (with derating up to 122°F)
voltage control. These compact compensators
are offered with options for NEMA 1/IP30, Ambient temperature:
NEMA 3R/IP32 and walk-in enclosures for the For colder environments, additional enclo-
air-cooled versions. The water-cooled versions, sure heaters are available as an option
typically used in harsh environments, are Modularity:Very flexible
offered with the option of totally enclosed Harmonics: per IEEE 519
NEMA 12/IP65 enclosures. MINICOMP provides
Response time:
high reliability and availability, backed by
Adjustable from 1 ms to seconds
diagnostics systems and ABB’s worldwide
service and parts support. Converter:
IGBT and IGCT based voltage
Power Quality
source converter
Control system:
High-speed microprocessor
APPLICATIONS
Communication:
Utilities Pulsed power supplies RS 232, remote diagnostic
Cranes Amusement rides Relocatable
Mining Wind farms
Welders Extruders
Furnaces
8
Designed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
SVC-Q
SVC-Q is a reactive power compensation
system primarily for electric arc furnaces
(EAF) and large rolling mills.
To achieve optimum performance, an
arc furnace requires a stable and steady
voltage supply. SVC-Q compensates for
the random variations in reactive power
demand from an EAF. The net result is an
improvement in EAF utilization.
SVC-Q uses a thyristor-controlled reactor
(TCR) and fixed capacitor banks. The
banks are split into two or more branches,
and reactors are used to achieve the
proper tuning characteristics.
Utility PCC
FEATURES
Advantages Furnace bus
DC Furnace
S S C / EAF SS C > 60 No compensation
60 > S S C / EAF S S C > 30 SVC-Q
S S C / EAF S S C < 30
Furnace Bus Voltage
SVC Light
Net Power Increase
With SVC-Q
465
ABB
Reactive Power Compensation
Power Quality Solutions
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
® Raleigh, NC
SVC Light
100%
FEATURES 100
90 75%
80
Advantages 70 60%
60
Superior flicker suppression 50
40 30%
Stabilizes furnace bus voltages 30 20%
Shorter melt times 20
10
Reduces electrode consumption 0
AC EAF DC EAF AC EAF with SVC AC EAF with SVC
Refractory savings
Light
5.5
4.5
penalty charges 4
EAF in *) SVC Light in operation
operation
Small footprint
Pst (10 min)
3.5
3
*) *) *)
Relocatable 2.5
1.5
0.5
0
25-maj
25-maj
25-maj
25-maj
25-maj
25-maj
25-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
26-maj
27-maj
27-maj
27-maj
27-maj
27-maj
27-maj
27-maj
11:49
13:49
15:49
17:49
19:49
21:49
23:49
11:49
13:49
15:49
17:49
19:49
21:49
23:49
11:49
13:49
1:49
3:49
5:49
7:49
9:49
1:49
3:49
5:49
7:49
9:49
Time/ Date
466
FEATURES
Voltage sag compensation
Fast reaction time
1 second ride through
No energy storage OPTIONS AND
Small footprint ACCESSORIES
Water-cooled Constant voltage regulation
Power factor control
Advantages Remote monitoring
Directly protects low-voltage loads UL 1012
Controls the voltage
Controls the power factor
Improved productivity
Optimized production, less downtime APPLICATIONS
The SVR is applied in a wide range of
industries with complex continuous
processes where even a short distur-
bance may result in several hours of
SVR Principle Diagram
production loss—the time needed
Isolating breaker 1 Bypass breaker Isolating breaker 2 to restart the process and to regain
stable processing conditions. Such
AC Grid
V V'
W
N
W'
N
Semiconductor manufacturing
processes
Crowbar
Textile and fiber spinning
Glass and plastics production
Printing industry
Pharmaceuticals
Charger transformer
467
ABB
Sourced through
Power Quality Solutions
SPECIFICATIONS
Model 500 A 1500 A 2500 A
System Data
3 phase, 400 — 600 Vac, neutral solidly grounded
Mains supply voltage
other voltages on request
Input current THD / output voltage THD below IEEE 519 limits
Very fast bypass (solid state switch plus mechanical breaker) and isolation
Protection concept
of SVR in case of failure. Downstream protection is not affected by SVR.
Performance Data
sag/swell compensation
Compensation modes continuous voltage compensation (CVR, optional)
power factor correction (PFC, optional)
Sag compensation range at rated current (1 ph) sags of up to 50%
PFC range at rated current approx. 100 kvar approx. 300 kvar approx. 500 kvar
Typical losses at rated load
total: 8 kW 20 kW 35 kW
in stand-by mode:
,to water: 2 kW 7 kW 12 kW
,
to air: 6 kW 13 kW 23 kW
468
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
New Berlin, WI
Dynamic Voltage Restorer (DVR)
The DVR is a power-quality solution for voltage sags and swells. This
system is series-connected and mitigates voltage sags by injecting the
“missing” voltage during a disturbance. DVR response time is less than
1 millisecond. By compensating for only the “missing” part of a voltage
sag, a DVR converter and energy storage can be of significantly lower
rating than a UPS protecting the same load. The actual converter
rating is determined by the voltage boost necessary to restore a
worst-case voltage sag back to an acceptable range.
FEATURES
Standard
Voltage regulation within ITIC
(formerly CEBEMA)
Individual phase regulation
Subcycle response
Capacitor energy storage OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Solid-state, IGCT converter
Containerized, outdoor installation
Converter topology and control based on
existing motor drive technology Air conditioning
10 to 30 cycle ride-through Remote monitoring
Indoor installation
Air-cooled SPECIFICATIONS
Bypass and disconnect switchgear Rating: 5 — 100 MVA
Voltage: 4.16 — 34.5 kV
Advantages Boost capability: 20% — 100% of nominal
For utilities: Detection and operation: 1 millisecond
Improved load factor
Fewer customer complaints
Additional revenue with “premium”
Booster Transformer
rate structure
Better customer satisfaction in a Mains Load
deregulated environment
For industrial users:
Converter
Fewer unplanned process interruptions
Better equipment and asset utilization Energy Storage
Superior quality
Less scrapped or wasted material
Improved productivity
Less downtime DVR Scheme
469
ABB
Power Quality Customer Support
Power Quality Solutions
Provided by
ABB Inc.
The Dalles, Oregon
470
Capacitors
SELECTION GUIDE
Voltage
Product kvar Features
Range (kV)
Metal-Enclosed
2.4 — 34.5 300 and above Designed for distribution substation applications
Capacitor Bank
471
ABB
Capacitors
Capacitor Units
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Capacitor Unit Technologies
Only ABB has the experience to offer the best A capacitor bank’s protection system plays
protection technology for every application. a critical role in preventing capacitor failures
Through many years of extensive R&D efforts from causing substantial damage to other
and experience, ABB has developed reliable equipment or the capacitor bank itself. Part of
capacitor unit and bank designs utilizing all that protection is the inherent characteristics
three (3) of today’s technologies. of each of the capacitor technologies. Each
technology is described below.
FEATURES
Concepts
Externally Fused Concept Internally Fused Concept
This technology has been the technology of choice When it comes to internally fused capacitors,
in North America for over 70 years due to its sim- ABB is recognized as the world leader with over
plicity. The bank design consists of many capacitor 50 years of experience. The internal fuses are
units connected in parallel. Each unit has its own current-limiting fuses in action. One fuse is con-
fuse to disconnect a failed capacitor unit from the nected in series with each element within the
bank. Once a capacitor unit is removed, an over- capacitor. They are designed and coordinated to
voltage on the remaining parallel capacitors results. isolate internal faults at the element level and
This overvoltage must be limited to a maximum allow continued operation of the remaining ele-
value of 110% voltage, or the bank must be tripped
ments of that capacitor unit. This results in a very
offline. Concerns with excessive parallel energy
small part of the capacitor being disconnected;
and fuse limitations require the capacitors to be
therefore, the capacitor and the bank remain in
relatively small (average of 200 kvar). Although
the external fuses provide a visual indication of service. The fundamental concept is that by
a failure, banks tend to occupy more substation dividing a large system into small, individually
space, are more expensive, have many live parts protected elements, the overall reliability is greatly
subject to possible damage by animals, and have enhanced. Advantages include higher reliability,
higher installation and maintenance costs. less space, lower installation and maintenance
costs, and fewer live parts. This design is particu-
Fuseless Concept larly suited to harmonic filter applications.
This concept was developed by ABB in the 1980s
and is a result of the high reliability of today’s all-
film dielectric where capacitor case ruptures are a
Maintenance Tools
rare event. The internal design of fuseless capaci- ABB has developed optionally available tools to
tors (many elements in series) combined with the assist in the maintenance of fuseless, internally
method by which the banks are connected (many fused, and externally fused open-stack substation
“strings” of capacitor units in series), account capacitor banks.
for this design’s excellent performance. A bank
containing failed elements will operate continuously Capacitor Handling Device—allows safe, easy
and withstand switching transients without handling during removal and installation of large
capacitors (for ABB Open-Stack Banks only) and
Power Quality
STANDARD FEATURES
Nameplate with micro-farad value (exclusive)
APPLICATIONS
Nameplate positioned for easy reading
(exclusive) ABB distinguishes between Normal Duty and
Sand-blasting before painting for superior Heavy Duty applications of power capacitors.
paint adhesion (exclusive) Our line of Normal Duty capacitors meet IEEE
Standard 18 and NEMA CP1 and are suited for
Long lasting two-coat, epoxy, oven-cured externally fused shunt applications. The normal
paint process (exclusive) duty capacitor is designed to pass a transient
Folded foil electrodes for reduced partial overvoltage endurance test at –25°C. Similarly,
discharge generation our line of Heavy Duty capacitors meet IEEE
Extended foil soldering for superior adhesion Standard 18 and NEMA CP1 but are also designed
and higher current withstand capability to pass a Transient Overvoltage Endurance Test
Durable solid terminal studs that prevent leaks at –40°C. Heavy duty capacitors are ideal for
fuseless shunt and harmonic filter applications,
Welded bushing to case prevents fluid leaks where a more conservative design may be desired.
As capacitors for series compensation, SVC and
HVDC banks usually comply with other standards
—normal or heavy duty capacitors may not be
suitable for such applications (please consult
with your local ABB sales representative).
473
ABB
Capacitors
Bushing Creep Inches (mm) 12.00 (305) 18.00 (457) 28.00 (711)
Dim. “E” Inches (mm) 9.30 (236) 10.50 (267) 14.30 (363)
Dim. “C” Inches (mm) 15.00 (381) 16.25 (413) 20.00 (508)
Case Size: S150 S175 S200 S225 S250 S275 S300 S325 S350 S375 S400 S425 S450
1 Bushing 31 35 39 43 47 51 54 58 62 66 70 74 78
Weight Lbs. (kg)* (14) (16) (18) (20) (21) (23) (25) (26) (28) (30) (32) (34) (35)
2 Bushings 35 39 43 47 51 55 58 62 66 70 74 78 82
Weight Lbs. (kg)* (16) (18) (20) (21) (23) (25) (26) (28) (30) (32) (34) (35) (37)
Dim. “A” 6.3 7.2 8.2 9.2 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0 18.0
Inches (mm) (160) (183) (208) (234) (254) (279) (305) (330) (356) (381) (406) (432) (457)
Dim. “B” 5.90 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88
Inches (mm) (150) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175)
Dim. “F” 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50
Inches (mm) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140)
Case Size: S475 S500 S525 S550 S575 S600 S625 S650 F500 F525 F550 F575 F600
1 Bushing 81 85 89 93 97 101 105 109 109 114 119 124 129
Weight Lbs. (kg)* (37) (39) (40) (42) (44) (46) (48) (50) (50) (52) (54) (56) (59)
2 Bushings 85 89 93 97 101 105 109 113 113 118 123 128 133
Weight Lbs. (kg)* (39) (40) (42) (44) (46) (48) (50) (51) (51) (54) (56) (58) (60)
Dim. “A” 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0
Inches (mm) (483) (508) (533) (559) (584) (610) (635) (660) (508) (533) (559) (584) (610)
Dim. “B” 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88 6.88
Inches (mm) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175) (175)
Dim. “F” 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
Inches (mm) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (140) (178) (178) (178) (178) (178)
*Approximate weight based on 150 kV BIL bushing ±6 lbs.
15.63" 15.63"
SLOT 0.50" (12.7) X
(397) (397)
0.69" (17.5)
STAINLESS STEEL
NAMEPLATE
Power Quality
2.17"
B B
(55)
A A
SELECTOR GUIDE
Single Bushing, Externally Fused Design, Single-Phase, 60 Hz — 50 kvar to 600 kvar
50 kvar 50 kvar 100 kvar 100 kvar 150 kvar 150 kvar 200 kvar 200 kvar
Unit BIL
Model No. Case Model No. Case Model No. Case Model No. Case
Voltage kV
1 Bushing Size 1 Bushing Size 1 Bushing Size 1 Bushing Size
2400 2GUA024050D130 S150 2GUA024100D130 S175 2GUA024150D130 S225 2GUA024200D130 S275
2770 2GUA027050D130 S150 2GUA027100D130 S225 2GUA027150D130 S275 2GUA027200D130 S350
4160 2GUA041050D130 S150 2GUA041100D130 S175 2GUA041150D130 S225 2GUA041200D130 S275
4800 2GUA048050D130 S150 2GUA048100D130 S175 2GUA048150D130 S225 2GUA048200D130 S275
6640 2GUA066050D130 S150 2GUA066100D130 S175 2GUA066150D130 S250 2GUA066200D130 S300
7200 2GUA072050D130 S150 2GUA072100D130 S175 2GUA072150D130 S225 2GUA072200D130 S275
7620 2GUA076050D130 S150 2GUA076100D130 S175 2GUA076150D130 S225 2GUA076200D130 S275
7960 2GUA079050D130 S150 2GUA079100D130 S175 2GUA079150D130 S225 2GUA079200D130 S275
8320 110 2GUA083050D130 S150 2GUA083100D130 S175 2GUA083150D130 S225 2GUA083200D130 S275
9540 2GUA095050D130 S150 2GUA095100D130 S175 2GUA095150D130 S225 2GUA095200D130 S275
9960 2GUA099050D130 S150 2GUA099100D130 S175 2GUA099150D130 S225 2GUA099200D130 S275
11,400 2GUA114050D130 S150 2GUA114100D130 S175 2GUA114150D130 S225 2GUA114200D130 S275
12,000 2GUA120050D130 S150 2GUA120100D130 S175 2GUA120150D130 S225 2GUA120200D130 S275
12,470 2GUA124050D130 S150 2GUA124100D130 S175 2GUA124150D130 S225 2GUA124200D130 S275
13,280 2GUA132050D130 S150 2GUA132100D130 S175 2GUA132150D130 S225 2GUA132200D130 S275
13,800 2GUA138050D130 S150 2GUA138100D130 S175 2GUA138150D130 S225 2GUA138200D130 S275
14,400 2GUA144050D130 S150 2GUA144100D130 S175 2GUA144150D130 S225 2GUA144200D130 S275
13,280 2GUA132050D150 S150 2GUA132100D150 S175 2GUA132150D150 S225 2GUA132200D150 S300
13,800 2GUA138050D150 S150 2GUA138100D150 S175 2GUA138150D150 S225 2GUA138200D150 S275
14,400 2GUA144050D150 S150 2GUA144100D150 S175 2GUA144150D150 S225 2GUA144200D150 S300
15,125 2GUA151050D150 S150 2GUA151100D150 S175 2GUA151150D150 S225 2GUA151200D150 S275
17,200 2GUA172050D150 S150 2GUA172100D150 S175 2GUA172150D150 S225 2GUA172200D150 S275
19,920 150 2GUA199050D150 S175 2GUA199100D150 S200 2GUA199150D150 S225 2GUA199200D150 S300
20,800 2GUA208050D150 S175 2GUA208100D150 S175 2GUA208150D150 S225 2GUA208200D150 S275
21,600 2GUA216050D150 S175 2GUA216100D150 S200 2GUA216150D150 S250 2GUA216200D150 S300
22,800 2GUA228050D150 S200 2GUA228100D150 S200 2GUA228150D150 S225 2GUA228200D150 S275
23,800 2GUA238050D150 S175 2GUA238100D150 S200 2GUA238150D150 S250 2GUA238200D150 S300
24,940 2GUA249050D150 S200 2GUA249100D150 S200 2GUA249150D150 S225 2GUA249200D150 S275
300 kvar 300 kvar 400 kvar 400 kvar 500 kvar 500 kvar 600 kvar 600 kvar
Unit BIL
Model No. Case Model No. Case Model No. Case Model No. Case
Voltage kV
1 Bushing Size 1 Bushing Size 1 Bushing Size 1 Bushing Size
2400 — — — — — — — —
2770 — — — — — — — —
4160 — — — — — — — —
4800 2GUA048300D130 S375 — — — — — —
6640 2GUA066300D130 S400 2GUA066400D130 S525 — — — —
7200 2GUA072300D130 S375 2GUA072400D130 S475 2GUA072500D130 S575 — —
7620 2GUA076300D130 S375 2GUA076400D130 S475 2GUA076500D130 S575 — —
7960 2GUA079300D130 S375 2GUA079400D130 S500 2GUA079500D130 S600 — —
8320 110 2GUA083300D130 S375 2GUA083400D130 S475 2GUA083500D130 S575 — —
9540 2GUA095300D130 S375 2GUA095400D130 S475 2GUA095500D130 S575 2GUA095600D130 F525
9960 2GUA099300D130 S375 2GUA099400D130 S475 2GUA099500D130 S600 2GUA099600D130 F550
11,400 2GUA114300D130 S375 2GUA114400D130 S475 2GUA114500D130 S575 2GUA114600D130 F525
12,000 2GUA120300D130 S375 2GUA120400D130 S475 2GUA120500D130 S575 2GUA120600D130 F550
12,470 2GUA124300D130 S375 2GUA124400D130 S475 2GUA124500D130 S575 2GUA124600D130 F525
13,280 2GUA132300D130 S375 2GUA132400D130 S475 2GUA132500D130 S575 2GUA132600D130 F525
13,800 2GUA138300D130 S375 2GUA138400D130 S475 2GUA138500D130 S575 2GUA138600D130 F525
14,400 2GUA144300D130 S375 2GUA144400D130 S475 2GUA144500D130 S575 2GUA144600D130 F550
13,280 2GUA132300D150 S375 2GUA132400D150 S500 2GUA132500D150 S600 2GUA132600D150 F550
13,800 2GUA138300D150 S375 2GUA138400D150 S475 2GUA138500D150 S575 2GUA138600D150 F525
14,400 2GUA144300D150 S400 2GUA144400D150 S500 2GUA144500D150 S600 2GUA144600D150 F550
15,125 2GUA151300D150 S375 2GUA151400D150 S500 2GUA151500D150 S600 2GUA151600D150 F550
17,200 2GUA172300D150 S375 2GUA172400D150 S475 2GUA172500D150 S575 2GUA172600D150 F550
19,920 150 2GUA199300D150 S400 2GUA199400D150 S500 2GUA199500D150 S600 2GUA199600D150 F550
20,800 2GUA208300D150 S375 2GUA208400D150 S500 2GUA208500D150 S600 2GUA208600D150 F550
21,600 2GUA216300D150 S425 2GUA216400D150 S550 2GUA216500D150 S650 2GUA216600D150 F600
22,800 2GUA228300D150 S400 2GUA228400D150 S500 2GUA228500D150 S600 2GUA228600D150 F550
23,800 2GUA238300D150 S400 2GUA238400D150 S500 2GUA238500D150 S600 2GUA238600D150 F575
24,940 2GUA249300D150 S375 2GUA249400D150 S500 2GUA249500D150 S600 2GUA249600D150 F550
475
ABB
Capacitors
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Single-Phase Capacitor Unit — Externally Fused
Type 2GUA
SELECTOR GUIDE
Double Bushing, Externally Fused Design, Single-Phase, 60 Hz — 50 kvar to 600 kvar
50 kvar 50 kvar 100 kvar 100 kvar 150 kvar 150 kvar 200 kvar 200 kvar
Unit BIL
Model No. Case Model No. Case Model No. Case Model No. Case
Voltage kV
2 Bushings Size 2 Bushings Size 2 Bushings Size 2 Bushings Size
300 kvar 300 kvar 400 kvar 400 kvar 500 kvar 500 kvar 600 kvar 600 kvar
Unit BIL
Model No. Case Model No. Case Model No. Case Model No. Case
Voltage kV
2 Bushings Size 2 Bushings Size 2 Bushings Size 2 Bushings Size
2400 — — — — — — — —
2770 — — — — — — — —
4160 — — — — — — — —
4800 2GUA048300D220 S375 — — — — — —
6640 2GUA066300D220 S400 2GUA066400D220 S525 — — — —
7200 2GUA072300D220 S375 2GUA072400D220 S475 2GUA072500D220 S575 — —
7620 2GUA076300D220 S375 2GUA076400D220 S475 2GUA076500D220 S575 — —
7960 2GUA079300D220 S375 2GUA079400D220 S500 2GUA079500D220 S600 — —
8320 951 2GUA083300D220 S375 2GUA083400D220 S475 2GUA083500D220 S575 — —
9540 2GUA095300D220 S375 2GUA095400D220 S475 2GUA095500D220 S575 2GUA095600D220 F525
9960 2GUA099300D220 S375 2GUA099400D220 S475 2GUA099500D220 S600 2GUA099600D220 F550
11,400 2GUA114300D220 S375 2GUA114400D220 S475 2GUA114500D220 S575 2GUA114600D220 F525
12,000 2GUA120300D220 S375 2GUA120400D220 S475 2GUA120500D220 S575 2GUA120600D220 F550
Power Quality
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Open-Stack Substation Capacitor Bank
477
ABB
Capacitors
STANDARD FEATURES
Insulated conductors
PVC junction box (UV protected) OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Wildlife protectors to insulate terminals Switching—oil or vacuum, junction box,
of capacitor, switch, arrester, and CPT and cable assembly with 5-pin connector
Normal duty type capacitors Control transformer—1 kVA
Structural aluminum frames Surge protection—MOV-type
of 3, 6, and 9 unit capacity lightning arresters
Self-standing frame Switching controller—time, temp, voltage,
var, etc.
Anti-sway device
Heavy duty type capacitors
Control cable—specify type, length
Meter socket
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage rating: 2.4 kV — 34.5 kV
kvar rating: 150 — 3600 kvar
Rack type: In-line, welded structural aluminum
Power Quality
478
SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended Group Fusing
479
ABB
Capacitors
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Polemounted Capacitor Bank
Type 2GUP
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
Approximate Weight
Lbs. (kg)
29.50
(749.3)
32.08
(814.83)
7.00 TYP.
(177.8)
10.50 TYP.
10.50 TYP. 17.82 (266.7)
(266.7) 50.50
(452.62)
(1282.7)
64.95 86.58
(1649.73) (2199.13)
Figure 1: Typical 3-unit rack, 125 kV BIL Oil Figure 2: Typical 6-unit rack, 125 kV
switches and PT shown BIL Oil switches and PT shown
1.25
(31.75)
Power Quality
71.50
(1816.1) 17.18
(436.37) "C" "B"
10.50 TYP.
7.00 TYP.
(266.7)
(177.8)
19.00 "H"
(482.6) 18.00
(457.2)
31.50
22.25
(800.1)
(565.15)
18.00
(457.2)
21.50
88.68 (546.1)
(2252.47)
Figure 3: Typical 9-unit rack, 125 kV BIL Figure 4: Typical side view
Oil switches and PT shown
8
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
SIKAP
481
ABB
Capacitors
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Harmonic Filter Systems
FEATURES
Standard
Harmonic filter systems Open-Stack Filter Bank
Externally fused or internally fused available
Tuning reactors: air-core or iron-core available APPLICATIONS
Open-stack or metal-enclosed DC arc furnace and rolling mills
Multiple branches Rectifiers for electrochemical and
Indoor and outdoor banks electrowinning processes
Pulp and paper mills
ABB Services Provided Variable speed drive systems
Fully guaranteed system solution Electric utilities
Harmonic measurements As part of Power Quality Solutions
Filter analysis and design
Equipment specification OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Supply of filter equipment Protection and control
Filter startup and commissioning Metal-enclosed capacitor and reactor
Turnkey installation Switched capacitor
Synchronized switching devices
ABB Experience
ABB has over 50 years of experience in the area
Power Quality
SELECTION GUIDE
Voltage
Product µF/kvar Features
Range (kV)
483
ABB
Specialty Capacitors
Surge Capacitors
Type 2GUS
APPLICATIONS
Surge protection for:
Large motors and generators
Power Quality
484
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions and weights are approximate. Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Reference
Rated No. of µ Per Figure
A B Weight
Voltage Poles Pole Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs. (kg)
Figure 1 Figure 2
4.5 4.5 16.89 (429.01)
(114.3) (114.3)
1.12
B (28.45) B
A
A
13.5 (342.9)
15.625 (396.88) 13.5 (342.9)
5.51 15.625 (396.88) 5.51
17.008 (432.00)
(140.00) (140.00)
17.008 (432.00)
Figure 3 Figure 4
8.66 8.66
(219.96) 1.772 (219.96) 1.772
(45.00) (45.00)
B B
A A
13.5 (342.9)
13.5 (342.9)
15.825 (401.96) 5.51
15.825 (401.96) 5.51
(140.00)
17.008 (432.00) 17.008 (432.00) (140.00)
485
ABB
Specialty Capacitors
Three-Phase Units
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Type 2GUW
SPECIFICATIONS
Low-loss polypropylene film and aluminum foil
Non-PCB dielectric fluid — FARADOL 800
Discharge resistors to reduce the residual voltage
to less than 50 V in 5 minutes of de-energization
.5 (12.7) UNC Thread
Designed for indoor use with an ambient
temperature range of -40°C to +46°C 4.5 4.5
(114.3) (114.3)
Stainless steel case 4.84
(122.94)
ANSI 70 light gray paint
Available with top cover on request or with B
top cover and 3-line fuses (Type 2GUE) A
13.5 (342.9)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights 15.625 (396.88) 5.51
(140.00)
All dimensions and weights are approximate. 17.008 (432.00)
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
Type 2GUE
APPLICATIONS
Power Factor Correction for: A
Industrial plants
Commercial facilities
13.5 (342.9)
OEM equipment requiring 15.625 (396.88) 5.51 5.51 5.51 5.51
(140.00) (140.00)
power factor correction (140.00) (140.00)
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions and weights are approximate. Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
2GUE024100N1 2GUE041100N1 100 1 100 9.21 (234) 25.93 (659) 9.13 (232) 58 (26)
2GUE024125N1 2GUE041125N1 125 1 125 10.20 (259) 26.95 (685) 9.13 (232) 64 (29)
2GUE024150N1 2GUE041150N1 150 1 150 12.17 (309) 28.53 (725) 9.13 (232) 73 (33)
2GUE024175N1 2GUE041175N1 175 1 175 13.15 (334) 29.95 (761) 9.13 (232) 78 (35)
2GUE024200N1 2GUE041200N1 200 1 200 14.13 (359) 30.84 (783) 9.13 (232) 82 (37)
2GUE024225N2 — 225 2 112.5 9.21 (234) 25.94 (659) 17.13 (435) 119 (54)
— 2GUE041225N1 225 1 225 16.10 (409) 32.88 (835) 9.13 (232) 96 (44)
*Available in 4.8 kV, contact ABB for dimensions. (continued on next page)
487
ABB
Specialty Capacitors
Assembled Banks Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Type 2GUE
SPECIFICATIONS (continued)
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
All dimensions and weights are approximate. Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
2GUE024250N2 — 250 2 125 10.20 (259) 26.95 (685) 17.13 (435) 125 (56)
— 2GUE041250N1 250 1 250 17.09 (434) 32.96 (837) 9.13 (232) 91 (41)
2GUE024275N2 — 275 2 137.5 11.18 (284) 27.64 (702) 17.13 (435) 133 (60)
— 2GUE041275N1 275 1 275 19.05 (484) 34.92 (887) 9.13 (232) 95 (43)
2GUE024300N2 — 300 2 150 12.17 (309) 28.53 (725) 17.13 (435) 141 (64)
— 2GUE041300N1 300 1 300 20.04 (509) 35.91 (912) 9.13 (232) 100 (45)
2GUE024350N2 2GUE041350N2 350 2 175 13.15 (334) 29.95 (761) 17.13 (435) 151 (68)
2GUE024400N2 2GUE041400N2 400 2 200 14.13 (359) 30.84 (783) 17.13 (435) 159 (72)
2GUE024450N3 — 450 3 150 12.17 (309) 28.53 (725) 25.13 (638) 209 (95)
— 2GUE041450N2 450 2 225 16.10 (409) 32.88 (835) 17.13 (435) 167 (76)
2GUE024500N4 — 500 4 125 10.20 (259) 26.95 (685) 33.13 (842) 245 (110)
— 2GUE041500N2 500 2 250 17.09 (434) 32.96 (837) 17.13 (435) 177 (80)
2GUE024550N4 — 550 4 137.5 11.18 (284) 27.64 (702) 33.13 (842) 261 (117)
— 2GUE041550N2 550 2 275 19.05 (484) 34.92 (887) 17.13 (435) 185 (84)
2GUE024600N3 — 600 3 200 14.13 (359) 30.84 (783) 33.13 (842) 236 (107)
— 2GUE041600N2 600 2 300 20.04 (509) 35.91 (912) 17.13 (435) 195 (88)
— 2GUE041675N3 675 3 225 16.10 (409) 32.88 (835) 25.13 (638) 248 (112)
2GUE024700N4 — 700 4 175 13.15 (334) 29.95 (761) 33.13 (842) 297 (135)
— 2GUE041750N3 750 3 250 17.09 (434) 32.96 (837) 25.13 (638) 258 (117)
2GUE024800N4 — 800 4 200 14.13 (359) 30.84 (783) 33.13 (842) 313 (142)
— 2GUE041825N3 825 3 275 19.05 (484) 34.92 (887) 25.13 (638) 275 (125)
Power Quality
— 2GUE041900N3 900 3 300 20.04 (509) 35.91 (912) 25.13 (638) 290 (132)
— 2GUE0411000N4 1000 4 250 17.09 (434) 32.96 (837) 33.13 (842) 349 (158)
— 2GUE0411100N4 1100 4 275 19.05 (484) 34.92 (887) 33.13 (842) 365 (166)
— 2GUE0411200N4 1200 4 300 20.04 (509) 35.91 (912) 33.13 (842) 385 (175)
*Available in 4.8 kV, contact ABB for dimensions.
488
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
Induction Heating and Melting Applications
STANDARD FEATURES
All capacitor units meet IEC 60 110 or VDE 0560 Part 9.
2GUA air-cooled capacitor units are an extremely reliable
low-loss range for induction melting and heating applications.
The capacitor units are provided with internally connected
discharge resistors to reduce the residual voltage to less than
50 V within 5 minutes of de-energization. The capacitor case
is painted stainless steel. Designed for indoor use only.
489
ABB
Specialty Capacitors
Motor Surge Protection
Type MSP
2.4 to 24 kV
Surge protection for critical industrial loads:
• Large motors and generators
• Large transformers
• Medium-voltage switchgear and motor control centers
Electrical distribution systems are subject to power surges,
switching transients, faults, and lightning strikes at anytime.
Such occurrences can be damaging to electrical systems, as well
as various apparatus used in a manufacturing process. ABB offers
the Type MSP, a protective device that provides protection for
motors, rotating machines, and transformers, and yields assurance
of continuous operation of the equipment, the electrical system,
and the manufacturing process.
The primary function of the Type MSP motor surge protector
is to guard the winding insulation of the device being protected.
Station class, metal oxide lightning arresters act to limit the maxi-
mum voltage to the device to a predetermined magnitude.
Specially designed surge capacitors, connected in parallel with
the arresters, control the rate of rise of the resultant overvoltage.
The combination of surge arresters and surge capacitors serve to
limit the turn-to-turn insulation stress impressed on the device
being protected.
STANDARD FEATURES
Rugged-welded 11-gauge metal enclosure
Indoor NEMA 1/12" enclosure
ANSI #61 light gray paint
Heavy-duty rated surge capacitors
Station class MOV surge arresters
Copper bus bars
Common ground connections OPTIONAL
Power Quality
490
ABB Type 2GUS surge capacitors provide high transient overvoltage withstand, low
operating losses, and long life. Complete with porcelain bushings, these all-film units
utilize Faradol 800, a non-PCB, completely biodegradable dielectric fluid. Internal
discharge resistors provide a five minute discharge time after de-energization. The
standard operating temperature range is –40°C to +50°C.
ABB Type XPS polymer station class metal oxide surge arresters are supplied as
standard, while ABB Type XPI polymer intermediate class metal oxide surge arresters
are also available as an option. Internal cable connections include phase leads tied
to isolated buswork fixed on porcelain insulators. Pre-punched bus bars provide for
simplified external connections and integrity of the insulation system. Grounding of
the Type MSP motor surge protector is made to the device being protected.
The Type MSP motor surge protectors should be located as close as possible to the
device being protected to ensure maximum protection.Virtually maintenance free,
only an occasional inspection and cleaning may be necessary to check the tightness
of electrical and mechanical connections and the integrity of the insulation system.
The Type MSP motor surge protector is completely factory assembled and tested,
ready for installation and service.
SELECTOR GUIDE
To select the Type MSP motor surge protector equipment for your application,
follow these steps:
1. Determine the line-to-line voltage of the system.
2. Determine the system grounding—delta, grounded, or ungrounded neutral.
3. Select required ABB Style Number that matches #1 and #2.
∆ or µF
ABB Voltage Grd. Y Arrester Arrester Capacitor Enclosure
Style No. L-L Ungrd. Y System kV rms MCOV # of Poles Depth
Pole
System
491
ABB
Specialty Capacitors
Motor Surge Protection
Type MSP
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions: 23" Wide Enclosure
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
19
9 9 9 9 (482.6)
COPPER GROUND 13 12
46 PAD WITH ITEM 16B
(1168.4) GROUND LUG—THIS
52 DOOR SIDE ONLY
(1320.8)
14
STANDARD NEMA 2-HOLE
13
PATTERN TOP AND
BOTTOM FOR USER
CABLE CONNECTION
27
19
(482.6)
22,22A
2
26 2
4
(101.6) 2 (50.8)
DOOR
3.5
(88.9) 36 23
(914.4) (584.2)
43
(1092.2)
(L)
1
SURGE
ARRESTER FU
3
2
INCOMING POWER
OC
/
3
USER 120 VAC CONTROL POWER
OB
23H
OA /
1
/
USER INCOMING 1
TERMINATIONS
HTR
Power Quality
4
CAPACITOR
3-PHASE
3
(N)
Elementary Diagram
492
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Quebec City, Canada
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions: 36" Wide Enclosure
Dimensions are specified in inches (mm).
21.5
(546.1)
7 (177.8) x 36 (914.4) CUTOUT IN ROOF AND
FLOOR WITH 9 (228.6) x 38 (965.2) REMOVABLE
13 13 COVER PLATE FOR USER 7
(330.2) (330.2) (177.8)
INCOMING CABLE ENTRANCE
19
9 9 9 9 (482.6)
COPPER GROUND 13 12
46 PAD WITH ITEM 16B
(1168.4) GROUND LUG—THIS
DOOR SIDE ONLY
52
(1320.8)
14
13
STANDARD NEMA 2-HOLE 13
PATTERN TOP AND
BOTTOM FOR USER
CABLE CONNECTION
27
19
22
(482.6)
22A
2
26 2 2 2
4
(101.6) 2 (50.8)
DOOR
3.5
36 36
(88.9)
(914.4) (914.4)
43
(1092.2)
(L)
1
SURGE
ARRESTER FU
3
2
INCOMING POWER
OC
/
3
OB
23H
OA
1
/
USER INCOMING 1
TERMINATIONS
HTR
CAPACITOR
4
0.8)
3
(N)
Elementary Diagram
493
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Capacitor Fuses
SELECTION GUIDE
Voltage Rated Interrupting Capability Discharge
Type Rating Current Capability Type
(kV) (A) lind (kA) lcap (kA) Kilojoules
Indoor
CLN 0.6 25 — 225 200 N/A 25 Current-Limiting
495
ABB
Capacitor Fuses
Outdoor
9.7 6 — 100 10.0 1.9 30 Expulsion
496
Indoor
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
CLN, 600 V, Current-Limiting, Non-Indicating
The Type CLN fuse is a 600 V, full-range, current-limiting capacitor
fuse. It is designed for indoor use or in an enclosure, protected from
outdoor weather conditions. The primary application of these fuses
is individual unit fusing of low-voltage, single- and three-phase capaci-
tors in metal enclosed equipment. These fuses are current-limiting,
non-indicating, and non-disconnecting.
SELECTOR GUIDE
Fuse Style
Rating Interrupting
Style Number
(A) Capacity (A)
25 200,000 4991C27A01
50 200,000 4991C27A02
75 200,000 4991C27A03
100 200,000 4991C27A04
125 200,000 4991C27A05
150 200,000 4991C27A06
175 200,000 4991C27A07
200 200,000 4991C27A08
225 200,000 4991C27A09
SPECIFICATIONS
Fuse Current Ratings (For typical applications) Standard Design
Dimensions and Weights
Single-Phase Units Three-Phase Units
For complete dimensions,
1-Phase 3-Phase contact your nearest ABB
240 V 480 V 600 V 240 V 480 V 600 V
(kvar) (kvar)
Sales Representative and
2.5 25 A 2.5 25 A request Technical Data
5.0 50 25 A 5.0 25 25 A Selection Guide 38-852.
7.5 50 25 25 A 7.5 50 25 25 A
10.0 75 50 50 10.0 50 50 25
15.0 125 50 50 15.0 75 50 25
20.0 150 75 75 20.0 100 50 50
25.0 175 100 75 25.0 100 50 50
30.0 100 100 30.0 75 50
35.0 125 100 35.0 75 75
40.0 150 125 40.0 100 75
45.0 175 125 45.0 100 75
50.0 175 150 50.0 100 100
60.0 200 175 60.0 125 100
497
ABB
Capacitor Fuses
Indoor
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
CLC, Current-Limiting, 1.2 — 3.0 kV
The Type CLC fuse is a full-range (partial-range for 4.3/2.5 kV
ratings), current-limiting capacitor fuse. It is designed for indoor
use or in an enclosure, protected from outdoor weather con-
ditions. CLC fuses are available in 1200, 1800, 2500, 3000 V,
and 4.3/2.5 kV ratings. The primary application of these fuses
is individual unit fusing of low-voltage, single- and three-phase
capacitors in metal-enclosed equipment. The 1200, 1800,
and 3000 V ratings are current-limiting, indicating, and non-
disconnecting. The 2500 V and 4.3/2.5 kV ratings are current-
limiting, non-indicating, and non-disconnecting.
SELECTOR GUIDE
Fuse Style
Rating Interrupting Style Rating Interrupting Style
(A) Capacity (A) Number (A) Capacity (A) Number
1200 V, Indicating 2500 V, Non-Indicating
25 115,000 4989C12A21 25 35,000 4989C13A01
50 115,000 4989C12A22 50 35,000 4989C13A02
75 115,000 4989C12A23 75 35,000 4989C13A03
100 115,000 4989C12A24 3000 V, Indicating
120 115,000 4989C12A25 25 35,000 4989C12A61
135 115,000 4989C12A26 50 35,000 4989C12A62
150 115,000 4989C12A27 75 35,000 4989C12A63
165 115,000 4989C12A28 100 35,000 4989C12A64
175 115,000 4989C12A29 115 35,000 4989C12A65
1800 V, Indicating 130 35,000 4989C12A66
25 40,000 4989C12A41 4.3/2.5 kV, Non-Indicating
50 40,000 4989C12A42 25 60,000 4989C13A06
75 40,000 4989C12A43 50 60,000 4989C13A07
100 40,000 4989C12A44 75 60,000 4989C13A08
120 40,000 4989C12A45
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
For complete dimensions, contact your nearest ABB Sales
Representative and request Technical Data Selection Guide 38-852.
8
SELECTOR GUIDE
Fuse Style
499
ABB
Capacitor Fuses
Indoor Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
CIL, Current-Limiting, Expulsion
(Metal-Enclosed Equipment)
SPECIFICATIONS
Fuse Voltage and Current Ratings
Fuse current ratings are based on available fuse styles shown in “Fuse Style Selector Guide.”
Capacitor Voltage Fuse Voltage 50 kvar 100 kvar 150 kvar 200 kvar 300 kvar
Rating (kV) Rating (kV) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A)
2.40 5.5 34 56 — — —
2.77 5.5 27 56 — — —
4.16 5.5 21 34 49 65 —
4.80 5.5 21 34 49 56 —
6.64 8.3 11 21 33 47 —
7.20 8.3 11 21 33 39 —
7.62 8.3 11 21 33 39 —
7.96 8.3 11 17 26 39 —
8.32 15.5 9 16 26 32 —
9.96 15.5 9 14 21 32 —
12.47 15.5 9 12 16 26 32
13.28 15.5 — 12 16 21 32
13.80 15.5 — 12 16 21 32
14.40 15.5 — 9 14 21 32
19.92 23.0 — — — 21 21
21.60 23.0 — — — 21 21
500
Indoor
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Przasnysz, Poland
High-Voltage, Current-Limiting,
Fuse Links Type CEF
The HRC generation of fuse link type CEF are designed and
tested according to IEC Publication 282-1. Dimensionally the
fuse links are in accordance with DIN 43625.
ABB’s high-voltage fuse links have the following properties:
Low minimum breaking current
Low power losses
Low arc-voltage
High breaking capacity
High current limitation
Low power losses permit installation of these fuse links in
compact switchgear.
CEF fuses are of back-up type.They have a zone between
the minimum melting current and the minimum breaking
current where the fuse links may fail to interrupt. For CEF
fuse links this zone is very narrow.
501
ABB
Capacitor Fuses
Indoor
Manufactured at
ABB Inc.
Przasnysz, Poland
High-Voltage, Current-Limiting, Fuse Link
for MOTOR Circuit Applications
Type CMF
The fuse links Type CMF are specially designed for motor
circuit applications.They are tested according to the IEC
Publication 282-1 and Publication 644.The IEC 644 applies
to fuse links used with motors started direct-on-line on
alternating current systems. High-voltage fuses used in
motor circuits must have the ability to withstand, without
deterioration, the repeated surges associated with
motor starting.
The dimensions are in accordance with DIN 43625, i.e.
the 3, 6 kV rating is realized in the normal 12 kV length
(e = 292 mm).The 7, 2 kV and 12 kV rating in the 24 kV
length (e = 442 mm). Special connection elements can be
delivered in cases where fuses have to be paralleled.
ABB’s motor fuses have the following properties:
Higher current rating within single body dimensions
Tested according to IEC 644 which guarantees excellent
ability to withstand repeated motor starting conditions
Low power losses
Low minimum breaking-current
High breaking capacity and excellent short
circuit limitation
Although a motor fuse is normally run at a stationary
current which is much lower than the fuse rated current,
the low-loss characteristics of the CMF fuses make them
especially suitable in compact contactor compartments.
Power Quality
502
Outdoor
SELECTOR GUIDE
Fuse Link
Capacitor Unit
50 kvar 100 kvar 150 kvar 200 kvar 300 kvar 400 kvar
Voltage Rating (kV)
2.40 20 40 65 — — —
4.16 12 25 40 50 — —
4.80 10 20 30 40 65 —
6.64 8 15 25 30 50 65
7.20 8 15 20 25 40 50
7.62 6 12 20 25 40 50
7.96 6 12 20 25 40 50
8.32 6 12 20 25 40 50
9.54 6 10 15 20 30 40
9.96 6 10 15 20 30 40
11.40 6 8 12 20 25 40
12.00 6 8 12 15 25 30
12.47 6 8 12 15 25 30
13.28 6 8 12 15 25 30
13.80 6 8 10 15 20 30
14.40 6 8 10 15 20 25
17.20 6 6 8 12 20 25
19.92 6 6 8 10 15 20
20.80 6 6 8 10 15 20
21.60 6 6 8 10 15 20
22.80 6 6 6 8 12 20
23.80 6 6 6 8 12 20
24.94 6 6 6 8 12 15
503
ABB
Capacitor Fuses
Outdoor Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
CXP, High-Voltage, Expulsion
For Aluminum
For Aluminum
Fuse Capacitor Unit Or Copper Bus
Bus Only
Rating Voltage Tin-Plated
(Aluminum End Cap)
(kV) (kV) Brass End Cap
Style Number*
Style Number*
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
For complete dimensions, contact your nearest ABB Sales
Representative and request Technical Data Selection Guide 38-852.
Power Quality
504
Outdoor
SPECIFICATIONS
Fuse Voltage and Current Ratings
Capacitor
Fuse Voltage
Voltage 50 kvar 100 kvar 150 kvar 200 kvar 300 kvar 400 kvar
Rating (kV)
Rating (kV)
2.40 2.8 35 65 92 — — —
2.77 2.8 35 54 80 — — —
4.16 5.5 21 34 49 65 — —
4.80 5.5 21 34 49 56 — —
6.64 8.3 11 21 33 47 — —
7.20 8.3 11 21 26 39 — —
7.62 8.3 11 21 33 39 — —
7.96 8.3 11 17 26 39 — —
8.32 8.3 11 17 26 33 — —
9.96 15.5 9 14 21 32 — —
12.47 15.5 9 12 21 26 — —
13.28 15.5 9 12 16 21 32 —
13.80 15.5 9 12 16 21 32 —
14.40 15.5 9 12 16 21 32 —
19.92 23.0 — 8 11 14 21 —
21.60 23.0 — 8 11 14 21 26
22.80 23.0 — 8 11 14 21 26
505
ABB
Capacitor Fuses
Outdoor Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
COL, Current-Limiting, Expulsion
SELECTOR GUIDE
Fuse Style
Maximum Fuse Continuous NEMA Type K Style Number
Design Voltage Current Rating Fuse Link (with Mounting
(kV) (A) (A)* Hardware)
2.8 35 25 279C410A01
2.8 42 30 279C410A02
2.8 54 40 279C410A03
2.8 65 50 279C410A04
2.8 80 65 279C410A05
2.8 92 80 279C410A06
5.5 21 15 279C410A08
5.5 27 20 279C410A09
5.5 34 25 279C410A10
5.5 40 30 279C410A11
5.5 49 40 279C410A12
5.5 56 50 279C410A13
5.5 65 65 279C410A14
8.3 11 8 279C410A16
8.3 14 10 279C410A17
8.3 17 12 279C410A18
8.3 21 15 279C410A19
8.3 26 20 279C410A20
8.3 33 25 279C410A21
8.3 39 30 279C410A22
8.3 47 40 279C410A23
15.5 9 6 279C410A26
15.5 12 8 279C410A27
15.5 14 10 279C410A28
15.5 16 12 279C410A29
15.5 21 15 279C410A30
Power Quality
15.5 26 20 279C410A31
15.5 32 25 279C410A32
23.0 8 6 279C410A36
23.0 11 8 279C410A37
23.0 14 10 279C410A38
23.0 16 12 279C410A39
23.0 21 15 279C410A40
23.0 26 20 279C410A41
* Based on 35° ambient. Fuse links are rated based on their melting characteristics.
8
Sourced through
ABB Inc.
Greensboro, NC
CLXP, High-Energy, Current-Limiting, Expulsion
The Type CLXP individual capacitor fuse has a high-energy
capability. It is for application in outdoor capacitor banks
with many parallel capacitor units.
It contains a current-limiting section of the “silversand”
type of construction with an interrupting rating of
60,000 A asymmetrical. It can successfully dissipate
the stored energy discharge of any number of parallel
connected capacitors.
In addition, it has a separate low-current interrupting
section similar to the Type CXP fuse.
SELECTOR GUIDE
Fuse Style
Rating Maximum
Style Number
(kV) (A) Link*
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Design Dimensions and Weights
For complete dimensions, contact your nearest ABB Sales
Representative and request Technical Data Selection Guide 38-852.
507
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Information Management
Software and Systems
Transmission
Distribution
Central Markets
GenCo/Trading
Retail
ABB
Information Management
Software and Systems
Transmission
Network Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Phasor Measurement for
Wide Area Monitoring Systems
RES 521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
AdviseIT GridView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
AdviseIT Asset Sentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Distribution
Network Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
CADOPS™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
FEEDERALL™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
RELINET™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
FORESITE™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Central Markets
SABLE™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
GenCo/Trading
gimsplus™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
cougerplus™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
strategistplus™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
PACE™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
OptimizeIT Portfolio Maintenance Planner . . . . . 532
Retail
Energy Profiler Online™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Energy Profiler® for Windows® . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Energy BOSS®
(Billing Options Support System) . . . . . . . . . 536
E-VEE™
(Electric Validation and Editing Engine). . . . . 537
Products
Services
Systems
Transmission
SELECTION GUIDE
Products Description
Enhance your power system efficiency with the RES 521 Phasor Measurement
RES 521 Terminal; enabling increased transmission capacity without the need to invest in
additional transmission lines.
511
ABB
Transmission
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Sugar Land, TX
Network Manager
APPLICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
SCADA Applications. The basic system for control of,
Graphical Data Engineering and data acquisition from, the power system. ABB’s current
Tool. The CIM DE Toolkit allows SCADA and support software package consists of a compre-
data to be imported directly from hensive set of real-time monitoring, control, and support
the GIS. It enables a graphical
functions, evolving from over 40 years of experience in the
Information Management Software and Systems
512
Phasor Measurement for
Wide Area Monitoring Systems
Manufactured by
ABB Inc.
Allentown, PA
RES 521 Coral Springs, FL
STANDARD FEATURES
Time tagged AC phasors, positive sequence One normally open output contact each for
voltages, and currents as real and imaginary abnormal frequency, rate of change of frequency,
quantities, for local or remote applications undervoltage, and overcurrent pick-up
Frequency and rate of change of frequency Change over output contact for loss of DC and
Data transfer rate is selectable to 1 per cycle, internal self-monitoring
1 per 2 cycles, or 1 per 4 cycles.A specific Eight binary inputs can be freely connected to
anti-aliasing filter has been designed for each the IEEE 1344 synchrophasor data format
transfer rate, to capture an optimum of the Remote communication port 10/100 Base Tx
power system dynamics. for TCP/IP and streaming data in IEEE 1344 or
Synchronized sampling of terminals in different PC37.118 synchrophasor format
substations, by the use of GPS-based time signals Optionally additional optical remote communica-
Time tagging accuracy down to one µ second tion ports 100 Base Fx for TCP/IP and streaming
Highly accurate voltage and current data in IEEE 1344 or PC37.118 synchrophasor
measurement format
Highly accurate phase angle calculation Front-mounted menu-driven display for display-
ing positive sequence voltage and current
Six analog current inputs and three analog
measurements as amplitude and phase angle.
voltage inputs
The angle reference is selectable to any phasor
Optionally additional six analog current inputs or the GPS time reference.
and three analog voltage inputs
Continuous self-monitoring and diagnostics
Two settable pick-up levels for frequency, two
Protective relay technology and EMC noise
settable pick-up levels for rate of change of
suppression
frequency, two settable under-voltage pick-up
levels, and four settable overcurrent pick-up Available for 19-inch rack mounting in a panel,
levels are available. surface or flush mounting
Hardware options: On/Off switch for DC
supply—Mounting details for IP40 and
IP54-Ring lug terminals
513
ABB
Transmission
Developed by
ABB Inc.
IT Raleigh, NC
Advise GridView
CUSTOMER VALUE
Enhanced transmission congestion forecasting
and management
Project identification and economic assessment
Improved market performance benchmarking
Market power analysis and market monitoring
modeling options
Improved asset utilization
Generation plant performance and efficiency analysis
Portfolio optimization and risk management
Information Management Software and Systems
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Transmission asset utilization monitoring
Transmission bottleneck identification
Transmission congestion assessment
Market-based probabilistic planning studies
Transmission expansion planning
Identification and economic assessment of merchant
transmission projects
Plant siting optimization
Bidding strategy assessment
Asset evaluation and management
Portfolio optimization and risk management
Plant performance and efficiency analysis
System impact and facility study for generator
interconnection
514
Developed by
ABB Inc.
IT Raleigh, NC
Advise Asset Sentry
CUSTOMER VALUE
Improved management of maintenance and
capital budgets
Data centralization and integration
Asset condition and performance tracking
Improvements to maintenance policies
Justify changes based on past performance
Reduction in equipment forced outages
Equipment condition tracking
Automatic notification of escalating problems
Improved decision-making in the asset
management process
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Data collection
• Installed equipment database
• Inspection and maintenance history
• Control and monitoring system data
Integration and analysis
• Installed equipment database
• Inspection and maintenance history
• Control and monitoring system data
Work execution
• Preventive and corrective maintenance
• Project and work order execution
• Management of outsourcing
Decision-making
• System planning and risk analysis
• Maintenance, inspection, and inventory policies
• Investment and maintenance prioritization
515
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Distribution
SELECTION GUIDE
Products Description
Electrical Distribution Management System addresses the need to achieve high customer
satisfaction while operating the electrical distribution network in a safe and efficient manner.
CADOPS™
Integrates electric control center applications including SCADA, Outage Management,
Tagging, Switching, Logging, Reporting, and Crew Dispatch.
517
ABB
Distribution
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Sugar Land, TX
Network Manager
Network Manager offers a full range of SCADA/EMS applications to enhance the
efficiency and reliability of power systems in deregulated as well as traditional
electricity markets. Its modular functionality can be tailored to the needs of each
company, from small distributors to large power utilities. Network Manager’s open
and versatile platform allows for easy integration of utility information systems
while maintaining IT security levels. It provides an optimal solution for coordinated
monitoring and control, from power generation to transmission and distribution.
Network Manager’s applications are built on an open platform in a component
structure and can be configured for real-time control and analysis as well as for
planning purposes.These powerful network operation tools facilitate safe and
efficient day-to day operation while minimizing long-term capital expenditure.
ABB offers Network Manager in three configurations designed to meet the needs
of generation, transmission, and distribution organizations.
APPLICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
SCADA Applications. The basic system for control of,
Graphical Data Engineering and data acquisition from, the power system. ABB’s current
Tool. The CIM DE Toolkit allows SCADA and support software package consists of a compre-
data to be imported directly from hensive set of real-time monitoring, control, and support
the GIS. It enables a graphical
functions that have evolved over 40 years of experience in
Information Management Software and Systems
518
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
CADOPS™
519
ABB
Distribution
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
FEEDERALL™
SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Uses Microsoft Windows PC-based
Provides accurate modeling and analysis for operating system
the electrical distribution network
Supports Oracle or Microsoft Access
Improves capacitor selection and placement as local workstation database system
Analyzes re-conductoring and feeder Provides multi-user case study
Information Management Software and Systems
520
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
RELINET™
STANDARD FEATURES
The reliability assessment accounts for the The following reliability indices are computed:
following types of phenomena: • MAIFI: The Momentary Average Interruption
• Temporary faults Frequency Index
• Sustained faults • SAIFI: The System Average Interruption
• Mean Time to Repair (MTTR) Frequency Index
• Mean Time to Switch (MTTS) • SAIDI: The System Average Interruption
• Momentary outages Duration Index
• Sustained outages • CAIDI: The Customer Average Interruption
• Fuse saving Duration Index
• Automation • CAIFI: The Customer Average Interruption
• Single-pole tripping Frequency Index
• Upstream fault isolation • CTAIDI: The Customer Total Average
• Downstream fault Interruption Duration Index
The component reliability results computed by • ASAI: The Average System Availability Index
the assessment are: • ASIFI: The Average System Interruption
• Number of momentary interruptions per year Frequency Index
• Number of sustained interruptions per year • ASIDI: The Average System Interruption
• Number of interrupted hours per year Duration Index
• Number of operations by each recloser Performs two types of voltage sag calculations.
• Number of operations by each protection • Local Voltage Sag: The local voltage sag
device function computes the expected voltage sag
• Number of times a sectionalizing switch is at every component in the network for a bolted
opened for upstream fault isolation fault at a selected component.
• Number of times a sectionalizing switch is • Remote Voltage Sag: The remote voltage sag
opened for downstream fault isolation function computes the expected voltage sag at
• Number of times a tie switch is closed a selected component for a bolted fault that
for back-feeding occurs at each remote network component.
SPECIFICATIONS
Uses Microsoft Windows PC-based operating system Integrated with FEEDERALL distribution
Supports Oracle or Microsoft Access as local engineering and planning software
workstation database system Standard data extract from the CADOPS
Provides multi-user case study management Distribution Management System
capabilities using Oracle relational database
management system
521
ABB
Distribution
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
FORESITE™
522
Central Markets
SELECTION GUIDE
Product Description
SABLE™ ISO/RTO Open Platform and Advanced Applications
523
ABB
Central Markets
SABLE™
SABLE is ABB’s state-of-the-art system for their existing ones. SABLE is designed to
implementation of Energy Markets. The system use industry accepted commercial products
provides ISOs and RTOs with an e-business while minimizing dependence on any one
software system based on open technology, commercial supplier. This flexibility enhances
commercial products, and industry standards. reliability of the system and provides for
SABLE provides for all NERC requirements low maintenance and training costs. The
and is modularized to give maximum flexibility SABLE platform is designed and optimized
for system configuration, expansion, and ease to accommodate legacy (algorithmic and
of maintenance. CPU-intensive) applications, as well as modern
SABLE includes an open platform and a com- e-business applications.
plete suite of leading, field-proven applications. In summary, the SABLE system delivers
The platform is based on a modern n-tier scalability, security, extensibility, availability,
architecture that provides superb scalability reliability, interoperability, and a full set of
and processing power. It supports small leading applications. Long-term cost of owner-
and large systems without any fundamental ship is minimized through the extensive use
changes to the architectural layout, which of standards and industry leading third-party
allows our customers to grow their systems products to guarantee low maintenance and
incrementally without having to replace training costs.
524
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Santa Clara, CA
APPLICATIONS
SABLE applications include the Market Operations System (MOS), an advanced
set of Power Applications (PA) and Stand-alone Applications.The MOS includes
a complete suite of Market Infrastructure (MI) and Market Applications (MA).
SABLE Applications
SPECIFICATIONS
Platform
The SABLE base product uses the following commercially available products. However, any
other compatible third-party products may be used. For example, any message-oriented
middleware that provides JMS functionality could replace Talarian SmartSockets. Clients
are browser-based using Internet Explorer or Netscape on Windows or UNIX. Web servers
run on NT or UNIX; Application Servers run on UNIX.
Client User Interface Browser-based Java Applet (NT Internet Explorer, Netscape)
Web Server and Directory Server iPlanet (Tru64 UNIX and NT)
IDE Jbuilder
525
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
GenCo/Trading
SELECTION GUIDE
Product Description
Optimize IT Portfolio
Asset maintenance management and portfolio planning organization
Maintenance Planner
527
ABB
GenCo/Trading
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
gimsplus™
STANDARD FEATURES
Provides a specialized IT backbone to fully Operates on all major hardware platforms from
integrate various inter-departmental systems its development in ORACLE ®
SPECIFICATIONS
Platform
Server: ORACLE RDBMS, NT, UNIX,VMS, and TCP/IP
Client: PC MS Windows
528
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
cougerplus™
STANDARD FEATURES
Provides advanced modeling capability for • Fuel Allocation: Schedules generation
current generation company requirements: resources subject to varying fuel availability
• Emission Dispatch: Schedules generation and cost
assets that are subject to emissions limits • Combined Cycle: Models complex combined
and constraints cycle plant characteristics
• Auto Transaction Analysis: Provides fast and • Annual Model: Models seasonal and annual
accurate cost/value evaluation for individual planning horizons
transactions or multiple blocks of power Optimizes the scheduling of a generation
• Multi Area Model: Enables a generation company’s assets to minimize costs and
company to optimize asset commitment and maximize profits
dispatch subject transmission constraints Provides cost/value analysis of bulk power
• Risk Manager: Calculates costs and risk sale/purchase opportunities
value for multiple operations (load forecasts, Models real world operating constraints which
availability, etc.) affect a generation company’s costs
• Post Analysis: Provides capabilities to Provides accurate and credible results that have
calculate actual trading profit and loss been confirmed by a large community of users
and to compare actual systems operations
against best practices
SPECIFICATIONS
Platform
Operates in a stand-alone or client-server architecture.
Interfaces with other ABB systems can be accomplished through
a high-performance Application Program Interface (API).
529
ABB
GenCo/Trading
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
strategistplus™
STANDARD FEATURES
Forecasts profits and quantifies risks for an Financial reports include distributions of pro-
entire generation company business duction cost, sale revenue and fuel purchases
Models time periods from one day to one year Operational reports include generating unit,
plant and system
Calculates profits and values at risk for various
bidding strategies Quickly forecasts portfolio profits and risks
associated with user-defined strategies
Calculates total profits and losses for a portfolio
Allows users to correlate “related” risk factors
Assesses the combined effect of related risk and assesses the combined impact on a
factors (weather, loads, outages, etc.) generation company’s bottom line
Models cause and effect correlations between Assesses the entire physical and financial portfo-
related risk factors lio to maximize profits while minimizing risks
Uses Monte Carlo simulation to analyze Allows users to assess the realism of risk
multiple “what-if” cases analysis results by reviewing key system
Supports flexible uncertainty models operation statistics
530
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Raleigh, NC
PACE™
STANDARD FEATURES
Calculates actual profits for physical trades
Identifies out-of-pocket costs for serving
off-system sales and avoided costs for
purchase contracts
Analyzes resources used to support
off-system sales
Compares actual and forecast costs for
serving sales
Supports billing by providing detailed cost data
Allows comparison of actual and optimal
dispatch using performance indexes
Calculates emission results
Identifies dispatch efficiencies
531
ABB
GenCo/Trading
Developed by
ABB Inc.
IT Raleigh, NC
Optimize Portfolio Maintenance Planner
STANDARD FEATURES
Modeling of spot and forward markets in BENEFITS
fuel and electricity Maximize profit from trading by
Detailed modeling of fossil, nuclear, and ensuring the best assets are available
hydro systems when most needed.
Information Management Software and Systems
532
Retail
SELECTION GUIDE
Product Description
Energy Profiler Online™ Online energy information service provides energy usage information and analytic
tools for commercial and industrial customers. Also facilitates curtailment and real-time
pricing programs.
• Energy Profiler® Energy usage and pricing analysis for both energy suppliers and customers
for Windows® 1
Advanced billing system; supports billing for unbundled commodity supply, processes
Energy BOSS®
interval load data into billing determinants, and supports retail settlements
Interval load data validation and editing software created specifically to handle the
E-VEE™
throughput and volume demands of participants in competitive energy markets
1
A companion product to Energy Profiler Online
533
ABB
Retail
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Oakland, CA
Energy Profiler Online™
STANDARD FEATURES
Customers can use EPO’s intuitive
Web interface to:
• View interval data in graphic or tabular form
OPTIONS AND
• Generate load profiles for accounts or groups
ACCESSORIES
Information Management Software and Systems
534
Developed by
ABB Inc.
® ® Oakland, CA
Energy Profiler for Windows
STANDARD FEATURES
Read and write interval data in a variety
of industry formats (MV90, MDEF, CMEP,
LODESTARTM, and plain text)
Perform rate comparisons on the basis of
estimated bills generated from interval data
Analyze and manipulate load profiles graphically
Create functions to represent “what-if” scenarios
(e.g.,“What would my bill be if I reduced my
peak demand by ten percent?”)
Manage a database of rates. Model rates on
existing ones or create new rates using the
RateWizardTM, a highly intuitive step-by-step
guide to creating and modifying rates
Access RatesBaseTM database of over 1800 rates
from major North American utilities
Download interval data directly from the meter,
either manually or by using Energy Profiler’s
automated scheduler
535
ABB
Retail
Developed by
ABB Inc.
® Oakland, CA
Energy BOSS (Billing Options Support System)
STANDARD FEATURES
Process customer interval load data into
billing determinants
Aggregate multiple accounts into a single
set of billing determinants (conjunctive billing)
Information Management Software and Systems
536
Developed by
ABB Inc.
Oakland, CA
E-VEE™ (Electric Validation and Editing Engine)
E -VEE was the first interval load data validation and editing software
created specifically to handle the throughput and volume demands of
participants in competitive energy markets. By automating the process,
E-VEE drastically reduces the resources required to perform validation
and estimation for interval metered customers.
E -VEE can work as a stand-alone application, or as a validation and
estimation module of Energy BOSS. It can also serve as a repository for
both interval and non-interval customer meter data that can be tapped
by other systems. The software supports complex version control of
meter data (i.e. raw, edited, or estimated data) and provides data
retrieval and export functions for easy integration with billing and
settlement systems. E -VEE is highly intuitive and presents users with
a short learning curve compared with products that require program-
ming resources to be configured to customer-specific parameters.
STANDARD FEATURES
The industry’s most comprehensive set
of validation tests
Database-driven, customer-specific
validation rules
Automated customer-specific data estimation
Trouble reports to support field service providers
Exception reports that allow users to manually
edit only those data points that fall outside
validation parameters for the given customer
Interval database acts as a repository for
other downstream applications (e.g., energy
information services)
537
ABB
This page left blank intentionally.
Appendix
US Contact Information
US Conditions of Sale
US Export Sales
Index
ABB
Appendix
US Contact Information
Electric Utility Sales and Support. . . . . . . . . . . 541
Industrial Representatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Public Power Distributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
OEM, VAR, and Service Customer
Sales and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Service Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Water Utility Sales and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Power Plant Automation
Sales and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Site Location Contact Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Products
Services
Systems
Electric Utility Sales and Support
541
ABB
US Contact Information
Industrial Representatives
542
543
ABB
Public Power Distributors
US Contact Information
544
OEM, VAR, and Service Customer Sales and Support
ABB Inc. has a dedicated OEM customer sales and support team focused on those
customers that add value to our products by using them in other products or systems
as Original Equipment Manufacturers. In addition to pure OEM’s with significant
manufacturing capability, this organization also supports those customers that add
value to our products by packaging them in systems or applying them in service
projects or solutions for their clients.
545
ABB
Service Locations
US Contact Information
California Pennsylvania
Carson Mount Pleasant
+310-522-2050 +724-696-1425
Missouri South Carolina
St. Louis Florence
+314-679-4771 +877-SOS-CBTS
+877-767-2287
North Carolina
Raleigh Tennessee
+919-831-8481 Nashville
+615-232-9122
Appendix
10
546
Water Utility Sales and Support
Ohio
Wickliffe
440-585-6728
440-585-8952
440-585-7076
Pennsylvania
Lansdale
215-368-2322
547
ABB
Power Plant Automation Sales and Support
US Contact Information
548
Site Location Contact Numbers
General Contacts
Solutions and Services Transformers Industrial Products
Consulting Oil Instrument Transformers Industrial Motors and Generators
+877-220-2329 +724-838-5205 +262-785-3200
Packaging Dry Instrument Transformers Industrial Converters and Rectifiers
+619-807-8257 +252-827-3230 +262-785-3200
Service Optical Sensors and Systems Industrial Drives
+919-831-8481 +724-838-5204 +800-752-0696
Switchgear and Motor Control Padmounted Distribution Industrial Controls
+877-767-2287 Transformers +888-397-7000
High-Voltage Products +573-634-2111 Industrial Circuit Breakers
+724-696-1425 Poletype Distribution Transformers +888-385-1221
+310-522-2050 +706-548-3121 Industrial Disconnect Switches
Power Transformers Solid Insulation Distribution +888-385-1221
+877-839-7877 Transformers Low-Voltage Network Quality
Power Systems +919-856-3937 +888-385-1221
+541-298-4161 Distribution Transformer Low-Voltage Distribution Switchgear
Components +407-732-2000
+800-955-8399
Small Power Transformers
+276-688-3325
+434-575-7971
Medium and Large Power
Transformers
+314-679-4542
Power Transformer Components
+800-955-8399
549
ABB
US Contact Information / US Conditions of Sale
Site Location Contact Numbers
General Contacts
Medium-Voltage Products Instrumentation, Protection Power Quality
Medium-Voltage Distribution and Control Power Quality Solutions
Switchgear Instrumentation +919-856-2390
+407-732-2000 +800-829-6000 +262-785-3200
Medium-Voltage AC Drives Protective Relays Capacitors
+800-752-0696 +800-534-6005 +418-650-7629
Medium-Voltage Circuit Breakers +800-523-2620 +919-856-3937
+407-732-2000 Power Monitoring and Control Specialty Capacitors
Medium-Voltage Reclosers +800-534-6005 +418-650-9224
+407-732-2000 +800-523-2620 +919-856-3937
Medium-Voltage Distribution Turbine Control and Automation Capacitor Fuses
Cutouts +724-295-6000 +336-275-7310
+336-275-7310 Distributed Control Systems
Medium-Voltage Distribution +440-585-8484
Switches +440-585-8500
+336-275-7310 Water and Wastewater Controls
+440-585-6728
Information Management
High-Voltage Products Transmission and
Software and Systems
High-Voltage Power Circuit Substation Systems
SCADA Systems
Breakers Air-Insulated Substations
+281-274-5000
+724-696-1500 +919-807-8280
Wide Area Monitoring Systems
High-Voltage Surge Arrestors Gas-Insulated Substations
+800-634-6005
+724-696-1500 +919-807-8280
+800-523-2620
High-Voltage Gas-Insulated Modular Substations
Distribution Software and Systems
Equipment +919-807-8280
+919-856-3902
+732-932-6286 Switchgear Integration Systems
Central Market Software
High-Voltage Services +407-732-2000
and Systems
+724-696-1500 HVDC/HVDC Light +408-615-6200
+919-856-2383
GenCo/Trading Software
FACTS and Systems
+919-856-2390 +919-807-8317
HV and EHV Power Cables Retail Software and Systems
+724-696-1500 +510-987-7111
Appendix
10
550
Conditions of Sale
1. General. (c) The price does not include any federal, state
The terms and conditions contained herein, together or local property, license, privilege, sales, use,
with any additional or different terms contained excise, gross receipts, or other like taxes which
in ABB’s Proposal, if any, submitted to Purchaser may now or hereafter be applicable. Purchaser
(which Proposal shall control over any conflicting agrees to pay or reimburse any such taxes
terms), constitute the entire agreement (the “Agree- which ABB or its suppliers are required to pay
ment”) between the parties with respect to the or collect. If Purchaser is exempt from the
order and supersede all prior communications and payment of any tax or holds a direct payment
agreements regarding the order. Acceptance by permit, Purchaser shall, upon order placement,
ABB of the order, or Purchaser’s acceptance of ABB’s provide ABB a copy acceptable to the relevant
Proposal, is expressly limited to and conditioned governmental authorities of any such certificate
upon Purchaser’s acceptance of these terms and or permit.
conditions, payment for, or acceptance of any per-
(d) The price includes customs duties and other
formance by ABB being acceptance. These terms
importation or exportation fees, if any, at the
and conditions may not be changed or superseded
rates in effect on the date of ABB’s Proposal.
by any additional or different terms and conditions
proposed by Purchaser to which terms ABB hereby Any change after that date in such duties,
objects. Unless the context otherwise requires, the fees, or rates, shall increase the price by ABB’s
term “Equipment” as used herein means all of the additional cost.
equipment, parts, and accessories sold, and all soft-
ware and software documentation, if any, licensed 3. Payment.
to Purchaser by ABB (“Software”) under the order.
(a) Unless specified to the contrary in writing by
Unless the context otherwise requires, the term
ABB, payment terms are net cash, payable with-
“Services” as used herein means all labor, superviso-
ry, technical, and engineering, installation, repair, out offset, in United States Dollars, 30 days from
consulting or other services provided by ABB under date of invoice by wire transfer to the account
the order. As used herein, the term “Purchaser” shall designated by ABB in the Proposal.
include the initial end use of the Equipment and/or (b) If in the judgment of ABB the financial condi-
Services; provided, however, that Paragraph 13(a) tion of Purchaser at any time prior to delivery
shall apply exclusively to the initial end user. does not justify the terms of payment specified,
ABB may require payment in advance, payment
2. Prices. security satisfactory to ABB, or may terminate
the order, whereupon ABB shall be entitled
(a) Unless otherwise specified in writing, all
Proposals expire thirty (30) days from the to receive reasonable cancellation charges. If
date thereof. delivery is delayed by Purchaser, payment shall
be due on the date ABB is prepared to make
(b) Unless otherwise stated herein, Services prices
delivery. Delays in delivery or nonconformities
are based on normal business hours (8 a.m. to
in any installments delivered shall not relieve
5 p.m. Monday through Friday). Overtime and
Saturday hours will be billed at one and one-half Purchaser of its obligation to accept and pay
(11 ⁄ 2) times the hourly rate; Sunday hours will for remaining installments.
be billed at two (2) times the hourly rate; and (c) Purchaser shall pay, in addition to the overdue
holiday hours will be billed at three (3) times payment, a late charge equal to the lesser of
the hourly rate. If a Services rate sheet is 1 1 ⁄ 2 % per month or any part thereof, or the
attached hereto, the applicable Services rates highest applicable rate allowed by law on all
shall be those set forth in the rate sheet. such overdue amounts plus ABB’s attorneys’
Rates are subject to change without notice. fees and court costs incurred in connection
with collection.
551
ABB
Conditions of Sale
US Conditions of Sale
6. Title & Risk of Loss. Services shall end ninety (90) days after the
Except with respect to Software (for which title date of completion of Services.
shall not pass, use being licensed) title to Equipment (b) Equipment and Services Remedy. If a noncon-
shall remain in ABB until fully paid for. Notwith- formity to the foregoing warranty is discovered
standing any agreement with respect to delivery in the Equipment or Services during the applica-
terms or payment of transportation charges, risk of ble Warranty Remedy Period as specified above,
loss or damage shall pass to Purchaser upon delivery. under normal and proper use and provided the
10
552
Equipment has been properly stored, installed, notice of such nonconformity is provided to
operated, and maintained, and written notice of ABB promptly after such discovery and within
such nonconformity is provided to ABB promptly that period, including a description of the non-
after such discovery and within the applicable conformity and complete information about
Warranty Remedy Period, ABB shall, at its option, the manner of its discovery, ABB shall correct
either (i) repair or replace the nonconforming the nonconformity at its option, by either
portion of the Equipment or re-perform the (i) modifying or making available to the Pur-
nonconforming Services; or (ii) refund the chaser instructions for modifying the Software;
portion of the price applicable to the non- or (ii) making available at ABB’s facility neces-
conforming portion of Equipment or Services. sary corrected or replacement programs. ABB
If any portion of the Equipment or Services shall have no obligation with respect to any
so repaired, replaced, or re-performed fails to nonconformities resulting from (i) unauthorized
conform to the foregoing warranty, and written modification of the Software; or (ii) Purchaser-
notice of such nonconformity is provided to supplied software or interfacing. ABB does not
ABB promptly after discovery and within the warrant that the functions contained in the
original Warranty Remedy Period applicable software will operate in combinations which
to such Equipment or Services or 30 days may be selected for use by the Purchaser, or
from completion of such repair, replacement, that the software products are free from errors
or re-performance, whichever is later, ABB in the nature of what is commonly categorized
will repair or replace such nonconforming by the computer industry as “bugs.”
Equipment or re-perform the nonconforming
(e) THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE
Services. The original Warranty Remedy Period
shall not otherwise be extended. AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
OF QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE,WHETHER
(c) Exceptions. ABB shall not be responsible for WRITTEN, ORAL OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER
providing working access to the nonconform- WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
ing Equipment, including disassembly and WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
re-assembly of non-ABB supplied equipment, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
or for providing transportation to or from any
USAGE OF TRADE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.
repair facility, all of which shall be at Purchaser’s
THE REMEDIES STATED HEREIN CONSTITUTE
risk and expense. ABB shall have no obligation
PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND
hereunder with respect to any Equipment
ABB’S ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH
which (i) has been improperly repaired or
OF WARRANTY.
altered; (ii) has been subjected to misuse,
negligence, or accident; (iii) has been used in
a manner contrary to ABB’s instructions; (iv) is 9. Patent Indemnity.
comprised of materials provided by or a design (a) ABB shall defend at its own expense any action
specified by Purchaser; or (v) has failed as a brought against Purchaser alleging that the
result of ordinary wear and tear. Equipment Equipment or the use of the Equipment to prac-
supplied by ABB but manufactured by others tice any process for which such Equipment is
is warranted only to the extent of the manufac- specified by ABB (a “Process”) directly infringes
turer’s warranty, and only the remedies, if any, any claim of a patent of the United States of
provided by the manufacturer will be allowed. America and to pay all damages and costs finally
(d) Software Warranty and Remedies. ABB warrants awarded in any such action, provided that
that, except as specified below, the Software Purchaser has given ABB prompt written notice
will, when properly installed, execute in accor- of such action, all necessary assistance in the
dance with ABB’s published specification. If a defense thereof, and the right to control all
nonconformity to the foregoing warranty is aspects of the defense thereof including the
discovered during the period ending one (1) right to settle or otherwise terminate such
year after the date of shipment and written action in behalf of Purchaser.
553
ABB
Conditions of Sale
US Conditions of Sale
(b) ABB shall have no obligation hereunder, and or services, downtime costs, delays, and claims
this provision shall not apply to: (i) any other of customers of the Purchaser or other third
equipment or processes, including Equipment parties for any damages. ABB’s liability for
or Processes which have been modified or com- any claim whether in contract, warranty, tort,
bined with other equipment or processes not negligence, strict liability, or otherwise for
supplied by ABB; (ii) any Equipment or Processes any loss or damage arising out of, connected
supplied according to a design, other than an ABB with, or resulting from this Agreement or the
design, required by Purchaser; (iii) any products performance or breach thereof, or from the
manufactured by the Equipment or Processes; design, manufacture, sale, delivery, resale, repair,
(iv) any patent issued after the date hereof; or replacement, installation, technical direction of
(v) any action settled or otherwise terminated installation, inspection, operation or use of any
without the prior written consent of ABB. equipment covered by or furnished under this
(c) If, in any such action, the Equipment is held Agreement, or from any services rendered in
to constitute an infringement, or the practice connection therewith, shall in no case (except
of any Process using the Equipment is finally as provided in the section entitled “Patent
enjoined, ABB shall, at its option and its own Indemnity”) exceed one-half (1 ⁄ 2) of the purchase
expense, procure for Purchaser the right to price allocable to the Equipment, or part thereof,
continue using said Equipment; or modify or or Services which gives rise to the claim.
replace it with non-infringing equipment, or (b) All causes of action against ABB arising out of or
with Purchaser’s assistance, modify the Process relating to this Agreement, or the performance
so that it becomes non-infringing; or remove it or breach hereof, shall expire unless brought
and refund the portion of the price allocable within one year of the time of accrual thereof.
to the infringing Equipment.THE FOREGOING (c) In no event, regardless of cause, shall ABB be
PARAGRAPHS STATE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF liable for penalties or penalty clauses of any
ABB AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER FOR description or for indemnification of Purchaser
ANY PATENT INFRINGEMENT. or others for costs, damages, or expenses
(d) To the extent that said Equipment or any part arising out of or related to the Equipment
thereof is modified by Purchaser; or combined and/Services.
by Purchaser with equipment or processes not
furnished hereunder (except to the extent that 11. Laws and Regulations.
ABB is a contributory infringer); or said Equip-
ment or any part thereof is used by Purchaser ABB does not assume any responsibility for
to perform a process not furnished hereunder compliance with federal, state, or local laws and
by ABB or to produce an article; and by reason regulations, except as expressly set forth herein,
of said modification, combination, performance and compliance with any laws and regulations
or production, an action is brought against ABB, relating to the operation or use of the Equipment
Purchaser shall defend and indemnify ABB in or Software is the sole responsibility of the
the same manner and to the same extent that Purchaser. All laws and regulations referenced here-
ABB would be obligated to indemnify Purchaser in shall be those in effect as of the Proposal date. In
under this “Patent Indemnity” provision. the event of any subsequent revisions or changes
thereto, ABB assumes no responsibility for compli-
ance therewith. If Purchaser desires a modification
10. Limitation of Liability. as a result of any such change or revision, it shall be
(a) In no event shall ABB and its suppliers or treated as a change per Article 4. Nothing contained
Appendix
subcontractors be liable for special, indirect, herein shall be construed as imposing responsibili-
incidental or consequential damages, whether ty or liability upon ABB for obtaining any permits,
in contract, warranty, tort, negligence, strict licenses, or approvals from any agency required in
liability, or otherwise; including, but not limited connection with the supply, erection, or operation
to, loss of profits or revenue, loss of use of the of the Equipment. This Agreement shall be gov-
Equipment or any associated equipment, cost erned by the laws of the State of New York, but
of capital, cost of substitute equipment, facilities excluding the provisions of the United Nations
10
554
Convention on Contracts for the International Sale hereunder; and (v) the rights to use the Software
of Goods and excluding New York law with respect are non-exclusive and non-transferable, except
to conflicts of law. Purchaser agrees that all causes with ABB’s prior written consent.
of action against ABB under this Agreement shall (b) Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to
be brought in the State Courts of the State of New convey to Purchaser any title to or ownership
York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern in the Software or the intellectual property
District of New York. If any provision hereof, partly contained therein in whole or in part, nor to
or completely, shall be held invalid or unenforce- designate the Software a “work made for hire”
able, such invalidity or unenforceability, shall not under the Copyright Act, nor to confer upon
affect any other provision or portion hereof, and any person who is not a named party to this
these terms shall be construed as if such invalid Agreement any right or remedy under or by
or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had reason of this Agreement. In the event of
never existed. termination of this License, Purchaser shall
immediately cease using the Software and,
12. OSHA. without retaining any copies, notes or excerpts
thereof, return to ABB the Software and all
ABB warrants that the Equipment will comply with
copies thereof and shall remove all machine
the relevant standards of the Occupational Safety
readable Software from all of Purchaser’s
and Health Act of 1970 (“OSHA”) and the regula-
storage media.
tions promulgated thereunder as of the date of the
Proposal. Upon prompt written notice from the
Purchaser of a breach of this warranty, ABB will 14. Inventions and Information.
replace the affected part or modify it so that it Unless otherwise agreed in writing by ABB and
conforms to such standard or regulation. ABB’s Purchaser, all right, title, and interest in any inven-
obligation shall be limited to such replacement or tions, developments, improvements, or modifications
modification. In no event shall ABB be responsible of or for Equipment and Services shall remain with
for liability arising out of the violation of any OSHA ABB. Any design, manufacturing drawings, or other
standards relating to or caused by Purchaser’s information submitted to the Purchaser remains
design, location, operation, or maintenance of the exclusive property of ABB. Purchaser shall
the Equipment, its use in association with other not, without ABB’s prior written consent, copy or
equipment of Purchaser, or the alteration of the disclose such information to a third party. Such
Equipment by any party other than ABB. information shall be used solely for the operation
or maintenance of the Equipment and not for any
13. Software License. other purpose, including the duplication thereof,
in whole or in part.
(a) ABB owns all rights in or has the right to sub-
license all of the Software, if any, to be delivered
to Purchaser under this Agreement. As part of 15. Force Majeure.
the sale made hereunder Purchaser hereby ABB shall neither be liable for loss, damage, deten-
obtains a limited license to use the Software, tion, or delay nor be deemed to be in default for
subject to the following: (i) The Software may failure to perform when prevented from doing so
be used only in conjunction with equipment by causes beyond its reasonable control including,
specified by ABB; (ii) The Software shall be kept but not limited to, acts of war (declared or unde-
strictly confidential; (iii) The Software shall not clared), Acts of God, fire, strike, labor difficulties,
be copied, reverse engineered, or modified; acts or omissions of any governmental authority
(iv) The Purchaser’s right to use the Software or of Purchaser, compliance with government
shall terminate immediately when the specified regulations, insurrection or riot, embargo, delays
equipment is no longer used by the Purchaser or shortages in transportation, or inability to
or when otherwise terminated, e.g. for breach, obtain necessary labor, materials, or manufacturing
555
ABB
US Conditions of Sale / US Export Sales
Conditions of Sale
facilities from usual sources, or from defects or such license shall suspend performance of this
delays in the performance of its suppliers or sub- Agreement by ABB. If an export license is not
contractors due to any of the foregoing enumerated granted or, if once granted, is thereafter revoked
causes. In the event of delay due to any such cause, or modified by the appropriate authorities, this
the date of delivery shall be extended by a period Agreement may be canceled by ABB without
equal to the delay plus a reasonable time to resume liability for damages of any kind resulting from
production, and the price shall be adjusted to such cancellation. At ABB’s request, Purchaser
compensate ABB for such delay. shall provide to ABB a Letter of Assurance
and End-User Statement in a form reasonably
satisfactory to ABB.
16. Cancellation.
Any order may be cancelled by Purchaser only
upon prior written notice and payment of termina- 19. Assignment.
tion charges, including but not limited to, all costs Any assignment of this Agreement or of any rights
identified to the order incurred prior to the effec- or obligations under the Agreement without prior
tive date of notice of termination and all expenses written consent of ABB shall be void.
incurred by ABB attributable to the termination,
plus a fixed sum of ten (10) percent of the final 20. Nuclear Insurance – Indemnity.
total price to compensate for disruption in sched-
uling, planned production, and other indirect costs. For applications in nuclear projects, the Purchaser
and/or its end-user customer shall have complete
insurance protection against liability and property
17. Termination. damage resulting from a nuclear incident to and
No termination by Purchaser for default shall be shall indemnify ABB, its subcontractors, suppliers
effective unless, within fifteen (15) days after receipt and vendors against all claims resulting from a
by ABB of Purchaser’s written notice specifying nuclear incident.
such default, ABB shall have failed to initiate and
pursue with due diligence correction of such 21. Resale.
specified default.
If Purchaser resells any of the Equipment, the sale
terms shall limit ABB’s liability to the buyer to the
18. Export Control. same extent that ABB’s liability to Purchaser is
(a) Purchaser represents and warrants that the limited hereunder.
Equipment and Services provided hereunder
and the “direct product” thereof are intended 22. Entire Agreement.
for civil use only and will not be used, directly
or indirectly, for the production of chemical or This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
biological weapons or of precursor chemicals between ABB and Purchaser. There are no agree-
for such weapons, or for any direct or indirect ments, understandings, restrictions, warranties, or
nuclear end use. Purchaser agrees not to representations between ABB and Purchaser other
disclose, use, export or re-export, directly or than those set forth herein or herein provided.
indirectly, any information provided by ABB or
the “direct product” thereof as defined in the
Export Control Regulations of the United
States Department of Commerce, except in
compliance with such Regulations.
Appendix
556
Export Sales
December 7, 2001
The following Conditions of Sale shall irrevocable letter of credit. The Purchaser, at the
govern the sale of any equipment, apparatus, time of order placement, shall establish in ABB’s
process or other product, hereafter referred favor, an irrevocable letter of credit confirmed by a
to as “product.” United States bank acceptable to ABB and in a form
satisfactory to ABB, providing for payment of partial
1. Applicable Terms and Conditions shipments in an amount equal to quoted prices
Unless different or additional terms and conditions and any applicable price escalation as requested by
are stated or referred to in the ABB proposal, in ABB. The beneficiary of said letter of credit shall be
which event such different or additional terms and ABB Inc., 1501 Ardmore Blvd., Suite 401, Pittsburgh,
conditions shall be exclusive as to the particular PA 15221. All bank charges associated with the
subject covered, the terms and conditions stated establishment of the letter of credit shall be for the
below apply, and such terms and conditions super- account of the Purchaser.
sede any prior or contemporaneous agreements The conditions for payment under such letter of
or correspondence between the parties. ABB Inc. credit shall be satisfied by delivery by ABB to said
(hereafter referred to as ABB) hereby gives notice United States bank of a negotiable ocean bill of
of its objection to any different or additional terms lading, air-way bill of lading, dock receipt, or inland
and conditions. This sale is expressly conditional on (U.S.) bill of lading, together with such additional
Purchaser’s assent to the terms and conditions stated documents as ABB deems appropriate. The letter
below. If not previously given, Purchaser’s accept- of credit shall also provide for payment against
ance of product is conclusive as to this assent. presentation of an ABB Certificate of Completion
of Manufacture in the event ABB is unable to make
2. Quotations shipment because of causes provided in the clause
Each quotation is valid for 90 days from the date of entitled “Force Majeure.” If Purchaser requests ABB
the quotation unless withdrawn earlier. to arrange for transportation, marine and war risk
insurance, and forwarder services, in accordance
3. Minimum Billing with paragraph 7.B.3 under Delivery, the letter of
credit must also provide for payment of the above
The minimum billing per order shall be $500.00.
mentioned services at actual cost. In the event the
Purchaser appoints a freight forwarder other than
4. Prices
the ABB chosen freight forwarder, the letter of cred-
Unless otherwise stated in writing, prices quoted it must provide for payment upon presentation of
are firm for quoted deliveries. one of the following documents: (1) Inland Bill of
Lading, or (2) ABB Certificate of Completion of
5. Taxes Manufacture, or (3) Freight Forwarder’s Receipt.
ABB shall only assume the payment of taxes and ABB reserves the right to require progress payments.
fees assessed by any taxing authority in the United
States on the seller with respect to this order. 7. Delivery
Purchaser shall assume the payment of all taxes, 7. A. Since the shipping terms may vary depend-
duties, fees, and other charges assessed by any tax- ing upon the type of equipment purchased
ing authority in the United States on the purchaser and the purchaser’s requirements, they shall
and shall assume the payment of all taxes, duties, be as stated in the individual ABB proposal.
fees, and other charges assessed by any taxing Similarly, since the type of packing, (domestic
authority outside of the United States. or export) will vary depending upon the
quoted shipping terms, method of shipping,
6. Terms of Payment and type of equipment purchased, they shall
Unless otherwise stated in writing, payment shall be as stated in the ABB proposal. Definitions
be in United States of America currency against an will be in accordance with Incoterms 2000.
557
ABB
US Export Sales
Export Sales
In the event that no shipping or packing space, marine and war risk insurance and
terms are included in the ABB proposal, forwarder’s services. The marine insurance
the equipment will be domestic packed shall include standard warehouse-to-ware-
Ex Works at the ABB manufacturing facility. house coverage. All expenses incurred inci-
If delivery is delayed because of causes pro- dent to ocean shipment, including insurance,
vided in the clause entitled “Force Majeure,” transportation, storage, forwarding, and other
the price adjustment shall be determined on charges incurred by ABB in fulfilling the
the basis of the date of actual shipment. In Purchaser’s order shall be for the account of
the event of any change in the requirements the Purchaser and payable upon submission
of the order prior to delivery resulting in a of invoices against the letter of credit.
change in the order price, the new price 7.B.4. The Purchaser shall be responsible for
shall be considered as having been in effect any required export/import licenses. The
on the date of the original quotation. obligation of the Purchaser to pay for the
7.B.1. Delivery dates are estimated, subject to products shall not in any manner be waived
change, and predicated on the prompt by the delay or failure to secure or renew,
receipt by ABB of all information necessary or by the cancellation of, any required
to begin manufacture immediately and export/import licenses.
continue without interruption. 7.C. Method of Shipment: Shipping dates are
7.B.2. ABB shall notify Purchaser when the products approximate and are based on receipt of
or any part thereof are ready for shipment. complete information with the order. If
If the contemplated shipment cannot be drawing approval is required, drawings
made for any cause referred to under “Force must be returned on schedule to maintain
Majeure” hereof, including lack of shipping shipping date.
instructions from the Purchaser or Purchaser ABB shall determine the point of origin of
appointed independent freight forwarder, shipment, the method of transportation, and
ABB may, unless other agreement is made the routing of shipment. Purchasers requiring
with the Purchaser, store such products or shipment by a method or routing other than
parts in which event the following conditions that of ABB selection shall be billed any
shall apply: excess or premium in transportation charges.
a. Purchaser shall advise ABB of shipping For example, in the event the Purchaser
instructions within ten days from the date requests air shipment, ABB shall absorb an
of ABB notification that the products are amount equal to the charges of the normally
ready for shipment. If ABB does not receive selected common carrier. If the actual trans-
shipping instructions within such ten-day portation charges on these shipments are
period, the shipment is immediately con- less than such common carrier charges, then
sidered delayed by the purchaser and the no allowance shall be made for the differ-
expenses and procedures detailed under ence. In no event shall ABB be responsible
section “15.C. Delayed Shipment” apply. for demurrage or detention charges.
b. ABB shall, when conditions permit, and Any changes for special services, including, but
upon payment by the Purchaser of all not limited to, special train, lighterage, con-
amounts then due with respect to the struction, or repair of transportation facilities
products, ship the products. will be paid or reimbursed by the purchaser.
7.B.3. If requested by Purchaser, ABB, acting as agent 7.D. Purchaser Pick-Up: No allowance shall
Appendix
for the Purchaser, shall arrange for ocean be made in lieu of transportation if the
shipment and procure for the benefit of the Purchaser accepts shipment at the factory,
Purchaser full insurance coverage. ABB shall the warehouse, or freight station.
select the method of transportation, including 7.E. Shipment Damage: ABB shall not participate in
place of storage, if necessary, in accordance any settlement of claims for concealed or other
with shipping conditions current at the time shipment damage where it is not responsible
of or during shipment; arrange ocean freight for the shipment.When shipment has been
10
558
made by ABB, the Purchaser must unpack WARRANTIES WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS,
immediately and, if damage is discovered, must: OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES
1. Not move the product from the point OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
of examination. PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR
2. Retain shipping container and
USAGE OF TRADE), EXCEPT TITLE AND
packing material.
PATENT INFRINGEMENT.
3. Notify the carrier of any apparent damage
The remedies provided below are the Purchaser’s
in writing on carrier’s delivery receipt and
sole remedies for any failure of ABB to comply with
request the carrier to make an inspection.
its obligations. Correction of any non-conformity
4. Notify the ABB location from which ship- in the manner and for the period of time provided
ment originated within 72 hours of delivery. below shall constitute complete fulfillment of all
5. Send ABB a copy of the carrier’s the liabilities of ABB whether the claims of the
inspection report. Purchaser are based in contract, in tort (including
Failure to comply with the above require- negligence or strict liability), or otherwise with
ments will void ABB’s responsibility. respect to or arising out of the product or service
furnished hereunder.
7.F. Inspection and Acceptance: Purchaser has a
reasonable time after receipt of the product Standard Warranty
to inspect and reject or accept the product. In ABB warrants that the products manufactured by it
any event acceptance shall be deemed to have will be of the kind and quality described in its spec-
occurred no later than 30 days after shipment. ification and will be free of defects in workmanship
and materials.
8. Force Majeure Remedy: In the event any product supplied hereun-
ABB shall not be liable for failure to perform or der fails to comply with this warranty and ABB is so
for delay in performance resulting from any cause notified promptly, in writing, within one year from
beyond ABB’s reasonable control or due to compli- the date of first operation but in no event later than
ance with any regulations, orders, acts, instructions, 18 months from shipment, ABB shall correct such
or priority requests of any federal, state, or munici- non-conformity by repair or, at its option, by replace-
pal Government, or any department or agency ment of the defective part or parts FCA not unloaded
thereof, civil or military authority, acts of God, acts named U.S. port of shipment, provided the product
or omissions of the Purchaser, fires, floods, weather, has been stored, installed, operated, and maintained
strikes, lock-outs, factory shutdowns, faulty castings in accordance with ABB recommendations and
or forgings, embargoes, wars, hostilities, riots, delays industry standard practices. In no event shall ABB
or shortages in transportation, or inability to obtain be responsible for gaining access to the product,
labor, manufacturing facilities, or material from disassembly, reassembly, and transportation of the
ABB’s usual sources. product or parts from or to the place of installation.
Any delay resulting from any such cause shall Products supplied by ABB but manufactured by
extend delivery dates to the extent caused thereby, others are warranted only to the extent of the
and ABB shall be reimbursed its additional expenses manufacturer’s warranty.
resulting from such delay. The Purchaser’s receipt Title Warranty
of products shall constitute a waiver of any claims
ABB warrants that the product supplied hereunder
for delay.
shall be delivered free of any and all rightful claims,
demands, liens, or encumbrances. In the event of a
9. Warranty
breach of this warranty, Purchaser shall promptly
DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OF REMEDIES notify ABB, and ABB, at its expense, shall defend the
THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH BELOW ARE title to any affected product or part and, if unsuccess-
EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER ful, shall promptly provide to Purchaser at no cost,
559
ABB
US Export Sales
Export Sales
replacement parts or equipment which complies tions of the Product with another product
with this warranty. not furnished by ABB, Purchaser shall indem-
nify ABB in the same manner and to the same
10. Patent Infringement extent that ABB would indemnify Purchaser
10.A. ABB shall, at its expense, defend any suit pursuant to paragraph 10.A.
brought against Purchaser based on a claim
that any Product furnished by ABB pursuant 11. Limitation of Liability
to this Agreement constitutes an infringe- ABB, its subcontractors, and suppliers of any tier
ment of any United States patent, and ABB shall not be liable in contract, in tort (including
shall pay all judgments and costs recovered negligence) or otherwise for damage or loss of
against Purchaser in any such suit and shall other property or equipment, loss of profits or
reimburse Purchaser for costs or expenses
revenue, loss of use of equipment or power system,
incurred by Purchaser in the defense of any
cost of capital, cost of purchased or replacement
such suit, provided that Purchaser gives ABB
prompt notice of such suit, reasonable assis- power or temporary equipment (including addi-
tance in the defense thereof, and full oppor- tional expenses incurred in using existing facilities),
tunity to control all aspects of the defense claims of customers of the Purchaser, or for any
thereof, including settlement. In the event special, indirect, incidental, or consequential dam-
such Product is held to constitute infringe- ages whatsoever. The remedies of the Purchaser set
ment, and the use of the Product is enjoined, forth herein are exclusive and the liability of ABB
ABB shall, at its option, procure for Purchaser with respect to any contract, or anything done in
the right to continue using the Product, connection therewith, such as the performance
replace it with non-infringing Product, modi- or breach thereof, or from the manufacture, sale,
fy it so it becomes non-infringing, or remove delivery, resale, or use of any product covered by
the Product and refund the portion of the or furnished under the order, whether in contract,
Contract Price applicable thereto, including in tort (including negligence), or otherwise, shall
the transportation and installation thereof. not exceed the price of the product or part on
10.B. ABB’s liability for patent infringement shall which such liability is based.
not apply to:
(i) Patented processes performed 12. Transfer
by the Product or another product In the event of a transfer to a third party of any
produced thereby; product or interest therein, Purchaser shall, at its
(ii) Products supplied according to a design option, either (i) obtain for ABB written assurance
other than that of ABB and which is from the transferee that ABB and its subcontractors’
required by the Purchaser; or and suppliers’ protection against liability following
(iii) Modifications of the Product or combina- the transfer is the equal of that provided by this
tions of the Product with another product contract or (ii) indemnify ABB against any liability
not furnished by ABB. ABB may incur in excess of that which ABB would
10.C. THE FOREGOING PARAGRAPHS 10.A have incurred had Purchaser obtained the above
AND 10.B STATE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY assurance from the transferee.
OF ABB FOR PATENT INFRINGEMENT
BY ANY PRODUCT FURNISHED PURSUANT
13. Title—Risk of Loss
TO THIS AGREEMENT. The product sold shall remain the property of ABB
10.D. If a suit is brought against ABB on account of and shall remain personal property until fully paid
Appendix
(i) any patented processes performed by the for in cash, and the Purchaser agrees to perform all
Product or with respect to another product acts which may be necessary to perfect and assure
produced thereby, (ii) Products supplied retention of title to such product by ABB. Risk of
according to a design other than that of ABB loss of the product, or any part of same, shall pass
and which is required by the Purchaser, or to the Purchaser upon delivery of such product or
(iii) modifications of the Product or combina- part at the designated delivery point.
10
560
14. Drawing Approval and Changes beyond ABB’s control, ABB shall submit an
If Purchaser requires approval of drawings, such invoice for such product payable upon
review, comment, and/or approval must be received by receipt thereof, and shall, upon written notice
ABB no later than 10 working days after submittal of to the Purchaser, store such products. In such
drawings by ABB to Purchaser. Purchaser’s failure to event, the following conditions shall apply:
comply with this requirement could result in delays Risk of loss of the product shall pass to
in performance and increased costs. If at drawing the Purchaser upon moving such product
approval, ABB has failed to design the product in to storage.
accordance with the Purchaser’s specifications, ABB
All expenses incurred by ABB in connection
shall, at its own expense, make the appropriate
changes.Where Purchaser’s specifications are not with the storage of products, including
sufficiently detailed, ABB reserves the right to design demurrage, the cost of preparation for
the product in line with, in ABB’s judgment, good storage, storage charges, insurance if placed,
commercial practice. If at any time, the Purchaser and handling charges, shall be payable by
makes changes to the contract design as covered the Purchaser upon submission of invoices
in his specifications, the contract shall be subject by ABB.
to renegotiation of the price terms and delivery 15.D. Cancellation By ABB
to reasonably cover any additional costs and
ABB shall have the right to cancel at any
commitments occasioned by the change.
time by written notice for any material
15. Contract Variations breach of the contract by the Purchaser.
15.A. Termination By Purchaser 16. Packing and Tests
Any order or contract may be terminated If not included in the ABB proposal, products
by the Purchaser only by written notice and shall be packaged in accordance with standard U.S.
upon payment of reasonable and proper
domestic packaging for transportation purposes.
termination charges, including but not limited
If export packaging is requested by Purchaser,
to, all costs identified to the order or contract
ABB shall provide a quotation for such services.
which have been incurred up to the date of
Tests other than those normally made by ABB
notice of termination. A reasonable amount
shall be at the Purchaser’s expense.
for overhead and profit, any additional costs
resulting from the termination, and 10% of 17. Returning of Product
the final net price will be included in the
termination charges to compensate for dis- Product may not be returned except with the
ruptions in scheduling, planned production, written agreement of ABB and subject to terms
and other costs. Payment shall be made with- specified by ABB.
in 30 days from date of invoice.
18. Product Notices
15.B. Suspension By Purchaser
Purchaser shall provide the user (including its
Any orders held, delayed, or rescheduled employees) of the product with all ABB supplied
at the request of the Purchaser shall be product notices, warnings, instructions, recommen-
subject to the prices and conditions of sale dations, and similar materials.
in effect at the time of the release of the
hold or the reschedule. Any such order 19. Nuclear Insurance—Indemnity
held, delayed, or rescheduled beyond a For applications in nuclear projects, the Purchaser
reasonable period of time shall be treated as or Owner shall have complete and proper insurance
a Purchaser termination. protection against liability and property damage
15.C. Delayed Shipment resulting from a nuclear incident and shall indemnify
When products are ready for shipment and ABB, its suppliers, subcontractors, or any tier,
shipment cannot be made because of reasons against all claims resulting from a nuclear incident.
561
ABB
US Export Sales / Canadian Contact Information
Export Sales
562
Electric Utility Sales and Support
Canadian customers:
If you need additional information about purchasing ABB’s products, services, and solutions in Canada,
please contact:
563
ABB
Canadian Contact Information
Industrial Customers and OEMs
Aluminum Producers
Michel Primeau
514-856-6278
Steel Producers
Paul Thompson
905-333-7459
Appendix
10
564
Power Technologies Service Locations
565
ABB
Canadian Conditions of Sale
Conditions of Sale
payment terms tied to such delivery becoming such system, site and/or ancillary equipment,
due immediately and payable. The Warranty including all transportation costs to and from
Period hereinafter defined will begin upon such Seller’s plant or repair shop, shall be borne exclu-
notification of readiness. sively by the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall not
2.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon between the par- return or dispose of any Equipment or part
ties, Purchaser shall have the sole responsibility thereof with respect to which it intends to make
of choosing the carrier and routing from Seller’s a claim under the foregoing warranty, without
10
manufacturing facilities to the final destination. the Seller’s express prior written authorization.
566
4.4 Seller warrants that it shall repair or replace, at 5. Insurance, Charges and Proper Care
its option and Ex Works, software products So long as sums shall remain owing by Purchaser
which fail in manner which significantly and to Seller hereunder, Purchaser shall exercise proper
adversely affects operating performance to care in the possession and use of the Equipment
conform to Seller’s published software product and shall keep same at all times in good repair and
description applicable to the specific software free of all liens, options, taxes, charges, pledges,
version as delivered to the Purchaser, provided privileges and encumbrances. Purchaser shall
Seller receives written notification of any such insure Equipment against loss, destruction or theft
failure to conform within ninety (90) days for the full value of the replacement purchase price
from the readiness of shipment software. Seller of the Equipment.
does not warrant that the functions contained
in the software will operate in combinations 6. Title and Risk
which may be selected for use by the
Purchaser, or that the software products are 6.1 The title to and property in the Equipment
free from errors. sold hereunder and any substitutions or addi-
tions thereto and the right to possession there-
4.5 Where Seller supplies Services, Seller warrants of, whether attached to realty or otherwise,
that it shall re-perform Services which are shall pass from the Seller to the Purchaser
found to have been performed other than in a when the full purchase price of the Equipment
professional manner and in accordance with has been paid. Upon failure to make any pay-
sound, generally accepted and professional ment as herein provided, the whole purchase
practices in effect at the time of performance, price and any note or security given on
provided Seller receives written notification of account therefore shall forthwith become due
the defect within thirty (30) days from date of and payable and the Seller may immediately
such performance. enter the premises where the Equipment is
4.6 Any repair or replacement to the foregoing located and take possession of and remove the
warranties pursuant hereto shall not renew or same as its personal property, and may retain
extend the warranties. The foregoing war- any or all partial payments already received as
ranties shall be void to any deficiency or a rental charge for the use of the Equipment
defect resulting from, the Equipment being without affecting any further or other claims
improperly installed or cared for, operated which Seller may have against the Purchaser.
under abnormal conditions or contrary to 6.2 Equipment sold hereunder shall be at the
specifications or instructions of Seller, normal Purchaser’s risk on delivery to it as specified in
wear and tear, modifications or alterations Article 2 above, and the loss or destruction of
made by Purchaser or a third party without all or part of said Equipment shall not release
Seller’s consent. Purchaser from any obligations of payment
4.7 THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN hereunder.
THIS ARTICLE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND,WHETHER 7. Limitation of Liability
STATUTORY, ORAL,WRITTEN, EXPRESS OR 7.1 Modifications or adjustments to Purchaser’s
IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRAN- processes or equipment which is made by
TY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A Purchaser upon the good faith recommenda-
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SHALL APPLY. THE tions of Seller shall be made at Purchaser’s
PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND THE risk. In no event shall Seller be liable for condi-
SELLER’S ONLY OBLIGATIONS ARISING OUT tions of Purchaser’s site.
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH DEFECTIVE
EQUIPMENT OR SERVICES OR BOTH, 7.2 The liability of the Seller, its agents, directors,
WHETHER BASED ON WARRANTY, CONTRACT, officers, subcontractors, suppliers, for all
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHER- claims, actions, judgements, expenses related to
WISE, SHALL BE THOSE STATED HEREIN. or resulting from any loss or damage arising
out of performance or non-performance of
567
ABB
Canadian Conditions of Sale
Conditions of Sale
obligations in connection with the design, applicable these shall be promptly paid by the
manufacture, sale, delivery, storage, of the Purchaser. Purchaser shall reimburse Seller any
Equipment shall in no case exceed Seller’s net late payment penalty.
unit price Ex Works of such Equipment or part 8.3 In cases where Seller’s price includes taxes,
thereof involved in a claim.Where Seller sells charges, levies and duties, in the event of any
Services, the liability of the Seller, its agents, changes in any taxes, charges, levies or duties,
directors, officers, employees, subcontractors, imposed under any federal, provincial municipal
suppliers for all claims, actions, judgment, or local legislation or authority, after the date of
expenses related to or resulting from any loss submitting of Seller’s tender or quotation and
or damage arising out of performance or non- applicable to Equipment sold hereunder, the
performance of Services, shall in no case Seller’s sale price shall be adjusted to reflect
exceed in the aggregate the amount paid by the such increases or decreases. Any penalty or
Purchaser to Seller for the Services performed interest charge levied against the Seller due to
under the order. the Purchaser’s late payment shall be to
7.3 No such claim shall be asserted against the Purchaser’s account.
Seller, its agents, directors, officers, employees, 8.4 Price information published in catalogues, bul-
subcontractors, suppliers, unless the injury, loss letins or price lists is not a definite quotation or
or damage giving rise to the claim is sustained offer to sell.
prior to the expiration of the period of warranty
8.5 Seller reserves the right to adjust prices on any
herein and no suit or action thereon shall be
order for any alterations or changes authorized
instituted or maintained unless it is filed in a
or made by the Purchaser subsequent to accept-
court of competent jurisdiction within one year
ance of the order.
after the date the cause of action accrues.
8.6 All prices are in Canadian Dollars unless other-
7.4 In no event shall Seller be liable for loss of profit
wise specified.
and for any indirect, special, incidental or conse-
quential damages of any nature or kind includ- 8.7 Payment shall be made direct to Seller’s office
ing but not limited to delays, loss of revenue, in accordance with the conditions stated in the
loss of use, loss of data, loss of production, costs order. Unless otherwise specified, payment shall
of capital or costs of replacement power, even if be due net thirty (30) days from the date of
Seller has been advised of the possibility of sending of the relevant invoice by the Seller,
such damages. and time is of the essence in Purchaser’s execu-
tion of any payment hereunder. Any late pay-
7.5 The limitations set forth in this Article 7 shall
ment shall bear interest at the rate set by the
apply and be effective with respect to any
Seller from time to time which is one and a half
claim, cause of action, or legal theory whatsoev-
percent (1.5%) per month, eighteen percent per
er including, but not limited to, contract or war-
annum (18%), at the date of issue, calculated
ranty (including performance guarantees) or
and due on a monthly basis.
breach thereof, indemnity, tort (including negli-
gence), strict liability. 8.8 Where Seller supplies Services, In the event of a
request by Purchaser for additional specialist
8. Prices and Payment Terms services, the services will be invoiced at the
current per diem per person rate for those serv-
8.1 Prices are valid thirty (30) days from date of
ices. Associated travel and living costs will be
quotation by Seller. Price adjustment clauses, if
added to those invoices. For extended hours
applicable, will be stated at the time of quota-
(beyond 8 hours/daily), the rate for specialist
tion and a copy will be included as part of
Appendix
568
without notice. Travel and lodging will be the shipment. Failure to give such notice shall
billed at actual cost plus a ten percent (10%) constitute unqualified acceptance and a waiver
administration charge. by the Purchaser of all claims for shortages or
incorrect equipment.
9. Patent Infringement
The Seller will, at Seller’s expense, defend any suit 11. Changes
which may be brought against the Purchaser based Seller reserves the right to make changes in design
on a claim that any Equipment or part furnished or to add any improvement on Equipment or other
under contract constitutes an infringement of any goods at any time, without incurring any obligations
letter patent (provided the Seller is notified promptly to install same on equipment or goods previously
of such suit and copies of all papers therein are purchased or leased. Any changes caused or
promptly delivered to Seller) and the Seller agrees to requested by Purchaser affecting the Equipment or
pay all judgments and costs recovered for any rea- otherwise affecting the scope of work must be
sonable costs or expenses incurred in the defence accepted by Seller and resulting adjustment to price,
of any such claim or suits. In case said Equipment or schedule, or both, mutually agreed in writing.
any part is held to constitute infringement and the
use of the Equipment or part is enjoined, the Seller 12. Testing and Acceptance of Goods
shall, at its own expense, either procure for the 12.1 Testing of the Equipment before shipment is
Purchaser the right to continue using the carried out in accordance with Seller’s test pro-
Equipment or part; or replace with non-infringing cedures and at Seller’s cost. Additional tests
Equipment; or modify it so that it becomes non- shall be agreed upon specifically between
infringing; or remove the Equipment and refund the Seller and Purchaser and shall be charged to
purchase price and the transportation and installa- the Purchaser.
tion costs thereof. The foregoing states the entire
12.2 The Purchaser shall examine the Equipment
liability of the Seller for patent infringement by the
upon taking possession of same and shall
Equipment or any part thereof. This provision shall
inform Seller immediately in writing of all
not apply to any equipment or part which is manu-
defects and deficiencies for which Seller is
factured by Seller or third parties, to Purchaser’s
responsible. If Purchaser omits to so notify
design or specifications. The Seller assumes no lia-
Seller within thirty (30) days of Purchaser’s
bility for any such infringement and the Purchaser
possession of the Equipment, same shall be
agrees to defend any suit against Seller for alleged
deemed to have been accepted.
infringement arising through the manufacture and
sale of Equipment made to Purchaser’s design or 12.3 Acceptance tests are carried out only if they
specifications and to indemnify and hold Seller have been agreed upon in writing by the Seller.
harmless from any liability arising from any such As far as circumstances allow, such tests will be
infringement. carried out in Seller’s factory. If, for reasons
beyond Seller’s control, the acceptance tests
10. Damages and Loss Claims cannot be carried out within the specified
time, the qualities to be determined by these
10.1 Seller shall carefully pack all Equipment sold
tests shall be deemed proved.
hereunder and the Seller shall assume no
responsibility for damage after having received 12.4 If it is found from one of the aforementioned
“in good order” receipts from the carrier at tests that the Equipment does not fulfill the
Seller’s works. terms of the order, the Purchaser shall make
available to Seller suitable opportunity to remedy
10.2 All claims for loss, damage and delay in transit
any deficiency.
are to be transacted by the consignee directly
with the carrier. Claims for shortages or incor- 12.5 The Purchaser shall have no other rights than
rect equipment must be made in writing to the the rights outlined above, in case of delivery of
Seller within fifteen (15) days after receipt of deficient equipment.
569
ABB
Canadian Conditions of Sale
Conditions of Sale
Program, with the exception that one copy may cancel a portion or all of this agreement
may be made for security purposes. with written notice one hundred and twenty
14.3 The Program is proprietary to Seller and this (120) days in advance only under the following
license allows the Purchaser only the limited conditions:
right to use the Program, and nothing con- 17.2 Where Seller supplies Services, during the noti-
tained herein shall be deemed to convey any fication period, Seller will continue to deliver
title to or ownership in the Program to the the full scope of supply.
Purchaser.
10
570
17.3 Where Seller supplies Services, Purchaser will 19.3 This Agreement and any order or contract
continue to pay the rate defined in the agree- placed hereunder shall be interpreted accord-
ment during the one hundred and twenty ing to the laws of the Canadian Province in
(120) day period. which the Purchaser has placed the order
17.4 Cancellation of this agreement by Purchaser under this Agreement, or failing such, the
for any reason will result in a twenty percent Province of Quebec; the Courts of the
(20%) cancellation charge unless Seller and Canadian Province in which the Purchaser has
Purchaser have agreed to any other amount in placed the order under this Agreement shall
an addendum to this Agreement. have jurisdiction in any matter relating to
same, but Seller shall also have access to the
18. Export Control jurisdiction of the Courts of the residence of
the Purchaser.
18.1 Purchaser represents and warrants that the
Equipment and Services provided hereunder 19.4 No terms of Purchaser’s purchase order shall
and the “direct product” thereof are intended apply to this contract, even if subsequent to
for civil use only and will not be used, directly the terms and conditions hereof, unless agreed
or indirectly, for the production of chemical or in writing by an authorized representative of
biological weapons or of precursor chemicals the Seller.
for such weapons, or for any direct or indirect 19.5 No penalties or liquidated damages shall apply
nuclear end use. Purchaser agrees not to dis- pursuant to the inexecution of Seller’s obliga-
close, use, export or re-export, directly or indi- tions hereunder, unless accepted in writing by
rectly, any information provided by Seller or an officer of the Seller.
the “direct product” thereof as defined in the 19.6 These terms and conditions shall supersede
applicable Export Control Regulations, except and abrogate all previous communications,
in compliance with such Regulations. obligations, commitments or agreements, oral
18.2 If applicable, Seller shall file for an export or written, expressed or implied, between the
license, but only after appropriate documenta- Purchaser and the Seller, in relation to this
tion for the license application has been pro- Agreement and all provisions under the United
vided by Purchaser. Purchaser shall furnish Nations Convention on Contracts for the
such documentation within a reasonable time International Sale of Goods.
after order acceptance. Any delay in obtaining 19.7 Purchaser and Seller acknowledge having
such license shall suspend performance of this specifically requested that this Agreement and
Agreement by Seller. If an export license is not all related documents and correspondence be
granted or, if once granted, is thereafter drafted in English.
revoked or modified by the appropriate author-
19.8 Any addenda or appendices to this Agreement,
ities, this Agreement may be canceled by Seller
to be applicable to any order hereunder, must
without liability for damages of any kind result-
be signed by both Purchaser’s and Seller’s
ing from such cancellation. At Seller’s request,
respective authorized representatives.
Purchaser shall provide to Seller a Letter of
Assurance and End-User Statement in a form
reasonably satisfactory to Seller.
19. General
19.1 Purchaser shall not assign this contract or any
part thereof without the written consent of the
Seller.
19.2 Any order received by the Seller is subject to
credit approval and may be cancelled if the
Purchaser’s credit standing is not satisfactory
to Seller.
571
ABB
International Sales Office
ABB Inc.
1501 Ardmore Blvd.
Suite 401
Pittsburgh, PA 15221
10
572
Index
573
ABB
Index
Distribution, Protective Relays DO-III Drawout Loadbreak Flameproof Motors, Motors and Generators . 162
DPU 1500R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Expulsion Fuse Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Flow Measurement, Instrumentation . . . . . . . 369
DPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 DPU 1500R, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . 389 FORESITE, Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
MSOC-Microshield O/C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 DPU 2000R, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . 389 FT-1, FT-19, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Distribution, Information Management Drive, Industrial Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Fusible, Circuit Protective Devices. . . . . . . . . 231
CADOPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 Drives
FEEDERALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 Artificial Lift Control G
FORESITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 ACL600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Gas-Insulated
Network Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518 Low-Voltage AC Drives ZX-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
RELINET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 ACS140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 ZX-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Distribution Bypass Disconnect, RBD . . . . . . 314 ACS550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 ZX-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Distribution Class, POLIM-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 ACS800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 GenCo/Trading
Distribution Cutouts Low-Voltage DC Drives cougerplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Interchangeable DCS400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 gimsplus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
ICX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 DCS500B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Optimize Portfolio Maintenance Planner . . . 532
Loadbreak Medium-Voltage AC Drives PACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
LBU-II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 ACS 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 strategistplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Non-Loadbreak Dry and Cast Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Generation
NCX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Duracast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 GPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Special Feature RESIBLOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 gimsplus, GenCo/Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Moisture-Proof Tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 VPE-Vacuum Pressure Encapsulated . . . . . 116 GIS Plug-in Termination EHSVS,
Distribution Reclosers VPI-Vacuum Pressure Impregnate . . . . . . . 114 Power Cables and Accessories . . . . . . . . . 456
Special Feature Dry Instrument Transformers GIS-termination, APEGA 84 - 420 kV,
Loop Control Module (LCM) . . . . . . . . . . 295 Low-Voltage Current Transformers Power Cables and Accessories . . . . . . . . . 450
PCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 CLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 GPU 2000R, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Single-Phase Tripping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 CMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ESVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 CMV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 H
OVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 CMV-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Harmonic Filter System
Recloser Retrofit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 PPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
VR-3S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 PPW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Power Quality Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Distribution Single-Phase Disconnect Medium-Voltage Current Transformers High-Voltage Power Transmission Lines
DCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 KIR-60/75 (5, 8.7 kV Indoor). . . . . . . . . . . 43 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Distribution Switches KOR-11 (15 kV Outdoor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 High-Voltage Product Support Capabilities
Distribution Bypass Disconnect VIY-60 (5 kV Indoor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions. . . . . . 24
RBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 VOZ-15 (26 kV Outdoor). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Distribution Single-Phase Disconnect VOZ-75/11 (8.7, 15 kV Outdoor). . . . . . . . 46 High-Voltage Products
Dry Outdoor Termination, TOS-A 145 . . . . . . 454
DCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Power Circuit Breakers
Drywell Current-Limiting Fuse Cannister . . . . 108
Inline Tension Disconnect Dead-Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Duracast, Small Power Transformers. . . . . . . 120
ITD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Type PM/PMI 38 kV - 72 kV . . . . . . . . 324
DWLA, Industrial Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Single Insulator Disconnect Type PM/PMI 123 kV - 170 kV. . . . . . . 326
Dynamic Voltage Restorer (DVR) . . . . . . . . . . 469
LSID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Type PMR/PMRI 245 kV . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Single Insulator Disconnect Type PMG 245 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
E
SID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Type PMI 362 kV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
E-VEE (Electric Validation and Editing Engine)
Distribution Transformer Components Type PM 550 kV - 800 kV . . . . . . . . . . 334
Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
De-energized Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Electric Utility Sales and Support . . . . . . . . . 541 Live-Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
DO-III Expulsion Fuse Links . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Electromechanical, Protective Relays . . . . . . 394 LTB D1/B SF6 (72.5 kV - 170 kV) . . . . . 341
DO-III Drawout Loadbreak Electronic, Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 LTB E SF6 (245 kV - 420 kV) . . . . . . . . 342
Expulsion Fuse Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 ELK-04, Conventional Substations . . . . . . . . 422 HPL SF6 (72.5 kV - 800 kV) . . . . . . . . . 343
Drywell Current-Limiting Fuse Cannister . . . 108 ELK-14, Conventional Substations . . . . . . . . 422 Special Feature
HV Bushing Wells and LV Bushings . . . . . . 104 ELK-3, Conventional Substations . . . . . . . . . 422 Synchronous Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . 336
LBOR-II Loadbreak Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Emax, Circuit Protective Devices. . . . . . . . . . 227 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Enclosed, Circuit Protective Devices . . . . . . . 232 High-Voltage Product
Distribution Transformers Energy BOSS (Billing Options Support System) Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Poletype Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Surge Arresters
JUMBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Energy Profiler for Windows, Retail . . . . . . . . 535 Distribution Class
Micro-Pole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Energy Profiler Online, Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 POLIM-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
POW-R-Pole Transformer and Substation . 86 ESVA, Distribution Reclosers . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Intermediate Class
Single-Phase, Overhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 EXK-01, Conventional Substations . . . . . . . . 422 PEXLIM-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Three-Phase, T-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 EXLIM-P, Surge Arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Station Class
Three-Phase, Triplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 EXLIM-Q, Surge Arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 EXLIM-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Single-Phase, Padmounted EXLIM-R, Surge Arresters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 XPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Composite Hood/Sill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 EXLIM-T, Surge Arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 EXLIM-Q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Micro-Pak, Mini-Pk, Maxi-Pak. . . . . . . . . . 59 Export Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559 EXLIM-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
RTP-Residential Transformer Padmounted 62 EXLIM-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Underground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 F Transmission Line
Solid Distribution Transformer Fault Current Limiter PEXLINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Polemount and Padmount Kits . . . . . . . . 102 Arc Guard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 High-Voltage Synchronous Machines,
Submersible Vault Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 IS-Limiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Motorformer/Powerformer Light . . . . . . . . . 166
Type SIDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 FEEDERALL, Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 Synchronous Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Appendix
574
575
ABB
Index
576
Recloser Retrofit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Motor Protection Relays, Industrial Controls . 204 Phase-Shifting Transformers,
Distribution Switches Motor Surge Protection, Type MSP . . . . . . . . 490 Medium and Large Power Transformers . . . 137
Distribution Bypass Disconnect Motorformer/Powerformer Light, Phasor Measurement for Wide Area Systems
RBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Motors and Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 RES 512. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388, 513
Distribution Single-Phase Disconnect Motors and Generators Photoelectric, Industrial Controls. . . . . . . . . . 214
DCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 High-Voltage Synchronous Machines Pilot Devices
Inline Tension Disconnect Motorformer/Powerformer Light . . . . . . . 166 CBG 30mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
ITD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Synchronous Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 CBK 22mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Single Insulator Disconnect Synchronous Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Signal Beacons and Stacklights . . . . . . . . . 209
LSID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Induction Motors PK Primary Entrance Unit,
SID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Flameproof Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear. . . 262
Drives Medium-Voltage Induction Motors. . . . . . 161
PKC Power Switching Center,
Medium-Voltage AC Drives Wound Rotor Induction Motors . . . . . . . . 163
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear. . . 262
ACS 1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Low-Voltage Motors
Plastic, Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Medium-Voltage Distribution Switchgear IEC Hazardous Area Motors . . . . . . . . . . 158
Fault Current Limiter IEC Standard Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Platform-Mounted, Distribution Transformers . . 76
IS-Limiter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 NEMA Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Polemount and Padmount Kits,
Arc Guard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Specialty Motors and Generators Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Gas-Insulated Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Polemounted Capacitor Bank, Type 2GUP . . 478
ZX-0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Wind Turbine Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Poletype
ZX-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 MSOC-Microshield O/C, Protective Relays . . 391 JUMBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
ZX-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 MTP-Mini Three Phase, Micro-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Load Interrupter Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 POW-R-Pole Transformer and Substation. . . 86
PK Primary Entrance Unit . . . . . . . . . . 262 MTR, Distribution Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Single-Phase, Overhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
PKC Power Switching Center . . . . . . . 262 Three-Phase, T-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Metal-Clad N Three-Phase, Triplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Safegear and Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 NCX, Distribution Cutouts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 POLIM-D, Surge Arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Motor Control Center NEMA Motors, Motors and Generators . . . . . 159 Power Cables and Accessories
Safegear and Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Network, Small Power Transformers . . . . . . . 130 HV and EHV Cable Accessories
Services Network Manager, Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . 518 Dry Outdoor Termination, TOS-A 145 . . . 454
Switchgear Field Services Network Manager, Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 512 GIS-termination, APEGA 84 - 420 kV . . . 450
Field Services for Low- and Medium- Non-Fusible, Circuit Protective Devices . . . . . 230 Outdoor Termination Composite
Voltage Switchgear, Distribution Breakers, Non-Loadbreak, NCX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 APECB 84 - 245 kV P . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
and Motor Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Outdoor Termination Porcelain
Switchgear Aftermarket Products and Services O APECB 84 - 245 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Replacement Circuit Breakers, Parts, OEM, VAR, and Services Customer Prefabricated Joint,
Training, and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Sales and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 SMPGB 123 - 362 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Switchgear OEM Components Oil Instrument Transformers
Prefabricated Joint,
Circuit Breakers Capacitor Voltage
SMPGB-C 123 - 170 kV . . . . . . . . . . . 452
AMVAC, ADVAC, R-ADVAC, and CPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
HV and EHV Power Cable Systems . . . . . . 447
Type VHK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 CPB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Load Interrupter Switches Current HV Cable Accessories
VersaRupter Load Interrupter Switches. 277 IMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 GIS Plug-in Termination EHSVS . . . . . . . 456
Vacuum Circuit Breakers Open-Stack Substation Capacitor Bank . . . . 477 Power Circuit Breakers
Type R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Optical Metering Unit (OMU) Dead-Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Type R-MAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Optical Sensors and Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Type PM 550 kV - 800 kV. . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Type V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Magneto-Optic Current Transducer (MOCT) . 50 Type PM/PMI 123 kV - 170 kV . . . . . . . . 326
Metal Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Optical Metering Unit (OMU) . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Type PM/PMI 38 kV - 72 kV . . . . . . . . . . 324
Metal-Clad, Safegear and Advance . . . . . . . . 258 Optimax Boiler Cleanliness, Control Systems. 406 Type PMG 245 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Metal-Enclosed Optimax Performance, Control Systems . . . . 405 Type PMI 362 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
K-Line Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Optimize Portfolio Maintenance Planner, Type PMR/PMRI 245 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
MNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 GenCo/Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532 Live-Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Metal-Enclosed Capacitor Bank Outdoor HPL SF6 (72.5 kV - 800 kV) . . . . . . . . . . 343
SIKAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 CLXP, High-Energy, Current-Limiting, LTB D1/B SF6 (72.5 kV - 170 kV) . . . . . . 341
Micro-Pak, Mini-Pk, Maxi-Pak, Expulsion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 LTB E SF6 (245 kV - 420 kV). . . . . . . . . . 342
Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 COL, Current-Limiting, Expulsion . . . . . . . . 505 Special Feature, Synchronous Control Unit . 336
Micro-Pole, Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . 93 CXP, High-Voltage, Expulsion. . . . . . . . . . . 503 Power Distribution Centers,
Miniature Circuit Breakers Outdoor Termination Composite Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Circuit Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 APECB 84 - 245 kV P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Power Distribution Centers,
Miniature Controls, Industrial Controls . . . . . . 193 Outdoor Termination Porcelain Switchgear Integration Systems . . . . . . . . . 435
MINICOMP, Power Quality Solutions . . . . . . . 464 APECB 84 - 245 kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Power Electronic Brakes, Industrial Controls . 199
MNS, Low-Voltage Distribution Equipment Overload Relays PowerIT, Low-Voltage Switchgear Systems . . 248
and Control Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 PowerIT Compact Rectifier, Type CRA . . . . . . 168
MNS, Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Thermal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Power Monitoring and Control
MNS Motor Management INSUM, ProtectIT . . 250 OVR, Distribution Reclosers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Special Feature
MODULA Substation, Modular Substations . . 430
Modular DIN Rail Components, PowerRichSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
P
Circuit Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 PACE, GenCo/Trading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 PRICOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Modular Power Distribution Bus System Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Power Plant Automation Sales and Service . . 549
Smissline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 MNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Power Plant Controls and Automation System
Modular Substations Power Distribution Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Symphony and IndustrialIT DCS . . . . . . . . . 402
MODULA Substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Primary and Secondary Unit Substations . . . 14 Power Plant Optimization
PS-1 Substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Padmounted, Small Power Transformers. . . . 132 Carbon in Ash Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Moisture-Proof Tube, Distribution Cutouts . . . 305 PCD, Distribution Reclosers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Combustion Optimizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Monitoring Relays and Controls, Permanent Magnet Motors, Flame Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Motors and Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Optimax Boiler Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Motor Control Center, PEXLIM-A, Surge Arresters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Optimax Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Safegear and Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 PEXLINK, Surge Arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Revenue and Cost Manager (RCM) . . . . . . 408
577
ABB
Index
Power Quality PPM, Dry Instrument Transformers . . . . . . . . . 42 Energy Profiler Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Capacitor Fuses PPW, Dry Instrument Transformers . . . . . . . . . 42 Revenue and Cost Manager (RCM) . . . . . . . . 408
Indoor Prefabricated Joint, SMPGB 123 - 362 kV . . 452 RTP-Residential Transformer Padmounted . . . 62
CLN, 600 V, Current-Limiting, Prefabricated Joint, SMPGB-C 123 - 170 kV. 452
Non-Indicating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 Pressure Measurement, Instrumentation . . . . 370 S
CLC, Current-Limiting, 1.2 - 3.0 kV . . . 498 Primary and Secondary Unit Substations, SABLE, Central Markets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
CIL, Current-Limiting, Expulsion Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Safegear and Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258, 263
(Metal-Enclosed Equipment) . . . . . . . 499 Primary and Secondary Unit Substations, Safety, Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
High-Voltage, Current-Limiting, Switchgear Integration Systems . . . . . . . . . 433 Sensors
Fuse Links, Type CEF . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 PRICOM, Power Monitoring and Control . . . . 399 Photoelectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
High-Voltage, Current-Limiting, Fuse Link Process Controllers, Instrumentation . . . . . . . 373 Proximity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
for MOTOR Circuit Applications, ProtectIT, Low-Voltage Switchgear Systems. . 250 Series Capacitors, Power Systems . . . . . . . . 441
Type CMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502 Protective Links, Series Voltage Restorer (SVR),
Outdoor Distribution Transformer Components . . . . 105 Power Quality Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
CXP, High-Voltage, Expulsion. . . . . . . . 503 Protective Relays Service Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
COL, Current-Limiting, Expulsion . . . . . 505 Distribution Services
CLXP, High-Energy, Current-Limiting, DPU 1500R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Asset Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Expulsion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 DPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Consulting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Capacitors MSOC-Microshield O/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Capacitor Banks Generation MNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Open-Stack Substation Capacitor Bank 477 GPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Power Distribution Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Polemounted Capacitor Bank, Phasor Measurement for Wide Area Systems Primary and Secondary Unit Substations. . 14
Type 2GUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 RES 521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Substation Systems and Protective Relays . 395
Capacitor Units Services, Substation Systems and Switchgear Field Services
Capacitor Unit Technology . . . . . . . . . . 472 Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Field Services for Low- and Medium-Voltage
Single-Phase Capacitor Unit, Externally Test Switches Switchgear, Distribution Breakers,
Fused, Type 2GUA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 FT-1, FT-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 and Motor Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Metal-Enclosed Capacitor Bank Transformer High-Voltage Power Transmission Lines . 458
SIKAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 TPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 High-Voltage Product Support
Harmonic Filter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 Transmission Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Power Quality Solutions REL 350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Transformer Repair and Engineering
Reactive Power Compensation REL 352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Services (TRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Harmonic Filter System . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 REL 356 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Services Overview, Maintenance
MINICOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 REL 512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 and Lifetime Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SVC-Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 SID, Distribution Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
SVC Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Solid State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Signal Beacons and Stacklights,
Series Voltage Restorer (SVR) . . . . . . . . . 467 Proximity, Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Dynamic Voltage Restorer (DVR) . . . . . . . 469 PS-1 Substation, Modular Substations . . . . . 428
SIKAP, Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Power Quality Customer Support . . . . . . 470 Public Power Distributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
Single Insulator Disconnect
Specialty Capacitors PumpVision, Control Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . 411
LSID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Assembled Banks
SID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Type 2GUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 R
Single-Phase Capacitor Unit,
Motor Surge Protection RBD, Distribution Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Externally Fused, Type 2GUA. . . . . . . . . . . 473
Type MSP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Reactive Power Compensation
Single-Phase Tripping
Surge Capacitors Harmonic Filter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Type 2GUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 MINICOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Distribution Reclosers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Three-Phase Units SVC Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Single-Phase, Overhead,
Type 2GUW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 SVC-Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Specialty Capacitors Reactive Power Compensation/FACTS Single-Phase, Padmounted
Induction Heating and Melting Series Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Composite Hood/Sill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Static Var Compensator (SVC) . . . . . . . . . . 443 Micro-Pak, Mini-Pk, Maxi-Pak . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Power Quality Customer Support, SVC Light (STATCOM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 RTP-Residential Transformer Padmounted . . 62
Power Quality Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Recloser Retrofit, Distribution Reclosers . . . . 291 Underground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Power Quality Filter (PQFA), Recorders and Indicators, Instrumentation. . . 374 Single-Phase, Padmounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Low-Voltage Network Quality. . . . . . . . . . . 238 Reduced Voltage, Industrial Controls. . . . . . . 191 Site Location Contact Numbers . . . . . . . . . . 550
Power Quality Solutions Refurbished/Replacement Bushings, Small Power Transformers
Reactive Power Compensation Components & Insulation Material . . . . . . . 150 Liquid-Filled Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Harmonic Filter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 REL 350, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
MINICOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 REL 352, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Padmounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
SVC Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 REL 356, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SVC-Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 REL 512, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Unit Substation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Dynamic Voltage Restorer (DVR) . . . . . . . . 469 Relays Small Power Transformers
Power Quality Customer Support. . . . . . . . 470 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Dry and Cast Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Series Voltage Restorer (SVR) . . . . . . . . . . 467 IEC Style Timing Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Duracast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Power Systems, Monitoring Relays and Controls . . . . . . . . . 205 RESIBLOC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Power Systems Customer Support . . . . . . 446 Motor Protection Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 VPE-Vacuum Pressure Encapsulated . . . 116
Reactive Power Compensation/FACTS Timers and Control Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 VPI-Vacuum Pressure Impregnate . . . . . . 114
Series Capacitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 RELINET, Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 Smissline, Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Static Var Compensator (SVC) . . . . . . . . 443 Replacement Circuit Breakers, Parts, Training, Softstarters
SVC Light (STATCOM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 and Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 275 Power Electronic Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Appendix
High-Voltage, Direct Current . . . . . . . . . . . 437 RES 512, Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513 Type PSS, Low-Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
HVDC Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 RES 521, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Type PST, Low-Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Power Systems Customer Support, RESIBLOC, Small Power Transformers . . . . . 118 Type SSM, Medium-Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions. . . . . . 26 Residual Current Devices, Solid Distribution Transformer
Power Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Circuit Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Polemount and Padmount Kits . . . . . . . . . 102
Power Systems Overview, Retail Submersible Vault Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Transmission and Substation Systems . . . . 421 E-VEE (Electric Validation and Editing Type SIDT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Power Transformers, Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537 Solid State, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Medium and Large Power Transformers . 135 Energy BOSS (Billing Options Support Solutions
PowerRichSystem, System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Customer-focused Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Power Monitoring and Control . . . . . . . . . . 397 Energy Profiler for Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . 535 IndustrialIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
10
578
Solutions and Knowledge-Based Services Intermediate Class Transformer Repair and Engineering
Maintenance and Lifetime Extensions PEXLIM-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Services (TRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 151
High-Voltage Product Support Capabilities 24 Station Class Transformers
High-Voltage Transmission Lines . . . . . . . . 25 EXLIM-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Components & Insulation Material
Power Systems Customer Support . . . . . . 26 EXLIM-Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Bushings-Bulk
Services Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 EXLIM-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Type A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Substation Systems and EXLIM-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Type LCRJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Protective Relay Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 XPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Bushings-Condenser
Switchgear Aftermarket Products and Services Transmission Line, PEXLINK . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Type AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Replacement Circuit Breakers, Parts, Surge Capacitors, Type 2GUS . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Type CORIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Training, and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 SVC Light, Power Quality Solutions. . . . . . . . 466 Type O Plus C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Switchgear Field Services SVC Light (STATCOM), Power Systems . . . . 445 Type T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Field Services for Low- and Medium-Voltage SVC-Q, Power Quality Solutions . . . . . . . . . . 465 Special Feature
Switchgear, Distribution Breakers, and Switchboard MaxSB, Refurbished/Replacement Bushings . . . 150
Motor Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Circuit Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Tap Changers-De-energized
Transformers Switchgear Aftermarket Products and Services Type DTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Transformer Repair and Engineering Replacement Circuit Breakers, Parts, Type DTW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Services (TRES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Training, and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 275 Tap Changers-Load
Services Switchgear Field Services Type UZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Asset Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Field Services for Low- and Medium-Voltage Distribution Transformer Components
Consulting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Switchgear, Distribution Breakers, HV Bushing Wells and LV Bushings. . . . . 104
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 and Motor Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 316 Protective Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Packaging Switchgear Integration Systems LBOR-II Loadbreak Switch . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Power Distribution Centers . . . . . . . . . . 13 Power Distribution Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 DO-III Drawout Loadbreak Expulsion
Primary and Secondary Unit Substations 14 Primary and Secondary Unit Substations . . 433 Fuse Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
MNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Switchgear OEM Components Drywell Current-Limiting Fuse Cannister . 108
Solutions Circuit Breakers De-energized Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Customer-focused Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . 5 AMVAC, ADVAC, R-ADVAC, DO-III Expulsion Fuse Links . . . . . . . . . . 110
IndustrialIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 and Type VHK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Distribution Transformers
Special Feature Load Interrupter Switches Poletype
Center-Bolt Cover Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 VersaRupter Load Interrupter Switches . . 277 Single-Phase, Overhead . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
CSP Coordinated Protection Package . . . . . 91 Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . 254 JUMBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Loop Control Module (LCM). . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Symphony and IndustrialIT DCS, POW-R-Pole. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Moisture-Proof Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Three-Phase, T-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
PCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Symphony-Enhanced with IndustrialIT, Three-Phase, Triplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
PowerRichSystem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Micro-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
PRICOM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Symphony/Harmony Area Management and Single-Phase, Padmounted . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Refurbished/Replacement Bushings. . . . . . 150
Control Products, Control Systems . . . . . . 418 Composite Hood/Sill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Single-Phase Tripping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Synchronous Control Unit, Micro-Pak, Mini-Pk, Maxi-Pak . . . . . . . . 59
Synchronous Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 RTP-Residential Transformer
Specialty Capacitors
Synchronous Generators, Padmounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Assembled Banks
Motors and Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Underground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Type 2GUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Synchronous Motors, Solid Distribution Transformer
Motor Surge Protection
Type MSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Motors and Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Type SIDT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Surge Capacitors System Engineering Tools, Submersible Vault Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Type 2GUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Composer Series Engineering Tools . . . . . . 416 Polemount and Padmount Kits . . . . . . 102
Three-Phase Units System Pro M Special Feature
Type 2GUW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 Miniature Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 CSP Coordinated Protection Package . . 91
Induction Heating and Melting Applications 489 Modular DIN Rail Components. . . . . . . . . . 222 Center-Bolt Cover Design . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Specialty Motors and Generators, Residual Current Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Three-Phase, Padmounted
Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors . . . . . 224 MTP-Mini Three Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Wind Turbine Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Systems MTR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Starters Modular Power Distribution Bus System UCT-Underground Commercial
Across the Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Smissline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Platform-Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
DLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 T Dry Instrument Transformers
DWLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Tap Changers-De-energized Low-Voltage Current Transformers
Reduced Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Type DTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 CMF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Static Var Compensator (SVC), Type DTW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 CMV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Power Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Tap Changers-Load CMV-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Station Class Type UZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 CLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
EXLIM-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Temperature Measurement, Instrumentation . 371 PPW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
EXLIM-Q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Test Switches, FT-1, FT-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 PPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
EXLIM-R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Thermal, Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Medium-Voltage Current Transformers
EXLIM-T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Three-Phase Units, Type 2GUW . . . . . . . . . . 486 KIR-60/75 (5, 8.7 kV Indoor) . . . . . . . . . 43
XPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Three-Phase, Padmounted KOR-11 (15 kV Outdoor) . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
strategistplus, GenCo/Trading. . . . . . . . . . . . 530 MTP-Mini Three Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 VIY-60 (5 kV Indoor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Submersible Vault Kit, MTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 VOZ-75/11 (8.7, 15 kV Outdoor) . . . . . . 46
Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Platform-Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 VOZ-15 (26 kV Outdoor) . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Substation, Small Power Transformers . . . . . 126 UCT-Underground Commercial Transformer . 74 Medium and Large Power Transformers
Substation Systems and Protective Three-Phase, T-T, Distribution Transformers. . . 87 Power Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Relay Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Three-Phase, Triplex, Phase-Shifting Transformers . . . . . . . . . . 137
Substation Systems and Protective Relays Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Industrial Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Timers and Control Relays, Oil Instrument Transformers
Surge Arresters Industrial Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Capacitor Voltage
Distribution Class TPU 2000R, Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . 378 CPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
POLIM-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Transformer, TPU 2000R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 CPB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
579
ABB
Index
580